Hyster-Yale Materials Handling, Inc., et al. – ‘S-4/A’ on 8/12/02

On:  Monday, 8/12/02, at 4:14pm ET   ·   Accession #:  950152-2-6121   ·   File #s:  333-89248, -01, -02, -03, -04, -05

in

this entire Filing. an “Entity” Search.

Show

Documents searched

and

each “hit”. the 1st “hit”.

↓↑Hints

Pre-Effective Amendment to Registration of Securities Issued in a Business-Combination Transaction   —   Form S-4
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: S-4/A       Nmhg Holding Co, Et Al S-4/Amendment No. 4           198    972K 

Document Table of Contents

S-4/A
1st Page of 198
TOC
↑Top
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 1st
 
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 12, 2002 

                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-89248
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
--------------------- 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 

TO

FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER 
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
--------------------- 

NMHG HOLDING CO.
(AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES IDENTIFIED ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE) 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

                                                                [Download Table]
                                                                                  
          DELAWARE                        3537                    31-1637659      
(State or Other Jurisdiction  (Primary Standard Industrial     (I.R.S. Employer   
             of                Classification Code Number)  Identification Number)
      Incorporation or                                                            
        Organization)                                                             

--------------------- 
650 N.E. HOLLADAY STREET
SUITE 1600
PORTLAND, OREGON 97232
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of Registrant's principal executive offices)

MR. GEOFFREY D. LEWIS 
NMHG HOLDING CO.
650 N.E. HOLLADAY STREET
SUITE 1600
PORTLAND, OREGON 97232
TELEPHONE: 503-721-6000 
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, 
including area code, of agent for service)
--------------------- 
COPIES TO:

THOMAS C. DANIELS 
JONES, DAY, REAVIS & POGUE
NORTH POINT 
901 LAKESIDE AVENUE 
CLEVELAND, OHIO 44114-1190
--------------------- 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable following the effective date of this registration statement.        

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in  
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with 
General Instruction G, check the following box.  [ ]                            

 If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and   
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective  
registration statement for the same offering.  [ ]                              

  If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act   
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement   
for the same offering.  [ ]                                                     
--------------------- 
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION       
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF  
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME    
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING        
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.                                   
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

S-4/A
2nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 2nd
TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                                           ADDRESS, INCLUDING       
                                                                                              ZIP CODE, AND         
                                                                                            TELEPHONE NUMBER,       
    EXACT NAME OF       STATE OR OTHER    PRIMARY STANDARD                                INCLUDING AREA CODE,      
    REGISTRANT AS      JURISDICTION OF       INDUSTRIAL           IRS EMPLOYER               OF REGISTRANT'S        
  SPECIFIED IN ITS     INCORPORATION OR  CLASSIFICATION CODE     IDENTIFICATION            PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE      
       CHARTER           ORGANIZATION          NUMBER                NUMBER                      OFFICES            
  ----------------     ----------------  -------------------  ---------------------  -------------------------------
                                                                                                                    
NMHG Distribution Co.     Delaware              3537               93-1119223        650 N.E. Holladay Street       
                                                                                     Portland, OR 97232             
                                                                                     (503) 721-6000                 
NMHG Oregon, Inc.         Oregon                3537               93-1320748        650 N.E. Holladay Street       
                                                                                     Portland, OR 97232             
                                                                                     (503) 721-6000                 
Hyster Overseas           Delaware              3537               52-2212730        650 N.E. Holladay Street       
Capital Corporation,                                                                 Portland, OR 97232             
LLC                                                                                  (503) 721-6000                 
Hyster-Yale Materials     Delaware              3537               34-1617886        650 N.E. Holladay Street       
Handling, Inc.                                                                       Portland, OR 97232             
                                                                                     (503) 721-6000                 
NACCO Materials           Delaware              3537               93-0160700        650 N.E. Holladay Street       
Handling Group, Inc.                                                                 Portland, OR 97232             
                                                                                     (503) 721-6000                 

S-4/A
3rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 3rd
The information in this prospectus is not complete. NMHG Holding Co. may not
sell or offer these securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer
to sell these securities and NMHG is not soliciting an offer to buy these 
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 12, 2002

PROSPECTUS                                                                      
$250,000,000

OFFER TO EXCHANGE 
ALL OUTSTANDING 10% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2009 
FOR 
10% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2009 

OF

NMHG HOLDING CO.
THIS EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON           ,
2002. 
----------------------
THE EXCHANGE NOTES                                                              

  - The terms of the notes to be issued are substantially identical to the
    outstanding notes that NMHG issued on May 9, 2002, except for transfer
 restrictions, registration rights and liquidated damages provisions
   relating to the outstanding notes that will not apply to the exchange
notes.                                                            

- The notes will issued in denominations of multiples of $1,000.      

 - Interest on the notes accrues at the rate of 10% per year, payable in
     cash every six months on May 15 and November 15, with the first payment
on November 15, 2002.                                             

- The notes are not secured by any collateral.                        

- The notes will rank equally with our senior unsecured indebtedness, 
       senior to all of our subordinated indebtedness, effectively junior to all
      of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral
     and effectively junior to all indebtedness and other obligations of our
      non-guarantor subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2002, after giving effect to
      the application of the net proceeds from the offering of the outstanding
    notes, amounts drawn under our new revolving credit facility to prepay
       borrowings under our prior credit facility and other indebtedness, we and
the subsidiary guarantors had outstanding $51.0 million of secured
indebtedness.                                                     

    - There is no existing market for the notes, and we do not intend to apply
  for their listing on any securities exchange or to seek approval for
quotation through any automated quotation system.                 

MATERIAL TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER                                            

 - Expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on           , 2002, unless
extended.                                                         

     - All outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn
will be exchanged for an equal principal amount of notes which are
registered under the Securities Act of 1933.                      

  - Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the
expiration of the exchange offer.                                 

- NMHG will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer.    

- Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account 
    pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
  prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The
       letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a
   prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
  "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933. This
     prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may
     be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes
     received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making  
       activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period
       of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make
       this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with
any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."                      
--------------------- 
PLEASE CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 14 OF THIS 
PROSPECTUS. 
--------------------- 
 NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED THE SECURITIES TO BE DISTRIBUTED IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER, 
NOR HAVE ANY OF THESE ORGANIZATIONS DETERMINED THAT THIS PROSPECTUS IN ACCURATE 
OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.          
--------------------- 
The date of this prospectus is           , 2002.

S-4/A
4th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 4th
   THIS PROSPECTUS SUMMARIZES THE TERMS OF CERTAIN AGREEMENTS, INCLUDING THE
INDENTURE THAT GOVERNS THE TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES, AND THE REGISTRATION    
RIGHTS AGREEMENT THAT GOVERNS THE TERMS OF THIS EXCHANGE OFFER. YOU MAY OBTAIN  
COPIES OF THE DOCUMENTS SUMMARIZED IN THIS PROSPECTUS BY REQUESTING THE         
DOCUMENTS, IN WRITING OR BY TELEPHONE, FROM US AT:                              

NMHG HOLDING CO.                                                        
650 N.E. HOLLADAY STREET                                                
SUITE 1600                                                              
PORTLAND, OREGON 97232                                                  
ATTN: SECRETARY                                                         

 IF YOU WOULD LIKE TO REQUEST COPIES OF THESE DOCUMENTS, PLEASE DO SO BY
    , 2002 IN ORDER TO RECEIVE THEM BEFORE THE EXPIRATION OF THE
EXCHANGE OFFER. SEE "WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION."                      

S-4/A
5th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 5th
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
                                                                  
Industry and Market Data....................................    ii
Prospectus Summary..........................................     1
Risk Factors................................................    14
Forward-Looking Statements..................................    22
Use of Proceeds.............................................    23
Capitalization..............................................    23
Selected Historical Financial Information...................    24
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition       
  and Results of Operations.................................    26
Business....................................................    42
Management..................................................    57
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners.............    63
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions........    63
Description of Other Indebtedness...........................    64
The Exchange Offer..........................................    67
Description of Notes........................................    77
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders....   117
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange........   119
Plan of Distribution........................................   120
Legal Matters...............................................   121
Experts.....................................................   121
Other Matters...............................................   121
Where You Can Find More Information.........................   122
Index to Financial Statements...............................   F-1

--------------------- 

    YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR TO
WHICH WE HAVE REFERRED YOU. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH   
INFORMATION THAT IS DIFFERENT. THIS PROSPECTUS MAY ONLY BE USED WHERE IT IS     
LEGAL TO SELL THESE SECURITIES. THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS MAY ONLY BE  
ACCURATE ON THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS.                                        

--------------------- 

     HYSTER(R) AND YALE(R) ARE REGISTERED TRADEMARKS OF NACCO MATERIALS HANDLING
GROUP, INC., A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF NMHG HOLDING CO. YALE(R) IS USED BY   
NACCO MATERIALS HANDLING GROUP, INC. ON A PERPETUAL ROYALTY FREE BASIS. NAMES OF
COMPANIES AND ASSOCIATIONS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS ARE TRADEMARKS OR TRADE NAMES
OF THE RESPECTIVE ORGANIZATIONS.                                                

--------------------- 

DEALER PROSPECTUS DELIVERY OBLIGATION 

Until           , 2002, all dealers that effect transactions in these 
securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to   
deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver 
a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold       
allotments or subscriptions.                                                    
 i

S-4/A
6th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 6th
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     We are a participant in the industrial lift truck industry, which we define
as comprised of Class I, Class II, Class III, Class IV and Class V lift trucks. 
We do not consider Class VI lift trucks, which are also known as electric and   
internal combustion engine tractors, Class VII lift trucks, which are also known
as rough terrain lift trucks, or Class VIII lift trucks, which are also known as
non-motorized hand pallet trucks, to be a part of the industrial lift truck     
industry. Consistent with common and accepted industry practice, the lift truck 
industry data included in this prospectus does not include data for Class VI,   
Class VII or Class VIII lift trucks.                                            

    Unless otherwise indicated, market share information in this prospectus is
based on units and not dollars. We measure units in the Americas by orders. We  
measure units in the rest of the world by shipments.                            

   Unless otherwise indicated, as used in this prospectus, Americas includes
Canada, the United States, Mexico and Latin America; North America includes     
Canada and the United States; and Europe includes Europe, Africa and the Middle 
East.                                                                           

In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information regarding the 
industrial lift truck industry from several sources, including internal         
estimates and industry publications. Although we believe this information is    
reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the information  
and have not independently verified it.                                         

  ii

S-4/A
7th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 7th
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important
to you. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the "Risk    
Factors" section and the financial data and related notes before exchanging any 
notes. As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated if the context    
otherwise requires, the terms "we," "our," "NMHG," and "Company" refer to NMHG  
Holding Co., the issuer of the notes, and our subsidiaries. The terms "NACCO"   
and "parent company" refer to NACCO Industries, Inc., our parent company.       
References to our "customers" in this prospectus are references to the end-users
of our products, and not to our dealers.                                        

OUR COMPANY                                                                     

We are a leading global manufacturer of industrial lift trucks, which 
comprise the largest segment of the materials handling equipment industry, with 
the number one market share in the Americas and the number three market share   
globally. We design, manufacture and sell a comprehensive line of industrial    
lift trucks and aftermarket parts on a global basis. We estimate the lift truck 
market for the Americas in 2001 at approximately $2.6 billion and 161,000 units,
and globally in 2001 at approximately $8.6 billion and 560,000 units. For the   
fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, we generated revenues of $1.7 billion      
although we incurred a net loss of $49.4 million. For the three months ended    
March 31, 2002, we generated revenues of $371.8 million and had net income of   
$4.3 million.                                                                   

   We market our lift trucks under the Hyster and Yale brand names, which we
believe are among the most widely recognized brands in the industry. Our lift   
trucks have been marketed under the Hyster and Yale brand names since 1935 and  
1923, respectively. Based on third-party market research we commissioned in     
1999, the Hyster and Yale brands are among the top five most recognized lift    
truck brands globally. According to this research, Hyster and Yale were the     
number one and two most recognized brands of lift trucks in the Americas,       
respectively, and Hyster was the third most recognized lift truck brand in      
Europe.                                                                         

Although we have combined the design, manufacturing, procurement and  
selected marketing activities for our brands in order to capture operational    
efficiencies and build upon our global scale, we distribute Hyster and Yale lift
trucks through two separate strong dealer networks, one dedicated to each brand.
We have maintained each of the brand identities in our distribution strategy    
because the Hyster and Yale brands have distinct appeal for different customers.
Hyster is generally associated with larger, heavy-duty applications while Yale  
is associated with lighter-duty, warehousing-type applications. We believe this 
combination of dual brands and dual distribution has allowed us to more         
effectively penetrate the customer base to establish stronger market positions, 
as evidenced by our estimated installed population base of approximately 650,000
Hyster and Yale lift trucks. This installed population base provides our dealers
and us with recurring revenue from the sale of higher margin aftermarket parts  
and service.                                                                    

     Our diversified customer base limits our exposure to individual customer or
industry risk. In 2001, our top ten customers accounted for only 10% of our new 
unit volume. We market our lift trucks into over 600 different end-user         
applications in approximately 900 industries. Our major customers, some of which
have chosen us to be their sole lift truck supplier, include The Coca-Cola      
Company, General Motors Corp., The Lowe's Companies, Inc., Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
and Weyerhaeuser Company.                                                       

  Demand for lift trucks is cyclical and depends upon capital budgeting in
the diverse end markets where lift trucks are sold. We believe our market, like 
the broader global economy, is poised for growth. Our order backlog has risen   
from approximately 14,100 units at June 30, 2001 to approximately 16,300 units  
at March 31, 2002. Our average adjusted EBITDA over the past five years ended   
December 31, 2001 was $109.7 million, substantially higher than our 2001        
adjusted EBITDA of $33.0 million. See "-- Summary Historical Financial and Other
Data" for our definition of adjusted EBITDA.                                    

Prior to the recent downturn in the economy, we developed and began   
implementing our 2001 Restructuring Program, which included the closure of our  
Danville, Illinois assembly facility, labor and overhead reductions and         
restructuring of our owned dealers, which resulted in non-recurring items and   
one-                                                                            

 1

S-4/A
8th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 8th
time pre-tax charges of $47.8 million in 2001. This program reduced costs and   
more closely aligned our operations with the demand for our products and        
services.                                                                       

  In addition to the 2001 Restructuring Program, we have developed and are
implementing a Global Cost Reduction Program which encompasses lean             
manufacturing, global procurement, the transfer of processes and sourcing to    
lower cost locations, component commonality, overhead cost reduction and        
improvements in our owned dealers. These programs are designed to enhance our   
competitive position and improve our overall cost structure. We expect our      
Global Cost Reduction Program, once fully implemented, to result in recurring   
annual pre-tax cost savings of approximately $117.5 million by the end of 2006. 
Of this amount, we expect to realize annual pre-tax savings of approximately    
$48.0 million by the end of 2002, and $61.1 million by the end of 2003. We      
believe this program has positioned us to take advantage of the anticipated     
recovery in the capital goods market, and will result in reduced fixed overhead 
costs, lower manufacturing costs and improvements in both our gross margins and 
operating profit.                                                               

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW                                                               

  The lift truck industry is the largest segment of the materials handling
equipment industry. We estimate the global lift truck market in 2001 at         
approximately $8.6 billion and 560,000 units.                                   

    Lift trucks are used in a wide variety of business applications, including
manufacturing and warehousing. Lift trucks are separated into five major        
classes, as set forth in the table below.                                       

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                                  GENERAL LIFTING    
  CLASS    DESCRIPTION              USE             ILLUSTRATIVE APPLICATION       CAPACITY RANGE    
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     
Class I    Electric       Indoors in warehousing    Distribution center        1.0 ton to 9.0 tons   
           rider lift     and manufacturing         customers would use to                           
           trucks         operations where noise    move pallets from one                            
                          or emission concerns      trailer to another                               
                          are a factor                                                               
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Class II   Electric       Indoors to handle high-   Retail and warehouse       0.5 tons to 6.0 tons  
           narrow-aisle   density storage of        customers would use to                           
           lift trucks    materials in              pick orders off their                            
                          narrow-aisled             shelves                                          
                          warehouses                                                                 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Class III  Electric       Indoors for               Retail customers would     0.5 tons to 8.0 tons  
           hand lift      applications requiring    use to move pallets of                           
           trucks         the user to select and    goods to their store                             
                          transport materials       aisles                                           
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Class IV   Internal       Indoors in warehousing    Manufacturing customers    1.0 ton to 7.0 tons   
           combustion     and manufacturing         would use to move heavy                          
           engine, or     operations and            parts on a pallet from                           
           ICE, lift      occasionally outdoors     the machining area in a                          
           trucks with                              factory to the assembly                          
           cushion                                  line                                             
           (solid)                                                                                   
           tires                                                                                     
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Class V    ICE lift       Indoors and outdoors in   Manufacturing customers    1.0 ton to 48.0 tons  
           trucks with    warehousing and           would use to move a coil                         
           pneumatic      manufacturing             of steel from the mill                           
           (air filled)   operations (this class    to a storage area                                
           tires          includes the largest                                                       
                          capacity lift trucks)                                                      
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Class I, Class IV and Class V (with a capacity of eight tons or less) lift
trucks are referred to as counterbalanced lift trucks. Class II and Class III   
lift trucks are referred to as warehouse lift trucks. Class V lift trucks with a
capacity greater than eight tons are referred to as big trucks. Counterbalanced 
lift trucks are                                                                 

 2

S-4/A
9th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 9th
primarily used in industrial applications. Warehouse lift trucks are primarily  
used in distribution applications. Big trucks are primarily used in handling    
shipping containers and in specialized heavy lifting applications.              

In recent years, we believe counterbalanced lift trucks represented   
approximately 61.5% of the total global unit volume and 72.8% of the total      
global dollar volume for lift trucks; warehouse lift trucks represented         
approximately 37.5% of the total global unit volume and 20.3% of the total      
global dollar volume for lift trucks; and big trucks represented approximately  
1.0% of the total global unit volume and 6.9% of the total global dollar volume 
for lift trucks. The market for warehouse lift trucks is generally less cyclical
than the market for counterbalanced lift trucks, including big trucks.          

     Historically, aftermarket parts sales have been less cyclical than sales of
new lift trucks. During economic downturns, customers tend to delay new lift    
truck purchases and instead repair older lift trucks. During economic           
recoveries, the sales of both new lift trucks and aftermarket parts have        
historically increased.                                                         

  Based on units, Europe has historically been the largest market for lift
trucks, followed by the Americas, Japan, Asia-Pacific and China. The market for 
lift trucks, particularly in industrialized nations, is generally mature and has
historically been cyclical, although demand cycles may differ across regions.   

In North America, the compound annual growth rate of the lift truck   
industry over the last 20 years has been 4.3%, which is higher than the real    
gross domestic product compound annual growth rate in North America of 3.2% over
the same period. In Western Europe, the compound annual growth rate of the lift 
truck industry over the last 20 years has been 4.1%, which is higher than the   
real gross domestic product compound annual growth rate in Western Europe of    
2.3% over the same period. We expect the overall growth in the lift truck       
industry to continue to exceed the overall growth in the North American and     
Western European economies because the industries that use large numbers of lift
trucks are increasing as an overall percentage of these economies.              

The lift truck industry is cyclical, reflective of general economic   
conditions. Recoveries in the lift truck industry and in the overall economy    
generally result in an increase in the number of units sold in both the Americas
and Europe. According to industry forecasts, the North American lift truck      
industry is at or near the low point of the current downturn, with              
quarter-on-quarter growth expected for the remainder of 2002. Our backlog has   
already begun to reflect industry improvement, increasing by 15.6%, from        
approximately 14,100 units in June 2001 to approximately 16,300 units in March  
2002.                                                                           

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS                                                           

  We believe that we have a number of strengths that differentiate us from
our competitors:                                                                

  - leading market share positions with a large installed population base;

- globally integrated operations with significant economies of scale; 

- comprehensive global product line;                                  

- established brand strength;                                         

- strong dealer network; and                                          

- national account coverage.                                          

BUSINESS STRATEGY                                                               

    We have developed and are implementing strategic programs which we believe
will enhance our long-term competitive position. We believe this set of programs
will enable us to reduce costs, increase our market share, improve revenues and 
enhance sustainable profitability while delivering high value-added products and
related services to our customers. These long-term initiatives build upon the   
successes already achieved through our 2001 Restructuring Program.              

Implement Global Cost Reduction Program. We have developed and are    
implementing a Global Cost Reduction Program encompassing lean manufacturing,   
global procurement, the transfer of processes and                               

 3

S-4/A
10th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 10th
sourcing to lower cost locations, component commonality, overhead cost reduction
and improvements in our owned dealers.                                          

     Design Global Products More Closely Tailored to Customer Application Needs.
In 2000, we implemented a new design philosophy focused on the development of   
products tailored to the specific operating requirements of our customers.      
Historically, we have offered a complex set of options for each of our lift     
truck series to meet our customers' specialized needs. Our new design philosophy
utilizes a modular approach with fewer overall components to more effectively   
and efficiently address our customers' application needs. This new design       
approach is expected to improve our cost structure and margins by simplifying   
our manufacturing operations, improving manufacturing efficiencies and reducing 
prices for sourced components. In addition, we believe that our product         
innovations will improve the quality of our products and provide us with        
opportunities to improve our market share.                                      

Strengthen Our Distribution Capability. We have been encouraging the  
consolidation of our North American distribution networks around large, strong, 
professionally managed, well-capitalized independent dealers. We are currently  
expanding this "anchor dealer" model on a global basis for each of our brands.  
We believe that anchor dealers are able to more effectively penetrate the       
customer base in their exclusive territories because their size enables them to 
attract higher-quality employees, invest in more specialized selling and service
activities and develop a more professional management structure. We also believe
that anchor dealers are stronger financially, better positioning them to take   
advantage of dealership consolidation and to weather economic downturns. We     
strengthen our dealer networks by providing sales and service training, dealer  
consulting services, information systems support, product launch coordination,  
direct advertising, specialized selling materials and help desks. We believe    
that this support system, together with our large installed population base of  
lift trucks, helps to attract and retain high quality dealers, further          
strengthening our distribution network.                                         

    We are continuing to expand our National Accounts organization globally to
capture additional revenues from large customers that have centralized          
purchasing and geographically dispersed operations in multiple dealer           
territories. As a result of our strong National Accounts organization,          
established brands and strong distribution network, we believe we are           
well-positioned to continue to capitalize on the growth in this customer        
segment. We expect the combination of our anchor dealer strategy and our        
National Accounts organization to improve our market share and increase our     
installed population base.                                                      

RECENT RESULTS                                                                  

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

NMHG HOLDING CO.

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   JUNE 30,     
                                                              ------------------
                                                               2001       2002  
                                                              -------    -------
                                                                (IN MILLIONS)   
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)    
                                                                                
Revenues....................................................  $444.7     $388.7 
Amortization of goodwill....................................     3.3         -- 
Operating profit............................................     3.3       10.4 
Other income (expense)......................................    (0.9)     (12.6)
Net income..................................................     1.2       (1.2)

We recognized a net loss of $1.2 million in the second quarter of 2002
compared to net income of $1.2 million in the second quarter of 2001 and net    
income of $4.3 million in the first quarter of 2002. Revenues for the second    
quarter of 2002 were $388.7 million, compared to $444.7 million for the second  
quarter of 2001 and $371.8 million for the first quarter of 2002. Net income    
declined in the second quarter of 2002, compared to the second quarter of 2001, 
due to unusual insurance recovery income of $3.2 million in the second quarter  
of 2001 related to flood damage at a manufacturing facility. Also affecting net 
income were costs resulting from the refinancing of our debt in the second      
quarter of 2002, which included an increase in the effective interest rate,     
amortization of deferred financing fees and a $1.9 million negative             

 4

S-4/A
11th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 11th
effect of interest rate swap agreements due to the mark-to-market effect of     
interest rate swap agreements that no longer qualify for hedge accounting and   
the recognition of previously deferred losses on those interest rate swap       
agreements. Net income declined in the second quarter of 2002, compared to the  
first quarter of 2002, due to costs resulting from the refinancing of our debt  
in the second quarter of 2002.                                                  

CORPORATE STRUCTURE AND OWNERSHIP                                               

We are a wholly owned subsidiary of NACCO Industries, Inc., a publicly
traded holding company with principal operating subsidiaries in three distinct  
industries: lift trucks, housewares and lignite coal mining. NACCO's Class A    
common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NC." As 
of March 31, 2002, on a fully diluted basis NACCO's market capitalization was   
approximately $543.4 million.                                                   

     Yale's operations were acquired in 1985 from Eaton Corporation. In 1989, we
acquired Hyster and combined its operations with those of Yale.                 

[Nacco Industries Flow Chart] 

 5

S-4/A
12th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 12th
THE EXCHANGE OFFER

THE EXCHANGE OFFER............   We are offering to exchange $250.0 million in  
                              principal amount of our 10% senior notes due
                            2009, which have been registered under the
                             federal securities laws, for $250.0 million
                     principal amount of our outstanding
                               unregistered 10% senior notes due 2009, which
                                 we issued on May 9, 2002 in a private offering.
                                 You have the right to exchange your outstanding
                             notes for exchange notes with substantially
  identical terms.

                           In order for your outstanding notes to be
                                exchanged, you must properly tender them prior
                              to the expiration of the exchange offer. All
                                 outstanding notes that are validly tendered and
                             not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. We
                              will issue the exchange notes on or promptly
                             after the expiration of the exchange offer.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS                                                             
AGREEMENT.....................   We issued the outstanding notes on May 9, 2002 
                               to a limited number of initial purchasers. At
                            that time, we signed a registration rights
                                agreement with those initial purchasers, which
                             requires us to conduct this exchange offer.
                            This exchange offer is intended to satisfy
                            those rights set forth in the registration
                               rights agreement. After the exchange offer is
                                complete, you will not have any further rights
                          under the registration rights agreement,
                               including any right to require us to register
                                any outstanding notes that you do not exchange
                   or to pay you liquidated damages.

FAILURE TO EXCHANGE YOUR                                                        
OUTSTANDING NOTES.............   If you do not exchange your outstanding notes  
                               for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you
                                 will continue to be subject to the restrictions
                               on transfer provided in the outstanding notes
                             and the indenture governing those notes. In
                         general, you may not offer or sell your
                              outstanding notes unless they are registered
                               under the federal securities laws or are sold
                                in a transaction exempt from or not subject to
                              the registration requirements of the federal
                                 securities laws and applicable state securities
laws.         

EXPIRATION DATE...............   The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m.,   
                            New York City time, on             , 2002,
                                 unless we decide to extend the expiration date.

CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE                                                      
OFFER.........................   We will complete this exchange offer only if:  

                      - there is no change in the laws and
                                  regulations that would impair our ability to
                       proceed with this exchange offer;

                     - there is no change in the current
                                 interpretation of the staff of the SEC that
                                permits resales of the exchange notes; and

                                 - there is no stop order issued by the SEC that
                            would suspend the effectiveness of the
                               registration statement that includes this
                            prospectus or the qualification of the
                                  exchange notes under the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939.  

PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING                                                        
NOTES.........................   If you wish to tender your outstanding notes   
         for exchange, you must:

                            - complete and sign the enclosed letter of
                          transmittal by following the related
       instructions; and

 6

S-4/A
13th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 13th
                               - send the letter of transmittal, as directed
                                  in the instructions, together with any other
                                required documents, to the exchange agent,
                                 either (1) with the outstanding notes to be
                            tendered or (2) in compliance with the
                                 specific procedures for guaranteed delivery
               of the outstanding notes.

                           Brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust
                              companies and other nominees may also effect
                 tenders by book-entry transfer.

                               Please do not send your letter of transmittal
                               or certificates representing your outstanding
                             notes to us. Those documents should only be
                              sent the exchange agent. Questions regarding
                            how to tender and requests for information
                               should be directed to the exchange agent. See
                         "The Exchange Offer -- Exchange Agent."

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR                                                          
BENEFICIAL OWNERS.............   If your outstanding notes are registered in the
                            name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
                                trust company or other nominee, we urge you to
                             contact that person promptly if you wish to
                               tender your outstanding notes pursuant to the
                   exchange offer. See "The Exchange
                     Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."

WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS.............   You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding
                                notes at any time prior to the expiration date
                               of the exchange offer by delivering a written
                           notice of your withdrawal to the exchange
                            agent. You must also follow the withdrawal
                                procedures as described under the heading "The
                           Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders."

FEDERAL INCOME TAX                                                              
CONSIDERATIONS................   As more fully set forth under "U.S. Federal    
                              Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange," in
                         the opinion of counsel, the exchange of
                                 outstanding notes for the exchange notes in the
                                exchange offer will not be a taxable event for
                   U.S. federal income tax purposes.

RESALES OF EXCHANGE NOTES.....   We believe that you will be able to offer for  
                               resale, resell or otherwise transfer exchange
                            notes issued in the exchange offer without
                                 compliance with the registration and prospectus
                                 delivery requirements of the federal securities
                                laws, unless you are a broker-dealer receiving
                               exchange notes for your own account, provided
that:         

                               - you are acquiring the exchange notes in the
                  ordinary course of business;

                      - you do not have any arrangement or
                                  understanding with any person to participate
                                  in the distribution of the outstanding notes
            or the exchange notes;

                                - you are not engaged in, and do not intend to
                               engage in, a distribution of the exchange
notes;    

                           - you are not one of our "affiliates," as
                                defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

                               Our belief is based on interpretations by the
                             staff of the SEC, as set forth in no action
                              letters issued to third parties unrelated to
                                us. We have not considered this exchange offer
         in the context of a no-

 7

S-4/A
14th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 14th
                              action letter, and we cannot assure you that
                              the staff would make a similar determination
                      with respect to this exchange offer.

                                If our belief is not accurate and you transfer
                       an exchange note without delivering a
                            prospectus meeting the requirements of the
                                 federal securities laws or without an exemption
                                from these laws, you may incur liability under
                                 the federal securities laws. We do not and will
                            not assume, or indemnify you against, this
liability.    

                                 Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes
                                 for its own account in exchange for outstanding
                          notes, where such outstanding notes were
                               acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
                           market-making activities or other trading
                           activities, must acknowledge that it will
                             deliver a prospectus in connection with any
                        resale of exchange notes. See "Plan of
Distribution."

EXCHANGE AGENT................   The exchange agent for the exchange offer is   
                              U.S. Bank National Association. The address,
                              telephone number and facsimile number of the
                               exchange agent are set forth in "The Exchange
                               Offer -- Exchange Agent" and in the letter of
transmittal.  

THE EXCHANGE NOTES

ISSUER...........................    NMHG Holding Co.                           

EXCHANGE NOTES...................    $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 
                    10% Senior Notes due 2009.

MATURITY.........................    May 15, 2009.                              

INTEREST PAYMENT DATES...........    May 15 and November 15 of each year,       
                      beginning November 15, 2002.

GUARANTEES.......................    Our obligations under the exchange notes   
                           will be fully and unconditionally
                         guaranteed on a senior basis by
                               substantially all of our existing and
                                    future domestic subsidiaries. The exchange
                                     notes will not be guaranteed by our foreign
                                     subsidiaries. For the first three months of
                                   2002, the subsidiary guarantors generated
                                   approximately 50% of our adjusted EBITDA,
                           after elimination of intercompany
                              transactions. At March 31, 2002, the
                           subsidiary guarantors represented
                                     approximately 66% of our total assets after
                                  elimination of intercompany accounts and
                                 investments. NACCO, our parent company,
                                will not guarantee the exchange notes.
                                   NACCO is under no obligation with respect
                                     to any of our or the subsidiary guarantors'
           debt obligations.

RANKING..........................    The effective ranking of the exchange notes
                       and guarantees is as follows:

                                     - the exchange notes will rank equally with
                                    our senior unsecured indebtedness, and
                                   each guarantee will rank equally with
                                    other senior unsecured indebtedness of
                        the subsidiary guarantors;

                                    - the exchange notes will be senior to all
                                   of our subordinated indebtedness, and
                                  each guarantee will be senior to all
                              subordinated indebtedness of the
                    subsidiary guarantors;

                                  - the exchange notes will be effectively
                                       junior to all of our secured indebtedness
                               to the extent of the value of the
 8

S-4/A
15th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 15th
                                    collateral, and each guarantee will be
                               effectively junior to all secured
                                       indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantors
                               to the extent of the value of the
             collateral; and

                                  - the exchange notes will be effectively
                                  junior to all indebtedness and other
                                       obligations, including trade payables, of
                                 all our non-guarantor subsidiaries.

                                   As of March 31, 2002, after giving effect
                                     to the application of the net proceeds from
                                   the offering of the outstanding notes and
                               amounts drawn under our new revolving
                                    credit facility to prepay borrowings under
                                our existing credit facility and other
       indebtedness:

                                  - we and the subsidiary guarantors would
                                   have had outstanding $51.0 million of
                                  secured indebtedness that would have
                                       effectively ranked senior to the exchange
                                      notes and the subsidiary guarantees; and

                                     - the non-guarantor subsidiaries would have
                              had outstanding $39.6 million of
                                      indebtedness that would have effectively
                                  ranked senior to the exchange notes.

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION..............    Prior to May 15, 2005, we can choose to    
                                    redeem up to 35% of the original principal
                               amount of the exchange notes, and any
                                additional notes issued under the same
                                    indenture governing the exchange notes, at
                                     a redemption price of 110% of the principal
                                 amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
                                  interest to the date of redemption, with
                                money we receive from specified equity
                               offerings of us or NACCO, as long as:

                                  - at least 65% of the original aggregate
                                    principal amount of the exchange notes
                             and any additional notes remain
                                     outstanding after each such redemption,
                                other than notes held, directly or
                                      indirectly, by us or our affiliates; and

                                 - each redemption occurs within 60 days
                                  after the date of the related equity
       offering.

                                     On and after May 15, 2006, we can choose to
                                     redeem some or all of the exchange notes at
                             the redemption prices, plus accrued
                             interest to the redemption date, if
                             redeemed during the 12-month period
                                     commencing on May 15 of the years set forth
below:

                                                                [Download Table]

PERIOD                              REDEMPTION PRICE
------                              ----------------
                                                    
2006.............................        105.00%    
2007.............................        102.50     
2008.............................        100.00     

CHANGE OF CONTROL................    If we experience a change of control,      
                                     subject to certain conditions, we must give
                           holders of the exchange notes the
                                  opportunity to sell to us their exchange
                                     notes at 101% of the principal amount, plus
                                    accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
                             the repurchase. The term "change of
                                   control" is defined under "Description of
                      Notes -- Change of Control."

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS............    The indenture governing the exchange notes 
                                   will limit our ability and our restricted
                   subsidiaries' ability to:

                          - incur additional indebtedness;

 9

S-4/A
16th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 16th
                                - pay certain dividends on our capital
                                       stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our
                           capital stock or subordinated
           indebtedness;

             - make investments;

                                 - create restrictions on the payment of
                                       dividends or other amounts to us from our
                      restricted subsidiaries;

                           - engage in transactions with our
         affiliates;

                                     - incur liens and enter into sale/leaseback
           transactions;

                                   - sell assets, including capital stock of
                   our subsidiaries; and

                                  - consolidate, merge or transfer assets.

                                  These covenants are subject to important
                                  exceptions and qualifications, which are
                                  described under "Description of Notes --
             Certain Covenants."

USE OF PROCEEDS..................    We will not receive any cash proceeds from 
                                 the issuance of the exchange notes. See
            "Use of Proceeds."

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully all the information set forth in this   
prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors under the   
section "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14 prior to exchanging your notes.     

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

  Our principal executive offices are located at 650 N.E. Holladay Street,
Suite 1600, Portland, Oregon 97232, and our telephone number is (503) 721-6000. 
We were incorporated in Delaware in 1999 to serve as a holding company for      
Hyster-Yale Materials Handling, Inc., which was incorporated in Delaware in 1991
as part of a holding company reorganization, and NMHG Distribution Co., which   
was incorporated in Delaware in 1999.                                           

  10

S-4/A
17th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 17th
SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA 

We have derived the following summary historical information from our 
consolidated financial statements. The statement of income, cash flow and other 
data for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001, and the 
balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000 and 2001, have been derived from our 
audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, which appear       
elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of income, cash flow and other data 
for the three months ended March 31, 2001 and 2002, and the balance sheet data  
as of March 31, 2002, have been derived from our unaudited condensed            
consolidated financial statements and related notes, which appear elsewhere in  
this prospectus. The statement of income, cash flow and other data for each of  
the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the balance sheet data as of    
December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 have been derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements and related notes that are not included in this prospectus.
You should read the following information together with "Selected Historical    
Financial Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial   
Condition and Results of Operations" and our historical consolidated financial  
statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The        
following results are net of intercompany transactions.                         

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                        (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)    THREE MONTHS   
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     ENDED MARCH 31,  
                                 ------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------- 
                                    1997          1998         1999       2000        2001      2001     2002   
                                 -----------   -----------   --------   ---------   ---------  ------   ------- 
                                                                                                                
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:                                                                                       
Revenues.......................   $1,517.1      $1,746.1     $1,761.4   $1,932.1    $1,672.4   $495.6   $ 371.8 
Cost of sales..................    1,253.0       1,400.4      1,457.9    1,584.6     1,422.8    406.8     310.1 
                                  --------      --------     --------   --------    --------   ------   ------- 
Gross profit...................      264.1         345.7        303.5      347.5       249.6     88.8      61.7 
Selling, general and                                                                                            
  administrative expenses......      173.9         203.4        233.0      257.8       262.4     64.9      55.1 
Amortization of goodwill.......       11.7          11.7         12.2       12.6        12.9      3.2        -- 
Restructuring charges                                                                                           
  (credits)....................        8.0          (1.6)          --       13.9         8.8       --        -- 
Loss on sale of dealers........         --            --           --         --        10.4       --        -- 
                                  --------      --------     --------   --------    --------   ------   ------- 
Operating profit (loss)........   $   70.5      $  132.2     $   58.3   $   63.2    $  (44.9)  $ 20.7   $   6.6 
                                  ========      ========     ========   ========    ========   ======   ======= 

CASH FLOW DATA:                                                                                                 
Provided by operating                                                                                           
  activities...................   $  127.4      $   81.0     $   79.4   $   62.6    $   31.0   $ 12.7   $  28.6 
Used for investing                                                                                              
  activities...................      (36.9)        (77.1)      (116.1)     (59.7)      (47.2)   (10.7)     (5.4)
Provided by (used for)                                                                                          
  financing activities.........     (114.7)          0.6         47.4      (10.1)       52.3      8.1     (27.9)

OTHER DATA:                                                                                                     
Units sold.....................     66,833        77,636       76,055     84,825      68,929   21,624    14,971 
Adjusted EBITDA(1).............   $  105.5      $  170.1     $  112.4   $  127.5    $   33.0   $ 35.4   $  18.0 
Adjusted EBITDA margin.........        7.0%          9.7%         6.4%       6.6%        2.0%     7.1%      4.8%
Depreciation and                                                                                                
  amortization.................   $   35.0      $   37.9     $   54.1   $   54.6    $   60.4   $ 14.7   $  10.6 
Capital expenditures...........       25.6          63.9         46.2       51.8        53.5      9.7       6.2 

OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:                                                                                        
Ratio of net debt to adjusted                                                                                   
  EBITDA(2)....................        1.3x          1.0x         2.1x       2.2x        9.2x     2.0x      4.1x
Ratio of adjusted EBITDA to                                                                                     
  interest expense.............        7.3          12.2          5.9        6.0         1.4      6.8       3.3 
Ratio of adjusted EBITDA to pro                                                                                 
  forma interest expense(3)....         --            --           --         --         0.9       --       2.0 
Ratio of adjusted EBITDA minus                                                                                  
  capital expenditures to                                                                                       
  interest expense.............        5.5           7.6          3.5        3.6        (0.9)     4.9       2.1 
Ratio of earnings to fixed                                                                                      
  charges(4)...................        4.0           7.9          2.9        2.4          --      3.1       1.2 

  11

S-4/A
18th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 18th
                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                             (IN MILLIONS)                            
                                                     AS OF DECEMBER 31,                            AS OF MARCH 31,    
                                -------------------------------------------------------------   ----------------------
                                   1997          1998          1999         2000       2001       2002        2002    
                                -----------   -----------   -----------   --------   --------   --------   -----------
                                                                                                               AS     
                                                                                                           ADJUSTED(5)
                                                                                                           -----------
                                                                                                                      
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                                                                                   
Cash and cash equivalents......   $ 17.1       $   22.2      $   31.1     $   24.4   $   59.6   $   54.9     $  18.7  
Working capital(6).............     54.5          125.8         146.3        107.4     (150.0)    (159.6)       74.8  
Total assets...................    942.4        1,100.4       1,178.6      1,241.7    1,205.1    1,186.6     1,183.7  
Total debt.....................    156.8          200.2         270.7        304.9      362.4      349.0       346.1  
Stockholder's equity...........    384.9          462.0         468.7        463.0      382.0      372.1       372.1  

---------------                                                                 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is presented solely as a supplemental disclosure with       
respect to liquidity because management believes it provides useful     
   information regarding our ability to service or incur debt. Adjusted EBITDA
does not represent cash flow from operations, as defined by generally   
    accepted accounting principles, and is not calculated in the same way by all
  companies. You should not consider adjusted EBITDA as a substitute for net
   income or net loss, or as an indicator of our operating performance or cash
 flow. We define adjusted EBITDA as operating profit (loss) before certain
non-cash items, as identified in the table below, plus depreciation and 
    amortization. Adjusted EBITDA includes adjustments for non-cash items and we
believe is useful information regarding our ability to service or incur 
 debt. Our definition of adjusted EBITDA is not calculated in the same way
EBITDA will be calculated under the indenture governing the notes. In   
  addition, the items described below for 2001 resulted from actions we have
taken that are referred to in this prospectus as the 2001 Restructuring 
Program. See "Description of Notes -- Certain Definitions" for more     
 information on the definition of EBITDA under the indenture governing the
notes.                                                                  

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                             THREE MONTHS  
                                             (IN MILLIONS)                       ENDED     
                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,   
                               ------------------------------------------   ---------------
                                1997     1998     1999     2000     2001     2001     2002 
                               ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
                                                                                           
Operating profit (loss)....... $ 70.5   $132.2   $ 58.3   $ 63.2   $(44.9)  $ 20.7   $  6.6
Adjustments:                                                                               
  Danville closure costs(a)...     --       --       --      9.7       --       --       --
  Loss on sale of owned                                                                    
     dealers(b)...............     --       --       --       --     10.4       --       --
  Other non-recurring                                                                      
     items(c).................     --       --       --       --      7.1       --      0.8
  Depreciation and                                                                         
     amortization.............   35.0     37.9     54.1     54.6     60.4     14.7     10.6
                               ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Adjusted EBITDA(d)............ $105.5   $170.1   $112.4   $127.5   $ 33.0   $ 35.4   $ 18.0
                               ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======

--------------------                                                  

(a) Danville closure costs include a pension and post-employment      
         curtailment loss of $7.5 million recognized as part of a plan to reduce
      headcount at our Danville, Illinois manufacturing facility. Danville
       closure costs also include an asset impairment charge of $2.2 million
      related to certain fixed assets and leasehold improvements that will
        either be disposed of or sold at fair market value, which is estimated
         to be below net book value, as a result of the closure of the Danville,
Illinois manufacturing facility.                              

   (b) Reflects the loss on the sale of owned dealers in Germany and related
wind-down costs.                                              

    (c) Reflects non-cash charges to reduce asset values and increase reserves
  reflective of the weakened capital goods markets, establish full
     accounting consistency among owned dealers on a global basis and to
       cause those dealers previously reporting on a one-month lag to report
      on months consistent with the rest of NMHG. The adjustment to reduce
         asset values and increase reserves was made at owned dealers, primarily
       the Hyster dealers in Germany. These Hyster dealers were subsequently
  sold on December 31, 2001. The adjustment to reduce asset values
       primarily represents a write-down of inventory values, both units and
   parts, to our estimate of fair market value. Due to the softening

  12

S-4/A
19th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 19th
      of demand, especially near the end of the third quarter of 2001, our
         estimate of the fair market value in the third quarter of 2001 declined
      significantly such that a write-down of new and used units and parts
        was necessary. Our increase in reserves is primarily for uncollectible
        accounts receivable and estimated losses on warranty, extended service
     and rental contracts. The increase in the reserve for uncollectible
         accounts receivable was primarily due to a significant deterioration in
  the aging of accounts receivable such that collection of certain
   accounts was not likely. The recognition of the estimated loss in
      warranty, extended service and rental contracts was primarily due to
         recent trends and changes in estimates on certain warranty, service and
        rental contracts which indicated that future costs would exceed future
revenues under the contract. The adjustments to establish full
       accounting consistency among owned dealers totaled $1.5 million, were
    recorded in the third quarter of 2001, and primarily resulted from
 acquisition accounting adjustments and the final integration of
         corporate accounting policies by recently acquired foreign dealers. See
  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."                                       

     (d) For each of the years in the five years ended December 31, 2001, EBITDA
        before adjustments, or operating profit (loss) before depreciation and
   amortization, was $105.5 million, $170.1 million, $112.4 million,
$117.8 million and $15.5 million, respectively. EBITDA before 
      adjustments was $35.4 million and $17.2 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively.                  

(2) Net debt is defined as total debt less cash and cash equivalents. Amounts of
 adjusted EBITDA for the three month periods ended March 31, 2001 and 2002
 have been annualized for purposes of calculating the ratio of net debt to
adjusted EBITDA.                                                        

(3) We have calculated the ratio of adjusted EBITDA to pro forma interest       
expense as follows:                                                     

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                       (IN MILLIONS)           
                                                             ----------------------------------
                                                                                  THREE MONTHS 
                                                                YEAR ENDED           ENDED     
                                                             DECEMBER 31, 2001   MARCH 31, 2002
                                                             -----------------   --------------
                                                                                               
Adjusted EBITDA:............................................       $33.0             $18.0     
Pro forma interest expense:                                                                    
  10% Senior Notes..........................................        25.0               6.2     
  New revolving credit facility.............................         2.1               0.3     
  Other debt................................................         6.6               1.5     
  Amortization of debt discount.............................         0.4               0.1     
  Amortization of financing costs...........................         2.8               0.7     
                                                                   -----             -----     
                                                                   $36.9             $ 8.8     
Ratio of adjusted EBITDA to pro forma interest expense......         0.9x              2.0x    
                                                                   =====             =====     

(4) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is determined by dividing income     
(loss) before income taxes, minority interest and cumulative effect of  
accounting changes, adjusted for equity in earnings and distributions   
    received from equity investees, interest expense, debt expense amortization,
    capitalized interest and the portion of rental expense deemed representative
of an interest factor by the sum of interest expense, debt expense      
   amortization, capitalized interest and the portion of rental expense deemed
   representative of an interest factor. For the year ended December 31, 2001,
earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $66.8 million.     

(5) As adjusted data is calculated as if the application of the net proceeds    
from the sale of the outstanding notes, together with $16.2 million of  
borrowings under the new revolving credit facility and $36.2 million of 
available cash, had been used to repay $265.0 million of borrowings     
  outstanding under our existing credit facility, $1.0 million of borrowings
  outstanding under other revolving lines of credit, $20.8 million under our
  European receivables discounting facility and $12.5 million in refinancing
transaction fees and expenses.                                          

(6) As of December 31, 2001 and March 31, 2002, includes $265.0 million of debt 
  outstanding under our existing credit facility and classified as a current
   liability in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

  13

S-4/A
20th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 20th
RISK FACTORS

An investment in the notes involves risk. In addition to the other    
information contained in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the     
following risk factors in deciding whether to exchange any notes.               

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS

OUR LIFT TRUCK BUSINESS IS CYCLICAL. ANY FURTHER DOWNTURN IN THE GENERAL ECONOMY
COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR EARNINGS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FURTHER.          

     Our lift truck business historically has been cyclical, especially sales of
counterbalanced lift trucks, which accounted for 68.4% of all our new unit      
volume sales in 2001. Fluctuations in the rate of orders for lift trucks reflect
the capital investment decisions of our customers, which depend to a certain    
extent on the general level of economic activity in the various industries that 
our lift truck customers serve. During economic downturns, customers tend to    
delay new lift truck purchases. As a result of this cyclicality, we have        
experienced, and in the future we will experience, significant fluctuations in  
our revenues and net income. For example, the downturn in the general economy in
2001 adversely affected our business and results of operations as revenues from 
our customers declined 13.4% in 2001, from $1,932.1 million in 2000 to $1,672.4 
million in 2001, and we had a net loss in 2001 of $49.4 million compared to net 
income of $21.3 million in 2000. General economic conditions continued to       
negatively impact our results in the first quarter of 2002, with revenues from  
our customers declining 25% in the first quarter of 2002, from $495.6 million in
the first quarter of 2001 to $371.8 million in the first quarter of 2002, and   
net income in the first quarter of 2002 decreasing to $4.3 million compared to  
net income of $8.3 million in the first quarter of 2001. If there is further    
degradation in the general economy, or in the industries our lift truck         
customers serve, our business, results of operations and financial condition    
could be adversely affected.                                                    

IF THE CAPITAL GOODS MARKET WORSENS, THE COST SAVING EFFORTS WE HAVE IMPLEMENTED
MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENT TO ACHIEVE THE BENEFITS WE EXPECT.                        

     The 2001 Restructuring Program, which included the closure of our Danville,
Illinois assembly facility, labor and overhead reductions and the restructuring 
of our owned dealers, was implemented to improve our profits and margins despite
decreased revenues. As a result of these actions, we recorded a charge to       
operations of approximately $13.9 million in 2000 and $47.8 million in 2001. If 
the economy continues to worsen, or the capital goods market does not improve,  
our revenues could continue to decline. If revenues are lower than our          
expectations, the efforts we have implemented may not achieve the benefits we   
expect. We may be forced to take additional cost savings steps that could result
in additional charges and materially affect our ability to compete or implement 
our business operations.                                                        

IF OUR GLOBAL COST REDUCTION PROGRAM DOES NOT PROVE EFFECTIVE, OUR RESULTS OF   
OPERATIONS WILL BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.                                          

We have developed and are implementing a Global Cost Reduction Program
encompassing lean manufacturing, global procurement, the transfer of processes  
and sourcing to lower cost locations, component commonality, overhead cost      
reductions and improvements in our owned dealers. We expect that, when fully    
implemented by 2006, these programs will result in annual pre-tax cost savings  
of approximately $117.5 million. Some of these cost reduction program savings   
estimates are volume-sensitive and the program benefits are based on future unit
volume levels that are consistent with historical industry demand cycle         
patterns. As such, if future industry demand levels are lower than historical   
industry demand cycles would indicate, the actual annual cost savings could be  
lower. Although some minor incremental research and development costs are       
anticipated to support the program development and implementation, the projected
developmental expenses could be higher than projected and such costs may have an
adverse impact on future results of operations. If we are unable to successfully
implement our Global Cost Reduction Program, our results of operations could be 
adversely affected.                                                             

  14

S-4/A
21st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 21st
IF COST SAVING EFFORTS IMPLEMENTED FOR OUR OWNED DEALERS DO NOT PROVE EFFECTIVE,
OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.                          

    Since January 1, 1998, we acquired two dealers in the Americas, 12 dealers
and one rental company in Europe and 12 dealers and two rental companies in     
Asia-Pacific. In 2001, our net loss attributable to our owned dealers increased 
to $35.3 million, from $15.7 million in 2000. To improve the profitability of   
our owned dealers, we engaged in restructuring activities with respect to our   
European owned dealers in 2001. These activities were primarily related to lease
termination costs, severance and other employee benefits to be paid to          
approximately 140 terminated employees at owned dealers in Europe. In the first 
quarter of 2002, our net loss attributable to our owned dealers decreased to    
$1.3 million, from $4.1 million in the first quarter of 2001. However, if our   
restructuring activities for our European owned dealers do not continue to be   
effective, our results of operations may be adversely affected.                 

THE PRICING OF OUR PRODUCTS HAS BEEN AND MAY CONTINUE TO BE IMPACTED BY FOREIGN 
CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS, WHICH COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR EARNINGS AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS.                                                                     

 Since we conduct transactions in various foreign currencies, including,
among others, the euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound sterling, our    
lift truck pricing structure and that of some of our competitors is subject to  
the effects of fluctuations in the value of these foreign currencies and        
fluctuations in the related currency exchange rates. As a result, costs and     
sales have historically been affected by, and may continue to be affected by,   
these fluctuations. These fluctuations historically have adversely affected, and
in the future could continue to adversely affect, our earnings and results of   
operations.                                                                     

WE DEPEND ON A LIMITED NUMBER OF SUPPLIERS FOR SPECIFIC CRITICAL COMPONENTS.    

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for some of our critical   
components, including diesel and gasoline engines and cast-iron counterweights  
used to counterbalance some lift trucks. Some of these critical components are  
imported and subject to regulation, such as inspection by the U.S. Department of
Commerce. Our results of operations could be adversely affected if we are unable
to obtain these critical components, or if the cost of these critical components
were to increase significantly, due to costly regulatory compliance or          
otherwise, and we were unable to pass the cost increases on to our customers.   

COMPETITION MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR EARNINGS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.        

We experience intense competition in the sale of our lift trucks and  
aftermarket parts. Competition in the lift truck industry is based primarily on 
strength and quality of dealers, brand loyalty, customer service, availability  
of products and aftermarket parts, comprehensive product line offering, product 
performance, product quality and features and the cost of ownership over the    
life of the lift truck. We compete with several global full line manufacturers  
that operate in all major markets. These manufacturers may have greater         
financial resources and less debt than we have, which may enable them to commit 
larger amounts of capital in response to changing market conditions. If we fail 
to compete effectively, our earnings and results of operations could be         
adversely affected.                                                             

WE RELY PRIMARILY ON OUR NETWORK OF DEALERS TO SELL OUR LIFT TRUCKS AND         
AFTERMARKET PARTS. AS A RESULT WE HAVE NO DIRECT CONTROL OVER SALES BY THOSE    
DEALERS TO CUSTOMERS.                                                           

In 2001, approximately 81% of our new lift truck volume and 99% of our
aftermarket parts sales were sold through dealers, who in turn sold the lift    
trucks and aftermarket parts to the customers. Sales of our products are        
therefore subject to the quality and effectiveness of the dealers, who are      
generally not subject to our direct control.                                    

THE RETIREMENT OF EXISTING ANTI-DUMPING DUTIES AND MANUFACTURING BY JAPANESE    
COMPETITORS IN THE UNITED STATES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR COMPETITIVE         
POSITION, REVENUES, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION.              

   Certain Japanese-built internal combustion engine, or ICE, lift trucks in
the 1.0 to 8.0 ton capacity range imported into the United States are currently 
subject to an anti-dumping duty. The anti-dumping duty rates in effect through  
2001 ranged from 7.39% to 56.81% depending on the manufacturer or importer. If  
the anti-dumping duty order is retired when it is reviewed again in 2005, our   
Japanese competitors might be able to import lift trucks for sale at a cost     
below fair market value. If we were to similarly lower our prices to            
  15

S-4/A
22nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 22nd
maintain market share, our results of operations and financial condition could  
be materially adversely affected. If we did not lower our prices, our           
competitive position, revenues, results of operation and financial condition    
could be materially adversely affected. In addition, all of our major Japanese  
competitors have manufacturing or assembly facilities in the United States. The 
domestic sourcing of lift truck products by our Japanese competitors may        
negatively impact our competitive position, revenues, operating results or      
financial condition.                                                            

OUR ACTUAL LIABILITIES RELATING TO PENDING LAWSUITS MAY EXCEED OUR EXPECTATIONS.

We are a defendant in pending lawsuits involving, among other things, 
product liability claims. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in defending
these claims, that judgments will not be rendered against us with respect to any
or all of these proceedings or that reserves we have set aside will be adequate 
to cover any such judgments. We could incur a charge to our earnings if our     
reserves prove to be inadequate, which could have a material adverse effect on  
our results of operations and liquidity for the period in which the charge is   
taken.                                                                          

WE HAVE GUARANTEED, OR ARE SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE OR RECOURSE OBLIGATIONS WITH   
RESPECT TO, FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS OF SOME OF OUR CUSTOMERS.                    

     Through arrangements with General Electric Capital Corporation, or GECC, we
provide dealer and customer financing of new lift trucks in the United States   
and in major countries of the world outside of the United States. Through these 
arrangements, our dealers and certain customers are extended credit for the     
purchase of lift trucks to be placed in the dealer's floor plan inventory or the
financing of lift trucks that are sold or leased to customers. For some of the  
arrangements, we provide residual value guarantees or standby recourse or       
repurchase obligations such that we would become obligated in the event of      
default by the dealer or customer. Total amounts subject to these types of      
obligations at December 31, 2001 and March 31, 2002 were $158.0 million and     
$153.4 million, respectively. In substantially all of these arrangements we     
maintain perfected security interests in the assets financed such that, in the  
event that we become obligated under the terms of the guarantees or standby     
recourse or repurchase obligations, we may take title to the assets financed.   
However, we cannot be certain that the security interest will equal or exceed   
the amount of the guarantee or recourse or repurchase obligation. In addition,  
we cannot be certain that losses under the terms of the guarantees or recourse  
or repurchase obligations will not exceed the reserves that we have set aside in
our consolidated financial statements. We could incur a charge to our earnings  
if our reserves prove to be inadequate, which could have a material adverse     
effect on our results of operations and liquidity for the period in which the   
charge is taken.                                                                

WE ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS RELATING TO OUR FOREIGN OPERATIONS.                     

 Foreign operations represent a significant portion of our business. For
2001, approximately 7.6% of our revenue was derived from sales in the Americas  
outside of the United States, approximately 28.1% from sales in Europe and      
approximately 8.4% from sales in Asia-Pacific. We expect revenue from foreign   
markets to continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenue. We 
own or lease manufacturing facilities in Brazil, Italy, Mexico, The Netherlands,
Northern Ireland and Scotland, and we own interests in joint ventures with      
facilities in China, Japan and the Philippines. We also sell domestically       
produced products to foreign customers. Our foreign operations are subject to   
risks in addition to the risks of our domestic operations. The risks that relate
to our foreign operations include:                                              

- potential political, economic and social instability in the foreign 
countries in which we operate;                                    

- currency risks, see "--The pricing of our products has been and may 
   continue to be impacted by foreign currency fluctuations, which could
adversely affect our earnings and results of operations;"         

- imposition of or increases in currency exchange controls;           

- potential inflation in the applicable foreign economies;            

- imposition of or increases in import duties and other tariffs on our
products;                                                         

- imposition of or increases in foreign taxation of our earnings and  
withholding on payments received by us from our subsidiaries;     

- regulatory changes affecting our international operations; and      
  16

S-4/A
23rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 23rd
- stringent labor regulations.                                        

Part of our strategy to expand our worldwide market share and decrease
costs is strengthening our international distribution network and sourcing basic
components in foreign countries. Implementation of this strategy may increase   
the impact of the risks described above and we cannot assure you that such risks
will not have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or       
financial condition.                                                            

OUR FORMER PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS HAVE RECENTLY BEEN FOUND GUILTY OF OBSTRUCTION OF 
JUSTICE BY THE U.S. FEDERAL GOVERNMENT, WHICH MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR ABILITY  
TO COMPLY WITH OUR REGISTRATION OBLIGATIONS, WHETHER CONTRACTUAL OR STATUTORY,  
AND THE ABILITY OF ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP TO SATISFY ANY CLAIMS THAT MAY ARISE OUT 
OF ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP'S AUDIT OF OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.                     

    Our former public accountant, Arthur Andersen LLP, has informed us that on
June 15, 2002 a jury found them guilty of one count of obstruction of justice   
arising from the U.S. government's investigation of Enron Corp. Because of this 
action, Arthur Andersen LLP has informed us of their intent to cease practicing 
before the SEC by August 31, 2002 and their inability to make specified         
representations to us, as required by the SEC as a condition to accepting Arthur
Andersen LLP audited or reviewed financial statements, following July 15, 2002. 
We filed the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to comply
with the provisions of a registration rights agreement we entered into on May 9,
2002 with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes. If we fail to comply 
with the registration provisions of the registration rights agreements within   
the time periods specified therein, we will be required to pay holders of the   
notes special interest while the failure continues. Further, it is possible that
events arising out of the guilty verdict may adversely affect the ability of    
Arthur Andersen LLP to satisfy any claims that may arise out of Arthur Andersen 
LLP's audit of our financial statements that are contained in, or incorporated  
by reference to, this prospectus.                                               

NACCO INDUSTRIES, INC. CONTROLS ALL MATTERS THAT MUST BE SUBMITTED TO A         
STOCKHOLDER VOTE, AND THIS CONTROL MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE NOTEHOLDERS.        

     NACCO owns 100% of our outstanding capital stock. Therefore, NACCO controls
the vote on all matters required to be submitted to a stockholder vote,         
including the election of our directors, amendments to our certificate of       
incorporation and our by-laws, and approval of significant change of control    
transactions. Some decisions about our operations or financial structure may    
present conflicts of interest between NACCO and the holders of the notes. For   
example, NACCO may be willing to approve acquisitions, divestitures or          
transactions undertaken by us that it believes could increase the value of its  
equity investment in us. These kinds of transactions, however, may increase the 
financial risk to the noteholders.                                              

   NACCO has two classes of common stock. The Class A common stock, which is
listed on the New York Stock Exchange, is entitled to one vote per share and the
Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share. A majority of the NACCO
Class B common stock is beneficially owned by certain descendents and relatives 
of NACCO's founder, which group includes certain executives of NACCO and certain
members of the board of directors of both us and NACCO. This concentration of   
voting power at NACCO may exacerbate the risks described above. Although we are 
not able to determine the exact voting power of this group of individuals, we   
are aware that as of a reasonable practicable date the combined voting power of 
the Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned by the     
three surviving children of NACCO's founder and all of their descendants who are
executive officers and/or directors of NMHG or NACCO was 58.48% of the combined 
voting power of all Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding on
such date (including shares deemed to be outstanding for purposes of calculating
the percentage owned pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act).               

NACCO INDUSTRIES, INC. WILL NOT GUARANTEE THE NOTES AND IS UNDER NO OBLIGATION  
WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF OUR OR THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS' DEBT OBLIGATIONS.      

  NACCO is under no obligation with respect to the notes or our subsidiary
guarantors' debt obligations. If we or the subsidiary guarantors default on our 
obligations under the notes, you will have no right to seek payment or other    
remedies from NACCO.                                                            

  17

S-4/A
24th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 24th
RISKS RELATING TO OUR DEBT, INCLUDING THE NOTES 

OUR SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF DEBT MAY LIMIT OUR OPERATIONS AND FLEXIBILITY.        

     After giving effect to the application of the net proceeds from the sale of
the outstanding notes and amounts drawn under the new revolving credit facility,
as of March 31, 2002, our total debt would have been approximately $346.1       
million.                                                                        

     The level of our indebtedness could have important consequences, including:

  - limiting cash flow available for general corporate purposes, including
       capital expenditures, because a substantial portion of our cash flow from
operations must be dedicated to servicing our debt;               

  - limiting our ability to obtain additional debt financing in the future
for working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions;        

   - making us more vulnerable in the event of a further downturn in general
economic conditions or in our business;                           

    - limiting our flexibility in reacting to competitive and other changes in
our industry;                                                     

- making it more difficult to satisfy our obligations under the notes,
  including our repurchase obligation upon the occurrence of specified
change of control events; and                                     

    - exposing us to risks inherent in interest rate fluctuations because some
  of our borrowings will be at variable rates of interest, which could
     result in higher interest expense in the event of increases in interest
rates.                                                            

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO SERVICE OUR DEBT, INCLUDING THE NOTES.                    

   Our ability to pay or to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes,
will depend upon our future operating performance, which will be affected by    
general economic, financial, competitive, business and other factors beyond our 
control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash   
flow from operations, that currently anticipated revenue growth and operating   
improvements will be realized on schedule or at all or that future borrowings   
will be available to us under the new revolving credit facility in amounts      
sufficient to enable us to service our debt obligations, to pay our             
indebtedness, including the notes at maturity or otherwise, or to fund our other
liquidity needs. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or fund our other
liquidity needs, we may need to restructure or refinance our indebtedness or    
sell assets. We cannot assure you that we will be able to accomplish those      
actions on satisfactory terms, if at all, which could cause us to default on our
obligations and impair our liquidity. Our ability to restructure or refinance   
will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any
refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to 
comply with more onerous covenants which could further restrict our business    
operations.                                                                     

DESPITE OUR LEVEL OF INDEBTEDNESS, WE AND OUR SUBSIDIARIES WILL BE ABLE TO INCUR
SUBSTANTIALLY MORE DEBT. THIS COULD EXACERBATE THE RISKS DESCRIBED ABOVE.       

We and our subsidiaries will be able to incur substantial additional  
indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing the notes and the  
terms of our new revolving credit facility contain restrictions on the          
incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a      
number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in       
compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. To the extent new debt 
is added to our currently anticipated debt levels, the substantial leverage     
risks described above would increase. Also, these restrictions do not prevent us
from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. See "Description
of Notes" and "Description of Other Indebtedness."                              

OUR BUSINESS IS CONDUCTED THROUGH OUR SUBSIDIARIES AND WE WILL DEPEND ON THE    
BUSINESS OF OUR SUBSIDIARIES TO SATISFY OUR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE NOTES.        

     Our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. As a result, we will
depend on dividends, loans or advances or payments from our subsidiaries to     
satisfy our financial obligations and make payments on the notes. The ability of
our subsidiaries to make distributions or other payments to us will depend upon 
their operating results and applicable laws and any contractual restrictions    
contained in the instruments governing                                          

  18

S-4/A
25th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 25th
their indebtedness. If money generated by our subsidiaries is not available to  
us, our ability to repay our indebtedness, including the notes, may be adversely
affected.                                                                       

ALTHOUGH THE NOTES ARE REFERRED TO AS "SENIOR NOTES," THEY ARE EFFECTIVELY      
SUBORDINATED TO ANY FUTURE SECURED INDEBTEDNESS OF NMHG AND THE SUBSIDIARY      
GUARANTORS AND ALL OBLIGATIONS OF THE NON-GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES.               

     The notes are our unsecured obligations and are guaranteed by substantially
all of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries. The notes are not         
guaranteed by our other subsidiaries. As a result of this structure, the notes  
are effectively subordinated to amounts outstanding under the new revolving     
credit facility and any other future secured indebtedness of NMHG and the       
subsidiary guarantors, to the extent of the value of the collateral. The notes  
are also effectively subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations,    
including trade payables, of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. As of March 31,    
2002, after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds from the       
offering of the outstanding notes and amounts drawn under our new revolving     
credit facility to prepay amounts outstanding under our then existing credit    
facility and other indebtedness, we and the subsidiary guarantors had           
outstanding $51.0 million of secured indebtedness, and the non-guarantor        
subsidiaries had outstanding $39.6 million of indebtedness, all of which would  
have effectively ranked senior to the exchange notes. The effect of this        
subordination is that, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution,  
reorganization or similar proceeding involving us or a subsidiary, the assets of
the affected entity could not be used to pay you until after:                   

    - all secured claims against the affected entity have been fully paid; and

  - if the affected entity is a non-guarantor subsidiary, all other claims
      against that subsidiary, including trade payables, have been fully paid.

   For the three months ended March 31, 2002, our non-guarantor subsidiaries
constituted approximately 50% of our adjusted EBITDA, after elimination of      
intercompany transactions, and at March 31, 2002 they represented approximately 
34% of our total assets, after elimination of intercompany accounts and         
investments.                                                                    

THE TERMS OF OUR DEBT INSTRUMENTS IMPOSE FINANCIAL AND OPERATING RESTRICTIONS.  

 Our new revolving credit facility and the indenture governing the notes
contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in a variety of  
transactions, including incurring or guaranteeing additional indebtedness,      
paying dividends on our capital stock, redeeming, repurchasing or retiring our  
capital stock, making investments, creating restrictions on the payments of     
dividends from subsidiaries, engaging in transactions with affiliates, creating 
liens on our assets, transferring or selling our assets or engaging in mergers, 
acquisitions or consolidations. These debt instruments will prohibit us from    
prepaying any subordinated indebtedness we may incur, and our new revolving     
credit facility requires us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy  
other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and 
tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you    
that we will meet those tests.                                                  

A breach of any of the covenants or other provisions in our debt      
instruments could result in a default thereunder. Upon the occurrence of an     
event of default under our new revolving credit facility, the lenders could     
elect to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be immediately due and   
payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit, which would     
adversely affect our ability to fund our operations. An acceleration of the     
amounts due under our new revolving credit facility would cause us to be in     
default under the indenture governing the notes, enabling acceleration of       
amounts outstanding under the indenture. If the lenders under our new revolving 
credit facility accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure you    
that we will have sufficient assets to repay all of our indebtedness. See       
"Description of Notes" and "Description of Other Indebtedness."                 

THE INDENTURE MAY BE AMENDED, AND OUR PAST DEFAULTS OR NONCOMPLIANCE MAY BE     
WAIVED, WITHOUT YOUR CONSENT.                                                   

 Subject to certain exceptions, the indenture governing the notes may be
amended with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the
notes then outstanding. In addition, any past defaults or                       

  19

S-4/A
26th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 26th
noncompliance with any provision under the indenture may also be waived with the
consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then      
outstanding. As a result, certain terms of the notes may be amended without your
consent. Similarly, any past defaults or noncompliance by us with the indenture 
may be waived without your consent.                                             

IF A CHANGE OF CONTROL OCCURS, WE MAY NOT HAVE SUFFICIENT FUNDS TO REPURCHASE   
YOUR NOTES.                                                                     

    Upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, you may require
us to repurchase all or a portion of your notes at 101% of their principal      
amount, plus accrued interest and liquidated damages, if any. If a change of    
control occurs, we may not be able to pay the repurchase price for all of the   
notes submitted for repurchase. Our failure to purchase tendered notes would    
constitute an event of default under the indenture and the terms of our other   
debt, including our new revolving credit facility. In addition, a change of     
control would cause an event of default under our new revolving credit facility.
In such circumstances, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets 
to repay all of our indebtedness. The term "change of control" is limited to    
certain specified transactions and may not include other events that may harm   
our financial condition. The term "change of control" is defined under          
"Description of Notes -- Change of Control."                                    

THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THE NOTES DOES NOT PROTECT YOU AGAINST CERTAIN HIGHLY   
LEVERAGED TRANSACTIONS.                                                         

Highly leveraged transactions, changes in control, reorganizations or 
restructurings could cause us or our successor to incur substantially more debt 
or sell a substantial majority of our assets which could adversely affect our   
ability to satisfy our obligations under the notes. The indenture governing the 
notes does not protect you entirely against this risk. For example, the terms of
the indenture do not prevent us from incurring additional indebtedness, nor do  
they prevent us from engaging in certain transactions that do not technically   
constitute a "change of control" under the indenture but which may harm our     
financial condition. In addition, we are entitled to engage in certain          
transactions involving a sale of our assets without being required to redeem    
your notes with the proceeds thereof. In addition, if we engage in a highly     
leveraged transaction that is not prohibited by the indenture, our ability to   
satisfy our obligations under the notes may be adversely affected.              

FEDERAL AND STATE STATUTES ALLOW COURTS, UNDER SPECIFIC CIRCUMSTANCES, TO VOID  
GUARANTEES AND REQUIRE NOTEHOLDERS TO RETURN PAYMENTS RECEIVED FROM GUARANTORS. 

   Substantially all our existing and future domestic subsidiaries guarantee
the notes. If, however, any subsidiary becomes a debtor in a case under the     
United States Bankruptcy Code or encounters other financial difficulty, under   
federal or state fraudulent transfer law a court might avoid (that is cancel)   
its guarantee. The court might do so if it found that when the subsidiary       
entered into its guarantee (or, in some states, when payments became due        
thereunder), the subsidiary guarantor                                           

    - received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for
the guarantee, and                                                

  - either (1) was or was rendered insolvent, (2) was left with inadequate
      capital to conduct its business, or (3) believed or should have believed
that it would incur debts beyond its ability to pay.              

The court might also avoid a subsidiary's guarantee, without regard to those    
factors, if it found that the subsidiary entered into its guarantee with actual 
intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors.                               

A court would likely find that a subsidiary did not receive reasonably
equivalent value or fair consideration for its guarantee unless it benefited    
directly or indirectly from the notes' issuance. If a court avoided a guarantee,
you would no longer have a claim against the guarantor. In addition, the court  
might direct you to repay any amounts already received from the guarantor. If   
the court were to avoid any subsidiary's guarantee, we cannot assure you that   
funds would be available to pay the notes from another subsidiary guarantor or  
from any other source.                                                          

     The test for determining solvency for these purposes will depend on the law
of the jurisdiction being applied. In general, a court would consider an entity 
insolvent either if the sum of its existing debts exceeds the fair value of all 
of its property, or if the present fair saleable value of its assets is less    
than the amount required to pay the probable liability on its existing debts as 
they become due. For this analysis, "debts" includes contingent and unliquidated
debts.                                                                          

  20

S-4/A
27th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 27th
     The indenture states that the liability of each subsidiary on its guarantee
is limited to the maximum amount that the subsidiary can incur without risk that
the guarantee will be subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer. We cannot  
assure you that this limitation will protect the guarantees from fraudulent     
transfer attack or, if it does, that the guarantees will be in amounts          
sufficient, if necessary, to pay the notes when due.                            

BANKRUPTCY MAY DELAY PAYMENT ON THE NOTES.                                      

    The Bankruptcy Code generally prohibits the payment of pre-bankruptcy debt
by a company that commences a bankruptcy case. If we and all our subsidiaries   
became debtors in bankruptcy cases, so long as the cases were pending you would 
likely not receive any payment of principal or interest due under the notes.    

WE CANNOT ASSURE YOU THAT AN ACTIVE TRADING MARKET WILL DEVELOP FOR THE NOTES.  

There is currently no existing public market for the notes. An active 
public market may never develop for the notes and we will not apply to list the 
notes on any exchange or Nasdaq. As a result, you may be required to bear the   
financial risk of your investment in the notes indefinitely. Any notes traded   
after they are initially issued may trade at a discount from their initial      
offering price. The trading price of the notes depends on prevailing interest   
rates, the market for similar securities and other factors, including economic  
conditions and our financial condition, performance and prospects. Historically,
the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that   
have caused substantial fluctuations in the prices of these securities.         

   Although we do not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the notes,
the notes have been designated for trading in the PORTAL Market, which acts as a
facilitator for unregistered securities eligible to be resold pursuant to SEC   
Rule 144A, including the exchange notes. Adopted under the Securities Act,      
PORTAL provides regulatory review of securities in connection with the clearance
and settlement of any sales via The Depository Trust Company. We have been      
informed by the initial purchasers that they intend to make a market in the     
notes after this offering. The initial purchasers are not obligated to do so,   
and may cease such market-making without notice. See "Description of Notes" and 
"Plan of Distribution."                                                         

IF YOU DO NOT EXCHANGE YOUR OUTSTANDING NOTES YOU MAY HAVE DIFFICULTY IN        
TRANSFERRING THEM AT A LATER TIME.                                              

  We will issue exchange notes in exchange for the outstanding notes after
the exchange agent receives your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal   
and all related documents. You should allow adequate time for delivery if you   
choose to tender your outstanding notes for exchange. Although we intend to     
notify holders of outstanding notes of defects or irregularities with respect to
tenders of outstanding notes, neither we, nor the exchange agent nor any other  
person will incur any liability for failure to give notification. Outstanding   
notes that are not exchanged will remain subject to restrictions on transfer and
will not have any rights to registration.                                       

If you do participate in the exchange offer for the purpose of        
participating in the distribution of the exchange notes, you must comply with   
the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for 
any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer who holds outstanding notes for its  
own account due to market-making or other trading activities and who receives   
exchange notes for its own account must acknowledge that it will deliver a      
prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. If any          
outstanding notes are not tendered in the exchange or are tendered but not      
accepted, the trading market for such outstanding notes could be negatively     
affected due to the limited amount expected to remain outstanding following the 
completion of the exchange offer.                                               

  21

S-4/A
28th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 28th
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

A number of statements made in this prospectus are not historical or  
current facts, but deal with potential future circumstances and developments.   
Those statements are qualified by the inherent risks and uncertainties          
surrounding future expectations generally, and also may materially differ from  
our actual future experience involving any one or more of these matters and     
subject areas. We attempted to identify, in context, some of the factors that we
currently believe may cause future experience and results to differ from our    
current expectations regarding the relevant matter or subject area. We have     
identified some of these forward-looking statements with words such as          
"anticipates," "estimates," "believes," "expects," "intends," "may," "will,"    
"should" or the negative of those words or other comparable terminology. These  
statements may be contained in "Prospectus Summary" and "Risk Factors," among   
other places in this prospectus. The operation and results of our business also 
may be subject to the effect of other risks and uncertainties, including but not
limited to:                                                                     

- changes in demand for lift trucks and related aftermarket parts and 
     service on a worldwide basis, especially in the United States, where we
derive a majority of our sales;                                   

- changes in sales prices;                                            

- delays in delivery or changes in costs of raw materials or sourced  
products and labor;                                               

- delays in manufacturing and delivery schedules;                     

- exchange rate fluctuations, changes in foreign import tariffs and   
  monetary policies and other changes in the regulatory climate in the
foreign countries in which we operate and/or sell products;       

- product liability or other litigation, warranty claims or returns of
products;                                                         

   - delays in or increased costs of our 2001 Restructuring Program, such as
the phase-out of our Danville, Illinois manufacturing plant;      

- the effectiveness of our Global Cost Reduction Program;             

- acquisitions and/or dispositions of dealerships by us;              

- costs related to the integration of acquisitions;                   

- the impact of the continuing introduction of the euro, including    
       increased competition, foreign currency exchange movements and/or changes
in operating costs; and                                           

  - uncertainties regarding the impact of the September 11, 2001 terrorist
     activities and subsequent climate of war may have on the economy or the
public's confidence in general.                                   

  22

S-4/A
29th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 29th
USE OF PROCEEDS 

 We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange
notes. Because we are exchanging the exchange notes for the outstanding notes,  
which have substantially identical terms, the issuance of the exchange notes    
will not result in any increase in our indebtedness.                            

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents our condensed consolidated cash and cash 
equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2002 on an actual basis and as   
adjusted to reflect completion of the offering of the outstanding notes and the 
application of the net proceeds, together with borrowings under our new         
revolving credit facility and available cash, to repay amounts outstanding under
our existing credit facility and European receivables discounting facility. The 
information set forth in the table below should be read together with the       
information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial     
Condition and Results of Operations" and the more detailed consolidated         
financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.  

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                             (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT 
                                                                  SHARE DATA)     
                                                             AS OF MARCH 31, 2002 
                                                             ---------------------
                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                             ------    -----------
                                                                                  
Cash and cash equivalents................................... $ 54.9      $ 18.7   
                                                             ======      ======   
Debt:                                                                             
  $350.0 million revolving credit facility.................. $265.0      $   --   
  Capitalized lease obligations and other term loans........   49.7        49.7   
  Other revolving lines of credit...........................   34.3        33.3   
  New revolving credit facility.............................     --        16.2   
  10% Senior Notes due 2009.................................     --       246.9   
                                                             ------      ------   
     Total debt............................................. $349.0      $346.1   
                                                             ======      ======   
Stockholder's equity:                                                             
  Common stock, par value $1.00 per share (10,000 shares                          
     authorized; 5,599 shares issued and outstanding) and                         
     capital in excess of par value......................... $198.2      $198.2   
  Retained earnings and other comprehensive income (loss)...  173.9       173.9   
                                                             ------      ------   
     Total stockholder's equity.............................  372.1       372.1   
                                                             ------      ------   
       Total capitalization................................. $721.1      $718.2   
                                                             ======      ======   

  23

S-4/A
30th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 30th
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

  The following tables present our selected historical financial data. The
statement of income, cash flow and other data for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2001 and the balance sheet data as of December 31,    
2000 and 2001 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial         
statements and related notes, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The    
statement of income, cash flow and other data for the three months ended March  
31, 2001 and 2002, and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2002, have been   
derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes, 
which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of income, cash flow   
and other data for each of the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the  
balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 have been derived from
our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes that are not    
included in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of March 31, 2001 have   
been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related   
notes that are not included in this prospectus. You should read the following   
information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial    
Condition and Results of Operations" and our historical consolidated financial  
statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The        
following results are net of intercompany transactions.                         

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                  (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)                               
                                                                                                     THREE MONTHS     
                                                                                                         ENDED        
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                          MARCH 31,      
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------   ------------------- 
                                        1997          1998         1999       2000       2001       2001       2002   
                                     -----------   -----------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------- 
                                                                                                                      
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:                                                                                             
Revenues............................  $1,517.1      $1,746.1     $1,761.4   $1,932.1   $1,672.4   $  495.6   $  371.8 
Cost of sales.......................   1,253.0       1,400.4      1,457.9    1,584.6    1,422.8      406.8      310.1 
                                      --------      --------     --------   --------   --------   --------   -------- 
Gross profit........................     264.1         345.7        303.5      347.5      249.6       88.8       61.7 
Selling, general and administrative                                                                                   
  expenses..........................     173.9         203.4        233.0      257.8      262.4       64.9       55.1 
Amortization of goodwill............      11.7          11.7         12.2       12.6       12.9        3.2         -- 
Restructuring charges (credits).....       8.0          (1.6)          --       13.9        8.8         --         -- 
Loss on sale of dealers.............        --            --           --         --       10.4         --         -- 
                                      --------      --------     --------   --------   --------   --------   -------- 
Operating profit (loss).............  $   70.5      $  132.2     $   58.3   $   63.2   $  (44.9)  $   20.7   $    6.6 
Interest expense....................     (14.5)        (14.0)       (19.0)     (21.2)     (23.1)      (5.2)      (5.5)
Other income (expense), net.........      (3.7)          2.2          1.8       (4.4)       4.6        1.7        2.1 
Minority interest income............        --           1.0          1.0        1.1        0.8        0.2        0.2 
Income tax provision (benefit)......      13.6          46.3         18.4       17.4      (14.5)       7.8       (0.9)
Cumulative effect of accounting                                                                                       
  changes, net-of-tax(1)............        --            --           --         --       (1.3)      (1.3)        -- 
                                      --------      --------     --------   --------   --------   --------   -------- 
Net income (loss)...................  $   38.7      $   75.1     $   23.7   $   21.3   $  (49.4)  $    8.3   $    4.3 
                                      ========      ========     ========   ========   ========   ========   ======== 
CASH FLOW DATA:                                                                                                       
Provided by operating activities....  $  127.4      $   81.0     $   79.4   $   62.6   $   31.0   $   12.7   $   28.6 
Used for investing activities.......     (36.9)        (77.1)      (116.1)     (59.7)     (47.2)     (10.7)      (5.4)
Provided by (used for) financing                                                                                      
  activities........................    (114.7)          0.6         47.4      (10.1)      52.3        8.1      (27.9)

OTHER DATA:                                                                                                           
Capital expenditures................  $   25.6      $   63.9     $   46.2   $   51.8   $   53.5   $    9.7   $    6.2 
Product development costs...........      32.5          38.6         41.4       43.9       44.7       10.5        9.6 
Dividends to NACCO..................      15.3            --           --       10.0        5.0         --       15.0 
Ratio of earnings to fixed                                                                                            
  charges(2)........................       4.0x          7.9x         2.9x       2.4x        --        3.1x       1.2x
Units sold..........................    66,833        77,636       76,055     84,825     68,929     21,624     14,971 

BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF                                                                                         
  PERIOD):                                                                                                            
Cash and cash equivalents...........  $   17.1      $   22.2     $   31.1   $   24.4   $   59.6   $   34.0   $   54.9 
Working capital(3)..................      54.5         125.8        146.3      107.4     (150.0)     135.6     (159.6)
Total assets........................     942.4       1,100.4      1,178.6    1,241.7    1,205.1    1,242.1    1,186.6 
Total debt..........................     156.8         200.2        270.7      304.9      362.4      316.9      349.0 
Stockholder's equity................     384.9         462.0        468.7      463.0      382.0      456.1      372.1 

                                                   (footnotes on following page)
  24

S-4/A
31st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 31st
---------------                                                                 

(1) As a result of the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard   
   No. 133, we recognized a cumulative effect of a change in accounting charge
    for the year ended December 31, 2001 of $0.9 million, net of $0.5 million of
tax benefit, relating primarily to certain interest rate swap agreements
  that did not qualify for hedge accounting treatment at January 1, 2001. On
    January 1, 2001, we recognized a cumulative effect of a change in accounting
 charge of $0.4 million, net of $0.3 million of tax benefit, relating to a
 change in the method of calculating pension costs for our defined benefit
    pension plan in the United Kingdom. See Note 2 in our consolidated financial
  statements for the year ended December 31, 2001 included elsewhere in this
prospectus for further information on these charges.                    

(2) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is determined by dividing income     
(loss) before income taxes, minority interest and cumulative effect of  
accounting changes, adjusted for equity in earnings and distributions   
    received from equity investees, interest expense, debt expense amortization,
    capitalized interest and the portion of rental expense deemed representative
of an interest factor by the sum of interest expense, debt expense      
   amortization, capitalized interest and the portion of rental expense deemed
    representative of the interest factor. For the year ended December 31, 2001,
earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $66.8 million.     

(3) As of December 31, 2001 and March 31, 2002, includes $265.0 million of debt 
  outstanding under our existing credit facility and classified as a current
   liability in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

  25

S-4/A
32nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 32nd
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

     Set forth below is a discussion and analysis of our financial condition and
results of operations. You should read this discussion and analysis together    
with the financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this 
prospectus. Historical results and percentage relationships set forth in the    
consolidated financial statements, including trends that might appear, should   
not be taken as indicative of future operations.                                

OVERVIEW                                                                        

We design, manufacture and market industrial lift trucks through our  
manufacturing and assembly operations and our owned dealers. We operate our     
manufacturing and assembly operations, which we sometimes refer to as NMHG      
Wholesale, through our wholly owned subsidiary, NACCO Materials Handling Group, 
Inc. Our owned dealer operations, which we sometimes refer to as NMHG Retail,   
are conducted through our wholly owned subsidiary, NMHG Distribution Co. Through
NMHG Wholesale and NMHG Retail, we design, engineer, manufacture, sell, service 
and lease a comprehensive line of lift trucks and aftermarket parts and service 
marketed globally under the Hyster and Yale brand names.                        

  Demand for lift trucks is cyclical and depends upon capital budgeting in
the diverse end markets where lift trucks are sold. We believe our market, like 
the broader global economy, is poised for growth. Prior to the recent downturn  
in the economy, we developed and began implementing our 2001 Restructuring      
Program, which included the closure of our Danville, Illinois assembly facility,
labor and overhead reductions and restructuring of our owned dealers, which     
resulted in non-recurring items and one-time pre-tax charges of $47.8 million in
2001. This program reduced costs and more closely aligned our operations with   
the demand for our products and services.                                       

  In addition to the 2001 Restructuring Program, we have developed and are
implementing a Global Cost Reduction Program which encompasses lean             
manufacturing, global procurement, the transfer of processes and sourcing to    
lower cost locations, component commonality, overhead cost reduction and        
improvements in our owned dealers. These programs are designed to enhance our   
competitive position and improve our overall cost structure. We believe this    
program has positioned us to take advantage of the anticipated recovery in the  
capital goods market, and will result in reduced fixed overhead costs, lower    
manufacturing costs and improvements in both our gross margins and operating    
profit. Some of our savings are volume-sensitive and the program benefits are   
based on future unit volume levels that are consistent with historical industry 
demand cycle patterns. In addition, some minor incremental research and         
development costs are anticipated to support the program development and        
implementation. If future industry demand levels are lower than historical      
industry demand cycles would indicate, or if on-going operating costs, including
engineering costs, were higher than projected, the actual annual savings of our 
Global Cost Reduction Program could be lower.                                   

   NMHG Retail includes the elimination of intercompany revenues and profits
resulting from sales by NMHG Wholesale to NMHG Retail.                          

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES                                      

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of 
operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the     
United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make
estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities,
revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and          
liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those    
related to product discounts and returns, bad debts, inventories, income taxes, 
warranty obligations, product liabilities, restructuring, pensions and other    
post-retirement benefits and contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates
on historical experience, actuarial valuations and on various other assumptions 
that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which    
form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and     
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may
differ from these estimates.                                                    

  26

S-4/A
33rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 33rd
We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more 
significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated 
financial statements.                                                           

Product liabilities. We provide for the estimated cost of personal and
property damage relating to our products. Reserves are made for estimates of the
costs for known claims and estimates of the costs of incidents that have        
occurred but a claim has not yet been reported to us. While we engage in        
extensive product quality reviews and customer education programs, our product  
liability provision is affected by the number and magnitude of claims of alleged
product-related damage and the cost to defend those claims. In addition, the    
provision for product liabilities is also affected by changes in assumptions for
medical costs, inflation rates, trends in damages awarded by juries and         
estimates of the number of claims that have been incurred but not yet reported. 
Changes to the estimate of any of these factors could result in a material      
change to our product liability provision causing a related increase or decrease
in reported net operating results in the period of change in the estimate.      

     Revenue recognition. Revenues are generally recognized when title transfers
as customer orders are completed and shipped. For National Account customers,   
revenue is generally recognized upon customer acceptance. Reserves for          
discounts, returns and product warranties are maintained for anticipated future 
claims. The accounting policies used to develop these product discounts, returns
and warranties include:                                                         

- Product discounts. We record estimated reductions to revenues for   
  customer programs and incentive offerings, including special pricing
agreements, price competition, promotions and other volume-based  
       incentives. If market conditions were to decline or if competition was to
    increase, we may take actions to increase customer incentive offerings
    possibly resulting in an incremental reduction of revenues at the time
the incentive is offered.                                         

- Product returns. Based on our historical experience, a portion of   
       aftermarket parts sold is estimated to be returned due to reasons such as
buyer remorse, product failure and excess inventory stocked by our
      dealers which, subject to certain terms and conditions, we will agree to
    accept. We record estimated reductions to revenues at the time of sale
 based on this historical experience and the limited right of return
    provided to our dealers. If future trends were to change significantly
    from those experienced in the past, incremental reductions to revenues
may result based on this new experience.                          

- Product warranties. We provide for the estimated cost of product    
warranties at the time revenues are recognized. While we engage in
  extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively
   monitoring and evaluating the quality of our component suppliers, our
      warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage
       and replacement component costs incurred in correcting a product failure.
Should actual product failure rates, material usage or replacement
   component costs differ from our estimates, revisions to the estimated
warranty liability would be required.                             

Allowances for doubtful accounts. We maintain allowances for doubtful 
accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to  
make required payments. These allowances are based on both recent trends of     
certain customers estimated to be a greater credit risk as well as general      
trends of the entire customer pool. If the financial condition of our customers 
were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make        
payments, additional allowances may be required.                                

    Inventory reserves. We write down our inventory for estimated obsolescence
or excess inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and   
the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market
conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected 
by our management, additional inventory write-downs may be required. Upon a     
subsequent sale or disposal of the impaired inventory, the corresponding reserve
for impaired value is relieved to ensure that the cost basis of the inventory   
reflects any write-downs.                                                       

Deferred tax valuation allowances. We record a valuation allowance to 
reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be 
realized. While we have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and
feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation        
allowance, in the event we were to determine that we would be able to realize   
our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of our net recorded amount      
(including the valuation allowance), an adjustment to the deferred tax asset    
would                                                                           
  27

S-4/A
34th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 34th
increase income in the period such determination was made. Conversely, should we
determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred  
tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be       
expensed in the period such determination was made.                             

FINANCIAL REVIEW                                                                

  The segment and geographic results of our operations were as follows (in
millions):                                                                      

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                         THREE MONTHS   
                                                                             ENDED      
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          MARCH 31,    
                                       ------------------------------   --------------- 
                                         1999       2000       2001      2001     2002  
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
                                                                                        
REVENUES                                                                                
  Wholesale                                                                             
     Americas......................... $1,149.5   $1,291.6   $1,031.1   $327.5   $228.3 
     Europe, Africa and Middle East...    406.3      394.6      363.9     99.6     84.6 
     Asia-Pacific.....................     63.1       63.8       68.3     15.8     14.8 
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
       Total wholesale................  1,618.9    1,750.0    1,463.3    442.9    327.7 
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
  Retail (net of eliminations)                                                          
     Americas.........................     32.1       33.1       30.9      8.4      7.6 
     Europe, Africa and Middle East...     83.0       97.3      106.8     24.9     16.1 
     Asia-Pacific.....................     27.4       51.7       71.4     19.4     20.4 
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
       Total retail...................    142.5      182.1      209.1     52.7     44.1 
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
  NMHG consolidated................... $1,761.4   $1,932.1   $1,672.4   $495.6   $371.8 
                                       ========   ========   ========   ======   ====== 
OPERATING PROFIT (LOSS)                                                                 
  Wholesale                                                                             
     Americas......................... $   70.4   $   78.5   $   10.0   $ 24.1   $  9.2 
     Europe, Africa and Middle East...      7.4        2.3      (13.7)     0.7     (2.8)
     Asia-Pacific.....................     (3.3)      (2.3)      (1.8)    (0.7)      -- 
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
       Total wholesale................     74.5       78.5       (5.5)    24.1      6.4 
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
  Retail (net of eliminations)                                                          
     Americas.........................     (3.9)      (0.9)      (2.4)    (0.9)     0.2 
     Europe, Africa and Middle East...    (10.6)     (15.3)     (34.8)    (3.9)     0.3 
     Asia-Pacific.....................     (1.7)       0.9       (2.2)     1.4     (0.3)
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
       Total retail...................    (16.2)     (15.3)     (39.4)    (3.4)     0.2 
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
  NMHG consolidated................... $   58.3   $   63.2   $  (44.9)  $ 20.7   $  6.6 
                                       ========   ========   ========   ======   ====== 

  28

S-4/A
35th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 35th
                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                         THREE MONTHS   
                                                                             ENDED      
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          MARCH 31,    
                                       ------------------------------   --------------- 
                                         1999       2000       2001      2001     2002  
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
                                                                                        
OPERATING PROFIT (LOSS) EXCLUDING                                                       
  GOODWILL AMORTIZATION                                                                 
  Wholesale                                                                             
     Americas......................... $   78.2   $   86.4   $   17.8   $ 26.1   $  9.2 
     Europe, Africa and Middle East...     11.0        5.7      (10.4)     1.5     (2.8)
     Asia-Pacific.....................     (3.1)      (2.0)      (1.5)    (0.6)      -- 
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
       Total wholesale................     86.1       90.1        5.9     27.0      6.4 
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
  Retail (net of eliminations)                                                          
     Americas.........................     (3.6)      (0.8)      (2.1)    (0.8)     0.2 
     Europe, Africa and Middle East...    (10.3)     (14.7)     (34.4)    (3.8)     0.3 
     Asia-Pacific.....................     (1.7)       1.2       (1.4)     1.5     (0.3)
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
       Total retail...................    (15.6)     (14.3)     (37.9)    (3.1)     0.2 
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
  NMHG consolidated................... $   70.5   $   75.8   $  (32.0)  $ 23.9   $  6.6 
                                       ========   ========   ========   ======   ====== 
OTHER -- NET                                                                            
  Wholesale........................... $    4.8   $   (4.6)  $    4.2   $  1.7   $  2.1 
  Retail (net of eliminations)........     (3.0)       0.2        0.4       --       -- 
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
  NMHG consolidated................... $    1.8   $   (4.4)  $    4.6   $  1.7   $  2.1 
                                       ========   ========   ========   ======   ====== 
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                                       
  Wholesale........................... $   39.0   $   37.0   $  (14.1)  $ 12.4   $  5.6 
  Retail (net of eliminations)........    (15.3)     (15.7)     (35.3)    (4.1)    (1.3)
                                       --------   --------   --------   ------   ------ 
  NMHG consolidated................... $   23.7   $   21.3   $  (49.4)  $  8.3   $  4.3 
                                       ========   ========   ========   ======   ====== 

Other -- net for NMHG Wholesale includes equity in earnings (loss) of 
unconsolidated affiliates and discounts on the sale of accounts receivable.     
Equity in the earnings (loss) of unconsolidated affiliates, including           
Sumitomo-NACCO Materials Handling Group, or S-N, a 50%-owned joint venture with 
Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd., in Japan, were $2.3 million in 1999, ($0.2)    
million in 2000, $2.6 million in 2001, $1.4 million for the three months ended  
March 31, 2001 and $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2002.      
Discounts on the sale of receivables included in other -- net were $3.8 million 
in 1999, $5.5 million in 2000, $4.7 million in 2001, $1.5 million for the three 
months ended March 31, 2001 and $0.3 million for the three months ended March   
31, 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2001, other -- net includes           
non-recurring insurance proceeds of $8.0 million relating to flood damage in    
September 2000 at S-N. For the year ended December 31, 1999, other -- net for   
NMHG Wholesale included non-recurring income of $0.9 million for settlements    
from legal proceedings.                                                         

FIRST QUARTER OF 2002 COMPARED WITH FIRST QUARTER OF 2001                       

   Our revenues decreased 25% to $371.8 million in the first quarter of 2002
from $495.6 million in the first quarter of 2001. Revenues at NMHG Wholesale    
decreased to $327.7 million in the first quarter of 2002, down 26.0% from $442.9
million in the first quarter of 2001. This decrease is primarily due to a       
decline in unit volume period over period. Beginning in the second quarter of   
2001, an economic slowdown in the U.S. economy, which was further recessed by   
the events of September 11, 2001, caused a steep drop in the demand for lift    
trucks, as well as for other capital goods, in North America. Although worldwide
lift truck shipments have increased in the first quarter of 2002 to 14,971 units
as compared with 14,452 units in the third quarter of 2001 and 14,451 units in  
the fourth quarter of 2001, unit volume is down 30.8% as compared with 21,624   
units shipped in the first quarter of 2001. NMHG Wholesale's revenues also      
declined due to                                                                 

  29

S-4/A
36th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 36th
lower parts sales resulting from reduced lift truck utilization which is typical
in this stage of a capital goods recession.                                     

    Revenues at NMHG Retail decreased to $44.1 million in the first quarter of
2002 from $52.7 million in the first quarter of 2001. This decrease is primarily
due to the sale of retail dealerships in the fourth quarter of 2001 (the "sold  
operations"), which were included in the results for the first quarter of 2001, 
and decreased revenues from rental, service and parts, partially offset by a    
decrease in the elimination of sales between wholesale and retail. Revenues     
generated in the first quarter of 2001 by the sold retail dealerships (after    
intercompany eliminations) were $5.7 million.                                   

   We recorded operating profit of $6.6 million in the first quarter of 2002
compared to an operating profit of $20.7 million in the first quarter of 2001.  
Operating profit at NMHG Wholesale decreased to $6.4 million in the first       
quarter of 2002 from $24.1 million in the first quarter of 2001. The decrease in
operating profit was primarily driven by reduced unit and parts volume and the  
consequent negative impact of lower shipments on manufacturing overhead         
absorption. The decline in operating profit was partially offset by a shift in  
mix to higher margin lift trucks; the positive impact from improvement programs 
initiated in 2001, including the completion of the Danville, Illinois plant     
closure in the fourth quarter of 2001 and the benefits of procurement,          
restructuring and cost control programs; and the elimination of goodwill        
amortization as a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 142. See Note 3 and Note 4 
to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere 
in this prospectus for a discussion of the NMHG Wholesale restructuring programs
and the adoption of SFAS No. 142, respectively.                                 

NMHG Retail generated an operating profit of $0.2 million in the first
quarter of 2002 compared with an operating loss of $3.4 million in the first    
quarter of 2001. The improved operating results are primarily due to decreased  
operating expenses at comparable dealerships, the elimination of operating      
losses incurred by the sold operations in the first quarter of 2001 and         
operating profit from a rental company acquired subsequent to the first quarter 
of 2001. These improvements were partially offset by non-cash charges of $0.8   
million incurred by Asia-Pacific. Improved operating expenses at comparable     
dealerships reflect the favorable impact of restructuring programs initiated in 
2001, especially in Europe. See a discussion of the NMHG Retail Europe          
restructuring plan in Note 3 to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial  
Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to the            
restructuring program in Europe, NMHG Retail implemented other initiatives in   
2001, which are expected to benefit results significantly in 2002.              

     Net income for the first quarter of 2002 was $4.3 million, as compared with
net income of $8.3 million in the first quarter of 2001. NMHG Wholesale's net   
income decreased to $5.6 million in the first quarter of 2002 from $12.4 million
in the first quarter of 2001 as a result of the factors affecting operating     
profit and increased interest expense partially offset by an increase in other  
income and a favorable tax benefit of $1.9 million recognized in the first      
quarter of 2002 relating to previous losses in China. In addition, NMHG         
Wholesale's first quarter of 2001 net income includes a charge of $1.3 million  
for the cumulative effect of changes in accounting for derivatives and certain  
pension costs. Other-net improved in the first quarter of 2002 primarily due to 
a favorable impact from the mark-to-market adjustment related to certain        
ineffective interest rate swap agreements and a reduction in the discount on the
sale of accounts receivable as a result of the termination of the domestic NMHG 
Wholesale accounts receivable securitization program during the fourth quarter  
of 2001.                                                                        

Net loss at NMHG Retail in the first quarter of 2002 was $1.3 million 
compared to a net loss of $4.1 million in the first quarter of 2001. Improved   
net results are due to the factors affecting operating profit combined with a   
decrease in interest expense, partially offset by decrease in the effective tax 
rate benefit.                                                                   

Market demand for lift trucks improved in the first quarter of 2002   
compared with the last three quarters of 2001. NMHG Wholesale's worldwide       
backlog at the end of the first quarter of 2002 increased 8% to 16,300 units,   
compared with 15,100 units at the end of the fourth quarter of 2001. Backlog    
increased 16%, compared with 14,100 units at the end of the second quarter of   
2001, and increased 13%, compared with 14,400 units at the end of the third     
quarter of 2001. Backlog at the end of the first quarter of 2001 was 17,800     
units.                                                                          

  30

S-4/A
37th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 37th
2001 COMPARED WITH 2000                                                         

Our revenues decreased 13.4% to $1,672.4 million in 2001 from $1,932.1
million in 2000. Revenues at NMHG Wholesale decreased 16.4% to $1,463.3 million 
in 2001 from $1,750.0 million in 2000. A steep drop in the lift truck segment of
the broader capital goods market in North America resulted in an 18.7% reduction
in worldwide lift truck shipments at NMHG Wholesale. A total of 68,929 units    
were shipped in 2001 compared with 84,825 units shipped in 2000. The rate of    
monthly retail orders in the United States and Canada declined approximately 50%
from the peak month in 2000 as compared with the lowest month in 2001. NMHG     
Wholesale's revenues also declined due to lower aftermarket parts sales         
resulting from reduced lift truck utilization which is typical in this stage of 
a capital goods recession. The decrease in revenues, which was primarily driven 
by unit volume, was partially offset by a shift in mix to higher-priced lift    
trucks.                                                                         

 Revenues at NMHG Retail increased 14.8% to $209.1 million for 2001 from
$182.1 million for 2000 largely as a result of the effect of a full year of     
revenues in 2001 from dealerships acquired in Asia-Pacific in the fourth quarter
of 2000. This revenue growth was partially offset by lower aftermarket parts and
service revenues and unfavorable pricing and product mix.                       

We recorded an operating loss of $44.9 million in 2001 compared to an 
operating profit of $63.2 million in 2000. Operating profit at NMHG Wholesale   
decreased to an operating loss of $5.5 million for 2001 from an operating profit
of $78.5 million for 2000. The decrease in operating profit was largely due to  
reduced unit and aftermarket parts volume and resulting reductions in the       
absorption of manufacturing overhead costs and related manufacturing            
inefficiencies. Additionally, operating profit was adversely affected at NMHG   
Wholesale by $12.0 million of expenses incurred during 2001 related to the      
Danville, Illinois plant closure announced in 2000 and a restructuring charge of
$4.5 million recognized in 2001 for cost reductions in Europe. These 2001       
charges compare with a restructuring charge of $13.9 million recognized in 2000 
for the Danville plant closure. See below under "-- Restructuring Plans" for a  
further discussion of these restructuring charges. The decrease in operating    
profit is also attributable to write-downs of inventory taken in 2001 primarily 
due to an increase in our estimate of obsolete and excess inventory on hand. The
decline in operating profit at NMHG Wholesale was offset somewhat by favorable  
foreign currency effects, lower incentive compensation costs and an increase in 
the average sales price per unit.                                               

  Operating loss at NMHG Retail in 2001 was $39.4 million compared with an
operating loss of $15.3 million in 2000. The increase in operating loss at NMHG 
Retail was primarily due to several non-recurring special adjustments in 2001.  
The majority of these special adjustments were recognized in Europe, which      
accounted for a significant portion of NMHG Retail's 2001 operating loss. The   
2001 operating loss includes a charge of $10.4 million for a loss on the sale of
certain owned dealers in Germany to ZEPPELIN GmbH and related wind down costs.  
See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended   
December 31, 2001 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of this
transaction. The 2001 operating loss also includes a $4.7 million restructuring 
charge for downsizing to match current levels of demand at retail operations in 
Europe that NMHG Retail had acquired over the last few years. In addition, the  
2001 operating loss includes charges of approximately $7.1 million to reduce    
asset values and increase reserves reflective of the weakened capital goods     
markets, establish full accounting consistency among owned dealers on a global  
basis and to cause those dealers previously reporting on a one-month lag to     
report on months consistent with the rest of NMHG.                              

We recorded a net loss for 2001 of $49.4 million as compared with net 
income of $21.3 million for 2000. NMHG Wholesale recorded a net loss for 2001 of
$14.1 million as compared with net income of $37.0 million for 2000. The decline
in net operating results at NMHG Wholesale was due to the factors affecting     
operating profit at NMHG Wholesale, the effect of nondeductible goodwill        
amortization and an increase in the valuation allowance on the tax provision and
due to a $1.3 million after-tax charge for the cumulative effect of accounting  
changes in 2001. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for the    
fiscal year ended December 31, 2001 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a 
discussion of these accounting changes. The decline in operating results at NMHG
Wholesale for 2001 as compared with 2000 was offset somewhat by insurance       
proceeds resulting in income of $5.0 million after-tax recognized in 2001       
relating to flood damage in September 2000 at a facility owned by S-N.          

  31

S-4/A
38th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 38th
Net loss at NMHG Retail was $35.3 million for 2001 compared with $15.7
million for 2000, primarily due to the factors affecting operating loss combined
with an increase in interest expense allocated to NMHG Retail.                  

    Our worldwide backlog level decreased to 15,100 units at December 31, 2001
from 21,800 units at December 31, 2000 primarily due to decreased demand for    
lift trucks in the Americas. The backlog level at December 31, 2001 increased   
slightly as compared to the level at September 30, 2001 of 14,400 units         
primarily due to an increase in lift truck demand in the Americas and           
Asia-Pacific.                                                                   

RESTRUCTURING PLANS                                                             

     In 2001, management committed to the restructuring of certain operations in
Europe. As such, NMHG Wholesale recognized a restructuring charge of            
approximately $4.5 million pre-tax for severance and other employee benefits to 
be paid to approximately 285 manufacturing and administrative personnel in      
Europe. NMHG Retail recognized a restructuring charge of approximately $4.7     
million pre-tax, of which $0.4 million relates to lease termination costs and   
$4.3 million relates to severance and other employee benefits to be paid to     
approximately 140 service technicians, salesmen and administrative personnel at 
wholly owned dealers in Europe. As of March 31, 2002, $1.9 million had been paid
to approximately 175 employees at NMHG Wholesale, and $1.1 million had been paid
to approximately 50 employees at NMHG Retail.                                   

 NMHG Wholesale recognized $1.2 million of pre-tax benefits in the first
quarter of 2002 as a result of the reduced headcount in Europe, and estimates   
pre-tax benefits for the remainder of the year at $6.8 million, which estimate  
includes savings associated with reductions of direct factory labor. NMHG Retail
recognized pre-tax benefits of approximately $0.5 million in the first quarter  
of 2002 related to its European restructuring plan and estimates pre-tax        
benefits for the remainder of the year at $2.3 million. These estimates of      
future benefits are subject to change during the final stages of execution of   
the restructuring plans depending on business conditions and the impact on unit 
volumes and other operational activity.                                         

In 2000, our board of directors approved management's plan to transfer
manufacturing activities from our Danville, Illinois, assembly plant to our     
other global manufacturing plants. The adoption of this plan resulted in $11.7  
million of costs accrued in 2000, relating to retirement costs, medical costs   
and employee severance to be paid to approximately 425 manufacturing and office 
personnel. In addition, an impairment charge of $2.2 million was recognized in  
2000 as a result of the anticipated disposition of certain assets at an amount  
below net book value. During 2001, payments for severance and other benefits of 
$1.7 million were made to approximately 350 employees. In addition, the accrual 
for severance was reduced by $0.4 million. In the first quarter of 2002,        
severance payments of $1.8 million were made to approximately 200 employees.    
Approximately $12.0 million of pre-tax costs associated with the Danville       
phase-out, which were not eligible for accrual as of December 31, 2000, were    
expensed during 2001.                                                           

 During the first quarter of 2002, NMHG Wholesale recognized a charge of
approximately $0.6 million, which had not previously been accrued, related      
primarily to idle facility costs for the manufacturing plant in Danville. NMHG  
Wholesale recognized pre-tax benefits of approximately $3.2 million in the first
quarter of 2002 related to this program. Pre-tax benefits, net of idle facility 
costs, are estimated to be $7.6 million for the remainder of 2002 and $12.5     
million thereafter, as a result of anticipated improved manufacturing           
efficiencies and reduced fixed factory overhead. Although a significant portion 
of the projected savings are the result of a reduction in fixed factory costs,  
the overall benefit estimates could vary depending on unit volumes and the      
resultant impact on manufacturing efficiencies. These estimates could change    
during the phase-out period.                                                    

2000 COMPARED WITH 1999                                                         

     Our revenues increased to $1,932.1 million in 2000 from $1,761.4 million in
1999. Revenues at NMHG Wholesale increased to $1,750.0 million in 2000 from     
$1,618.9 million in 1999. Revenues at NMHG Wholesale increased as a result of   
unit and service aftermarket parts volume growth, primarily in the Americas, and
a shift in mix to higher revenue units, partially offset by adverse currency    
effects. Worldwide volume increased 11.5% to 84,825 units shipped during 2000   
from 76,055 units shipped during 1999.                                          
  32

S-4/A
39th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 39th
Adverse currency effects on revenues resulted primarily from (i) translating a  
weakened British pound sterling into U.S. dollars and (ii) transactions         
denominated in a weakened euro as compared with the British pound sterling,     
which caused revenues that were invoiced in euros to decline when translated    
back to the British pound sterling.                                             

Revenues at NMHG Retail increased $39.6 million, or 27.8%, due to     
acquisitions of dealers in Asia-Pacific and, to a lesser degree, Europe.        
Revenues from volume growth at comparable dealerships also contributed slightly 
to the increase in revenues but were entirely offset by adverse currency effects
in Europe and an increase in the elimination of intercompany shipments from NMHG
Wholesale to NMHG Retail.                                                       

   Our operating profit for 2000 was $63.2 million, as compared to operating
profit in 1999 of $58.3 million. Operating profit at NMHG Wholesale of $92.4    
million, which excludes the Danville restructuring charge of $13.9 million      
discussed above, as a percentage of revenues was 5.3% in 2000. This percentage  
in 2000 compares with operating profit as a percentage of revenues at NMHG      
Wholesale in 1999 of 4.6%. Improved operating profit in 2000 as compared with   
1999 was primarily due to (i) volume growth and related manufacturing           
efficiencies and (ii) a shift in the mix of products sold to higher margin      
units, partially offset by adverse currency effects in Europe. Including the    
restructuring charge, operating profit as a percentage of revenues at NMHG      
Wholesale was 4.5% in 2000.                                                     

   Excluding the Danville restructuring charge, net income at NMHG Wholesale
increased as a result of the factors affecting operating profit. However, the   
increase was partially offset by a decrease in equity in earnings of            
unconsolidated affiliates of $2.5 million, primarily due to losses for flood    
damages at a facility owned by S-N.                                             

Operating results at NMHG Retail for 2000 in the Americas improved as 
compared with the prior year primarily due to a decrease in administrative      
support costs. Operating results at NMHG Retail for 2000 in Asia-Pacific        
improved as compared with the prior year primarily due to favorable operating   
results contributed by current year acquisitions. Increased net loss was driven 
by increased losses in Europe, primarily due to increased pricing competition as
a result of a weak euro and due to continued integration, infrastructure,       
interest, amortization and administrative costs necessary to strengthen retail  
distribution.                                                                   

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES                                                 

 At March 31, 2002, we had available $85.0 million of our $350.0 million
revolving credit facility, which would have expired in June 2002. We also had   
separate facilities with availability, net of limitations, of $63.5 million, of 
which $29.2 million was available at March 31, 2002.                            

   On May 9, 2002, we refinanced our prior financing agreement, an unsecured
floating-rate revolving line of credit with availability of $350.0 million,     
certain other lines of credit with availability of $4.6 million and a program to
sell accounts receivable in Europe, with the proceeds from the sale of the      
outstanding notes and borrowings under a secured, floating-rate revolving credit
facility which expires in May 2005.                                             

Availability under the new revolving credit facility is up to $175.0  
million and is governed by a borrowing base based on advance rates against the  
inventory and accounts receivable of the "borrowers." Adjustments to reserves   
booked against these assets, including inventory reserves, will change the      
eligible borrowing base and thereby impact the liquidity provided by this       
facility. The borrowers, as defined in the new revolving credit facility,       
include NMHG Holding Co. and certain domestic and foreign subsidiaries of NMHG  
Holding Co. Borrowings bear interest at a floating rate, which can be either a  
base rate or LIBOR, as defined, plus an applicable margin. The initial          
applicable margins, effective through September 30, 2002, for base rate loans   
and LIBOR loans are 2.00% and 3.00%, respectively. The new revolving credit     
facility also requires a fee of 0.5% per annum on the unused commitment.        
Subsequent to September 30, 2002, the margins will be subject to adjustment     
based on a leverage ratio.                                                      

At May 9, 2002, the borrowing capacity under this facility was $109.7 
million and the domestic floating rate of interest applicable to this facility  
was 6.75%, including the applicable margin. The new revolving credit facility   
includes a subfacility for foreign borrowers to be denominated in British pounds
sterling or euro. Included in the borrowing capacity is a $15.0 million         
overdraft facility available to foreign borrowers.                              
  33

S-4/A
40th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 40th
The initial applicable margin, effective through September 30, 2002 for         
overdraft loans is 3.25% above the London base rate, as defined. The new        
revolving credit facility is guaranteed by certain domestic and foreign         
subsidiaries of NMHG Holding Co. and secured by substantially all of the assets,
other than property, plant and equipment, of the borrowers and guarantors, both 
domestic and foreign, under the facility. See "Description of Other             
Indebtedness" for further information on our new revolving credit facility.     

     The terms of the new revolving credit facility provide that availability is
reduced by the commitments or availability under a foreign credit facility of   
the borrowers and certain foreign working capital facilities. The foreign credit
facility commitment is currently the equivalent of approximately U.S.$21.7      
million and availability under the working capital facilities currently totals  
the equivalent of approximately U.S.$5.5 million. If the commitments or         
availability under these facilities are increased, availability under the new   
revolving credit facility will be reduced. The $109.7 million of capacity under 
the new revolving credit facility at May 9, 2002 reflected the reduction for    
these foreign credit facilities.                                                

The terms of the notes and the new revolving credit facility include  
restrictive covenants which may affect our liquidity and capital resources,     
including our ability to incur additional indebtedness, enter into operating    
lease or sale/leaseback transactions, make investments, sell assets, engage in  
transactions with our affiliates and transfer assets. See "Description of Notes"
for further information on the terms of the notes and see "Description of Other 
Indebtedness" for further information on our new revolving credit facility.     

    As a result of the refinancing, we expect our interest expense to increase
significantly as compared with prior periods. In addition, a significant portion
of NMHG's interest rate swap agreements will no longer qualify for hedge        
accounting treatment in accordance with SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities." As such, the mark-to-market of these       
interest rate swap agreements will be recognized in the statement of operations.
Prior to the refinancing, the mark-to-market of these interest rate swap        
agreements was recognized as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) in
stockholders' equity. The balance in other comprehensive income (loss) for all  
of our interest rate swap agreements was a loss of $2.4 million at March 31,    
2002.                                                                           

We are currently engaged in discussions with a non-U.S. financial     
institution to obtain a new European revolving credit facility which would      
provide up to 30 million British pounds sterling (approximately $43 million) of 
borrowing availability for certain of our European subsidiaries to be used for, 
among other things, working capital requirements, permitted capital expenditures
and other lawful corporate purposes of those European subsidiaries. Our ability 
to enter into this European credit facility is subject to the terms and         
conditions of the new revolving credit facility and the notes and would replace 
or refinance the foreign subfacilities under the new revolving credit facility. 
The obligations under this European credit facility are expected to be secured  
by substantially the same assets that will secure the obligations under the     
foreign subfacilities of the new revolving credit facility and will contain     
other customary limitations, covenants and restrictions.                        

  We believe that funds available under the new revolving credit facility,
other lines of credit and operating cash flows are sufficient to finance all of 
our operating needs and commitments arising during the foreseeable future.      

  34

S-4/A
41st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 41st
Following is a table which summarizes our contractual obligations (in 
millions) as of December 31, 2001:                                              

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

      CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS                           PAYMENT DUE BY PERIOD                    
-----------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------
                                     TOTAL     2002    2003    2004    2005    2006    THEREAFTER
                                     ------   ------   -----   -----   -----   -----   ----------
                                                                                                 
Revolving credit facility..........  $265.0   $265.0   $  --   $  --   $  --   $  --     $  --   
Other lines of credit(1)...........    44.2     44.2      --      --      --      --        --   
Term loans(1)......................    16.0     13.0     1.4     1.6      --      --        --   
Capital lease obligations including                                                              
  principal and interest(1)........    40.7     12.5    12.7     7.3     4.6     2.5       1.1   
Off-balance-sheet operating lease                                                                
  obligations(1)...................   141.6     40.4    32.1    26.0    19.0    13.3      10.8   
Unconditional purchase                                                                           
  obligations......................     4.3      0.4     0.8     0.6     0.9     0.2       1.4   
                                     ------   ------   -----   -----   -----   -----     -----   
  Total contractual cash                                                                         
     obligations...................  $511.8   $375.5   $47.0   $35.5   $24.5   $16.0     $13.3   
                                     ======   ======   =====   =====   =====   =====     =====   

---------------                                                                 

(1) An event of default under the notes, the new revolving credit facility      
agreement, in our other term loan and revolving agreements or in our    
 operating or capital lease agreements, could cause an acceleration of the
    payment schedule. No such event of default has occurred or is anticipated to
occur.                                                                  

    During the first quarter of 2002, NMHG Retail entered into operating lease
agreements, primarily for rental equipment, with future minimum lease payments  
of approximately $5.5 million in 2002, $4.5 million in 2003, $3.3 million in    
2004, $3.0 million in 2005, $2.7 million in 2006 and $1.6 million thereafter,   
for a total increase in NMHG's operating lease obligations of $20.6 million     
since December 31, 2001.                                                        

In addition, we had the following commitments at March 31, 2002 (in   
millions):                                                                      

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                      TOTAL 
                                                      ------
                                                            
Standby recourse obligations........................  $145.6
Guarantees or repurchase obligations................     7.8
                                                      ------
  Total commercial commitments......................  $153.4
                                                      ======

 The guarantees and standby recourse or repurchase obligations primarily
represent contingent liabilities assumed by NMHG to support financing agreements
made between our dealers and customers and third-party finance companies for the
purchase of lift trucks from Hyster and Yale. These contingent liabilities may  
take the form of guarantees of residual values or standby recourse or repurchase
obligations. For transactions involving contingent liabilities, we generally    
maintain a perfected security interest in the equipment financed, such that we  
could take possession of the lift truck in the event that we would become liable
under the terms of the guarantee or standby recourse or repurchase obligation.  
Generally, these obligations are due upon demand in the event of default by the 
dealer or customer.                                                             

    We have a 20% ownership interest in NMHG Financial Services, Inc., or NFS,
a joint venture with General Electric Capital Corporation, or GECC, formed      
primarily for the purpose of providing financial services to independent and    
wholly owned Hyster and Yale lift truck dealers in the United States. Our       
ownership in NFS is accounted for using the equity method of accounting.        
Generally, we sell lift trucks through our independent dealer network or        
directly to Hyster or Yale customers. These dealers and customers may enter into
financing arrangements with NFS or another unrelated third-party finance        
company. If the dealer or customer elects to finance lift trucks with NFS, this 
financing is considered a retail funding activity transaction. The total NFS    
retail funding activity transactions for 2001 were $127.5 million and $123.7    
million for Hyster customers and Yale customers, respectively.                  

   However, for certain transactions, we invoice directly to NFS so that the
dealer or customer can obtain operating lease financing from NFS. Sales to NFS  
related to these types of transactions for the years ended December 31, 1999,   
2000 and 2001 were $8.5 million, $17.5 million and $31.2 million, respectively, 
and sales to NFS related to these types of transactions for the three months    
ended March 31, 2001 and 2002 were                                              

  35

S-4/A
42nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 42nd
$8.8 million and $7.4 million, respectively. Amounts receivable from NFS at     
December 31, 2001 and March 31, 2002 were immaterial. From time to time, the    
credit quality of the customer or concentration issues with GECC necessitate    
providing standby recourse or repurchase obligations or a guarantee of the      
residual values of the lift trucks purchased by customers and financed through  
NFS.                                                                            

  We have reserved for losses under the terms of the guarantees or standby
recourse or repurchase obligations in our consolidated financial statements.    
Historically, we have not had significant losses in respect of these            
obligations. In the past three years, approximately three customers for which we
provided a guarantee or have a standby recourse or repurchase obligation have   
defaulted under their obligations to NFS. During this period, we exercised our  
rights in the lift trucks purchased with the borrowed funds on all three        
occasions. The net losses resulting from these customer defaults did not have a 
material impact on our results of operations or financial position.             

     In addition to providing financing to our independent dealers, NFS provides
both lease and debt financing to us. Operating lease obligations relate to      
specific sale-leaseback-sublease transactions for certain of our customers      
whereby we sell lift trucks to NFS, we lease these lift trucks back under an    
operating lease agreement and we sublease those lift trucks to customers under  
an operating lease agreement. Debt financing includes long-term notes payable to
NFS primarily to finance certain of our long-term notes receivable from Latin   
American customers, which arise in the ordinary course of business. In addition,
NFS provides, on our behalf, installment billings to the Latin American         
customers, account balance tracking and an inventory management system to track 
the equipment covered by the long-term notes payable. Total obligations to NFS  
under the operating lease agreements and long-term notes payable were $20.3     
million and $20.1 million at December 31, 2001 and March 31, 2002, respectively.

 In addition, we are reimbursed annually for certain services, primarily
administrative functions, provided to NFS. The amount of our expenses           
reimbursable by NFS were $1.1 million, $1.5 million and $1.8 million for 1999,  
2000 and 2001, respectively, and were $0.4 million and $0.5 million for the     
three months ended March 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively.                       

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES                                                            

   Expenditures for property, plant and equipment were $5.4 million for NMHG
Wholesale and $0.8 million for NMHG Retail during the first three months of     
2002. These capital expenditures include tooling for new products, machinery,   
equipment and retail lease and rental fleet. NMHG Wholesale anticipates spending
approximately $15.1 million for property, plant and equipment in the remainder  
of 2002, compared with total capital expenditures of $46.6 million in 2001 and  
$43.3 million in 2000. NMHG Retail anticipates spending approximately $1.7      
million for property, plant and equipment in the remainder of 2002, compared    
with capital expenditures of $6.9 million in 2001 and $8.5 million in 2000. Our 
planned expenditures in 2002 include further investments in manufacturing       
equipment, tooling for new products and retail lease and rental fleet. The      
principal sources of financing for these capital expenditures are expected to be
internally generated funds and facility borrowings.                             

  36

S-4/A
43rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 43rd
CAPITAL STRUCTURE                                                               

NMHG Wholesale's capital structure is presented below:                

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)  
                                                                AS OF         AS OF  
                                                             DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                                                                 2001         2002   
                                                             ------------   ---------
                                                                                     
NMHG Wholesale                                                                       
  Total net tangible assets.................................   $ 375.2       $ 369.5 
  Advances to NMHG Retail...................................      70.2          62.1 
  Goodwill at cost..........................................     446.0         445.1 
                                                               -------       ------- 
     Net assets before goodwill amortization................     891.4         876.7 
  Accumulated goodwill amortization.........................    (141.4)       (140.5)
  Advances from NACCO.......................................      (8.0)           -- 
  Other debt................................................    (300.9)       (300.2)
  Minority interest.........................................      (2.3)         (2.1)
                                                               -------       ------- 
     Stockholder's equity...................................   $ 438.8       $ 433.9 
  Debt to total capitalization..............................        41%           41%

   At NMHG Wholesale, total net assets decreased $5.7 million since December
31, 2001. This change was primarily the result of a $10.0 million decrease in   
the tax advances receivable from NACCO, an $11.7 million decrease in            
inventories, and a $12.5 million increase in accounts payable, partially offset 
by a $33.2 million increase in accounts receivable and a $6.6 million decrease  
in accrued payroll. Tax advances receivable from NACCO decreased $10.0 million  
since December 31, 2001 due to a payment received from the parent company during
the first quarter of 2002. Accounts receivable increased $33.2 million since    
December 31, 2001 primarily due to a $28.7 million increase in revenues         
generated in the month of March 2002 as compared with revenues generated in the 
month of December 2001. Inventories declined $11.7 million during the first     
quarter of 2002 primarily due to the impact of inventory reduction programs.    
Accounts payables, however, increased $12.5 million primarily due to a temporary
increase in the payment terms provided by certain suppliers. Accrued payroll    
decreased $6.6 million since December 31, 2001 primarily due to a decrease in   
employee benefits, including incentive compensation.                            

Increased cash flows before financing in the first quarter of 2002 as 
compared with the first quarter of 2001 enabled NMHG Wholesale to pay off       
advances from NACCO and to pay a dividend to NACCO in the first quarter of 2002.

NMHG Retail's capital structure is presented below:                   

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)  
                                                                AS OF         AS OF  
                                                             DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                                                                 2001         2002   
                                                             ------------   ---------
                                                                                     
NMHG Retail                                                                          
  Total net tangible assets.................................    $109.5       $ 91.7  
  Advances from NMHG Wholesale..............................     (70.2)       (62.1) 
  Goodwill and other intangibles at cost....................      45.2         44.5  
                                                                ------       ------  
     Net assets before goodwill and other intangibles                                
       amortization.........................................      84.5         74.1  
  Accumulated goodwill and other intangibles amortization...      (5.6)        (4.7) 
  Total debt................................................     (53.5)       (48.8) 
                                                                ------       ------  
     Stockholder's equity...................................    $ 25.4       $ 20.6  
  Debt to total capitalization..............................        68%          70% 

   The decrease in total net tangible assets at NMHG Retail of $17.8 million
is primarily due to an $18.2 million decrease in intercompany and other         
receivables. The decrease in intercompany accounts receivable is primarily due  
to the settlement of fiscal 2001 intercompany tax advances with NMHG            

  37

S-4/A
44th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 44th
Wholesale. Other receivables decreased primarily due to proceeds received in the
first quarter of 2002 relating to the sale of operations in 2001. A portion of  
these proceeds was used to pay down debt.                                       

UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY                                                       

    We have a 50% ownership interest in S-N, a limited liability company which
was formed in 1970 to manufacture and distribute lift trucks in Japan. Sumitomo 
Heavy Industries, Inc. owns the remaining 50% interest in S-N. Each shareholder 
of S-N is entitled to appoint directors representing 50% of S-N's board of      
directors. All matters related to policies and programs of operation,           
manufacturing and sales activities require mutual agreement between us and      
Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Inc. prior to a vote of S-N's board of directors. As 
a result, we account for our ownership in S-N using the equity method of        
accounting.                                                                     

    We purchase Hyster and Yale branded lift trucks and related components and
aftermarket parts from S-N for sale outside of Japan. We purchase products from 
S-N under normal trade terms. In 1999, 2000 and 2001, purchases from S-N were   
$91.2 million, $90.5 million and $63.7 million, respectively. Amounts payable to
S-N at March 31, 2001 and 2002 were $21.3 million and $14.4 million,            
respectively.                                                                   

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS                                            

 In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued
SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations," and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other    
Intangible Assets." In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting   
for Asset Retirement Obligations," and, in October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS   
No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets."      

  SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations completed after June 30,
2001, to be accounted for under the purchase method. This statement also        
establishes, for all business combinations made after June 30, 2001, specific   
criteria for the recognition of intangible assets separately from goodwill. SFAS
No. 141 also requires that the excess of the fair value of acquired assets over 
cost (negative goodwill) be recognized immediately as an extraordinary gain,    
rather than deferred and amortized. We will account for all future business     
combinations under SFAS No. 141.                                                

 SFAS No. 142 addresses the accounting for goodwill and other intangible
assets after an acquisition. Goodwill and other intangibles that have indefinite
lives will no longer be amortized, but will be subject to annual impairment     
tests. All other intangible assets will continue to be amortized over their     
estimated useful lives, which is no longer limited to 40 years. We adopted this 
statement effective January 1, 2002, as required. At that time, amortization of 
existing goodwill ceased on the unamortized portion associated with acquisitions
and certain investments accounted for under the equity method. This is expected 
to have a favorable annual impact of approximately $12.8 million, net of tax,   
beginning in 2002. SFAS No. 142 also requires a new methodology for the testing 
of impairment of goodwill and other intangibles that have indefinite lives.     
During 2002, we will begin testing goodwill for impairment under the new rules, 
applying a fair-value-based test. The transition adjustment, if any, resulting  
from the adoption of the new approach to impairment testing as required by SFAS 
No. 142 will be reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting       
principle. At this time, we have not yet determined what impact, if any, the    
change in the required approach to impairment testing will have on either our   
financial position or results of operations.                                    

  SFAS No. 143 provides accounting requirements for retirement obligations
associated with tangible long-lived assets, including: (i) the timing of        
liability recognition; (ii) initial measurement of the liability; (iii)         
allocation of asset retirement cost to expense; (iv) subsequent measurement of  
the liability; and (v) financial statement disclosures. SFAS No. 143 requires   
that an asset retirement cost should be capitalized as part of the cost of the  
related long-lived asset and subsequently allocated to expense using a          
systematic and rational method. This standard becomes effective for fiscal years
beginning after June 15, 2002. We will adopt the Statement effective January 1, 
2003. The transition adjustment, if any, resulting from the adoption of SFAS No.
143 will be reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.
At this time, we have not yet determined what impact, if any, the adoption of   
this Statement will have on either our financial position or results of         
operations.                                                                     

  38

S-4/A
45th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 45th
SFAS No. 144 addresses the financial accounting and reporting for the 
impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. This statement supersedes SFAS     
No.121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived  
Assets to be Disposed Of" and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB    
Opinion No. 30, "Reporting the Results of Operations -- Reporting the Effects of
Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently
Occurring Events and Transactions," for the disposal of a segment of a business,
as previously defined in that Opinion. SFAS No. 144 provides a single accounting
model, based on the framework established in SFAS No. 121, for long-lived assets
to be disposed of by sale. Many of the provisions of SFAS No. 121 are retained, 
however, SFAS No. 144 clarifies some of the implementation issues related to    
SFAS No. 121. SFAS No. 144 also broadens the presentation of discontinued       
operations to include more disposal transactions. This Statement is effective   
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001, with early adoption         
encouraged. We adopted this Statement effective January 1, 2002, as required.   
The adoption of this Statement did not result in an adjustment to our financial 
statements on January 1, 2002.                                                  

EFFECTS OF FOREIGN CURRENCY AND INFLATION                                       

We operate internationally and enter into transactions denominated in 
foreign currencies. As a result, we are subject to the variability that arises  
from exchange rate movements. Our use of foreign currency derivative contracts  
is discussed under the heading, "-- Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures    
about Market Risk."                                                             

   We believe that overall inflation has not materially affected our results
of operations in 2000, 2001 or the first three months of 2002, and do not expect
overall inflation to be a significant factor in 2002.                           

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS                                                           

   Our manufacturing operations are subject to laws and regulations relating
to the protection of the environment, including those governing the management  
and disposal of hazardous substances. Our policies stress compliance and we     
believe we are currently in substantial compliance with existing environmental  
laws. If we fail to comply with these laws or our environmental permits, then we
could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or      
criminal sanctions. In addition, future changes to environmental laws could     
require us to incur significant additional expense or restrict our operations.  
Based on current information, management does not expect compliance with        
environmental requirements to have a material adverse effect on our financial   
condition or results of operations.                                             

   In addition, our products may be subject to laws and regulations relating
to the protection of the environment, including those governing vehicle exhaust.
Regulatory agencies in the United States and Europe have issued or proposed     
various regulations and directives designed to reduce emissions from spark      
ignited engines and diesel engines used in off-road vehicles, such as industrial
lift trucks. These regulations will require us and other lift truck             
manufacturers to incur costs to modify designs and manufacturing processes, and 
to perform additional testing and reporting. We believe that the impact of      
expenditures to comply with these requirements will not have a material adverse 
effect on our business.                                                         

    We are investigating or remediating historical contamination caused by our
operations or those of businesses we acquired at some of our current and former 
sites. We have also been named as a potentially responsible party for cleanup   
costs under the so-called Superfund law at several third-party sites where we   
(or our predecessors) disposed of wastes in the past. Under Superfund and often 
under similar state laws, the entire cost of cleanup can be imposed on any one  
of the statutorily liable parties, without regard to fault. While we are not    
currently aware that any material outstanding claims or obligations exist with  
regard to these sites, the discovery of additional contamination at these or    
other sites could result in significant cleanup costs.                          

In connection with any acquisition made by us, we could under some    
circumstances be held financially liable for or suffer other adverse effects due
to environmental violations or contamination caused by a prior owner of the     
business. In addition, under some of the agreements through which we have sold  
businesses or assets, we have retained responsibility for certain contingent    
environmental liabilities arising from pre-closing operations. These liabilities
may not arise, if at all, until years later.                                    

  39

S-4/A
46th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 46th
EURO CONVERSION                                                                 

     On January 1, 1999, 11 of the 15 countries that are members of the European
Union introduced a new currency unit called the "euro," which has replaced the  
national currencies of these 11 countries. The conversion rates between the euro
and the participating nations' currencies were fixed irrevocably as of January  
1, 1999, and participating national currencies will be removed from circulation 
between January 1, 2002 and June 30, 2002 and replaced by euro notes and        
coinage.                                                                        

    Under the regulations governing the transition to a single currency, there
was a "no compulsion, no prohibition" rule which stated that no one was         
obligated to use the euro until the notes and coinage were introduced on January
1, 2002. In keeping with this rule, since January 1, 1999 we have been able to  
(i) receive euro-denominated payments, (ii) invoice in euros and (iii) perform  
appropriate conversion and rounding calculations. Full conversion of all        
affected country operations to the euro has been completed and the cost to      
achieve such conversion has not been material.                                  

   Excluding adverse affects caused by the weakening of the euro against our
functional currencies, the introduction of the euro, to date, has not had, and  
we do not anticipate that the continued use of the euro will have, a material   
effect on our foreign exchange and hedging activities or our use of derivative  
instruments, or a material adverse effect on our operating results or cash      
flows. However, the ultimate effect of the euro on competition due to price     
transparency and foreign currency risk cannot yet be fully determined and may   
have an adverse effect, possibly material, on our operations, financial position
or cash flows. Conversely, introduction of the euro may also have positive      
effects, such as lower foreign currency risk and reduced prices of raw materials
resulting from increased competition among suppliers. We continue to monitor and
assess the potential risks imposed by the euro.                                 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK                      

INTEREST RATE RISK                                                          

   We have entered into certain financing arrangements that require interest
payments based on floating interest rates. As such, our financial results are   
subject to changes in the market rate of interest. To reduce the exposure to    
changes in the market rate of interest, we have entered into interest rate swap 
agreements for a significant portion of our floating rate financing             
arrangements. We do not enter into interest rate swap agreements for trading    
purposes. Terms of the interest rate swap agreements require us to receive a    
variable interest rate and pay a fixed interest rate. See also Note 2 and Note  
10 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2001
included elsewhere in the prospectus.                                           

For purposes of specific risk analysis, we use sensitivity analysis to
measure the potential loss in fair value of financial instruments sensitive to  
changes in interest rates. Assuming a hypothetical 10% decrease in the interest 
rates as of December 31, 2000 and 2001, the fair market value of interest rate  
sensitive financial instruments, which primarily represents interest rate swap  
agreements, would decline by $3.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively, as    
compared with their fair market value at December 31, 2000 and 2001,            
respectively.                                                                   

    There has been no material change in our interest rate risk exposure since
December 31, 2001.                                                              

FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE RISK                                         

We operate internationally and enter into transactions denominated in 
foreign currencies. As such, our financial results are subject to the           
variability that arises from exchange rate movements. We use forward foreign    
currency exchange contracts to partially reduce risks related to transactions   
denominated in foreign currencies and not for trading purposes. These contracts 
mature within one year and require us to buy or sell Japanese yen, Australian   
dollars, Canadian dollars, Mexican pesos, British pounds sterling or euros for  
the functional currency in which our subsidiaries operate at rates agreed to at 
the inception of the contracts. See also Note 2 and Note 10 to the consolidated 
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.                     

For purposes of specific risk analysis, we use sensitivity analysis to
measure the potential loss in fair value of financial instruments sensitive to  
changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Assuming a hypothetical 10%         
strengthening of the U.S. dollar as compared with other foreign currencies at   
December 31, 2000 and 2001, the fair market value of foreign currency-sensitive 
financial instruments, which primarily                                          

  40

S-4/A
47th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 47th
represents forward foreign currency exchange contracts, would decline by $4.3   
million and $3.3 million, respectively, as compared with their fair market value
at December 31, 2000 and 2001, respectively. It is important to note that the   
loss in fair market value indicated in this sensitivity analysis would be       
somewhat offset by changes in the fair market value of the underlying           
receivables, payables and net investments in foreign subsidiaries.              

 There has been no material change in our foreign currency exchange rate
risk since December 31, 2001.                                                   

COMMODITY PRICE RISK                                                        

  We use certain commodities, including steel, in the normal course of our
manufacturing operations. As such, our cost of operations is subject to         
variability as the market for these commodities change. We monitor this risk    
and, from time to time, enter into derivative contracts to hedge this risk. We  
do not currently have any such derivative contracts outstanding, nor do we have 
any significant purchase obligations to obtain fixed quantities of commodities  
in the future.                                                                  

There has been no material change in our commodity price risk since   
December 31, 2001.                                                              

  41

S-4/A
48th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 48th
BUSINESS

OUR COMPANY                                                                     

We are a leading global manufacturer of industrial lift trucks, which 
comprise the largest segment of the materials handling equipment industry, with 
the number one market share in the Americas and the number three market share   
globally. We design, manufacture and sell a comprehensive line of industrial    
lift trucks and aftermarket parts on a global basis. We estimate the lift truck 
market for the Americas in 2001 at approximately $2.6 billion and 161,000 units,
and globally in 2001 at approximately $8.6 billion and 560,000 units. For the   
fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, we generated revenues of $1.7 billion.     

   We market our lift trucks under the Hyster and Yale brand names, which we
believe are among the most widely recognized brands in the industry. Our lift   
trucks have been marketed under the Hyster and Yale brand names since 1935 and  
1923, respectively. Based on third-party market research we commissioned in     
1999, the Hyster and Yale brands are among the top five most recognized lift    
truck brands globally. According to this research, Hyster and Yale were the     
number one and two most recognized brands of lift trucks in the Americas,       
respectively, and Hyster was the third most recognized lift truck brand in      
Europe.                                                                         

Although we have combined the design, manufacturing, procurement and  
selected marketing activities for our brands in order to capture operational    
efficiencies and build upon our global scale, we distribute Hyster and Yale lift
trucks through two separate strong dealer networks, one dedicated to each brand.
We have maintained each of the brand identities in our distribution strategy    
because the Hyster and Yale brands have distinct appeal for different customers.
Hyster is generally associated with larger, heavy-duty applications while Yale  
is associated with lighter-duty, warehouseing-type applications. We believe this
combination of dual brands and dual distribution has allowed us to more         
effectively penetrate the customer base to establish stronger market positions, 
as evidenced by our estimated installed population base of approximately 650,000
Hyster and Yale lift trucks. This installed population base provides our dealers
and us with recurring revenue from the sale of higher margin aftermarket parts  
and service.                                                                    

     Our diversified customer base limits our exposure to individual customer or
industry risk. In 2001, our top ten customers accounted for only 10% of our new 
unit volume. We market our lift trucks into over 600 different end-user         
applications in approximately 900 industries. Our major customers, some of which
have chosen us to be their sole lift truck supplier, include The Coca-Cola      
Company, General Motors Corp., The Lowe's Companies, Inc., Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
and Weyerhaeuser Company.                                                       

  Demand for lift trucks is cyclical and depends upon capital budgeting in
the diverse end markets where lift trucks are sold. We believe our market, like 
the broader global economy, is poised for growth. Our order backlog has risen   
from approximately 14,100 units at June 30, 2001 to approximately 16,300 units  
at March 31, 2002. Our average adjusted EBITDA over the past five years ended   
December 31, 2001 was $109.7 million, substantially higher than our 2001        
adjusted EBITDA of $33.0 million.                                               

Prior to the recent downturn in the economy, we developed and began   
implementing our 2001 Restructuring Program, which included the closure of our  
Danville, Illinois assembly facility, labor and overhead reductions and         
restructuring of our owned dealers, which resulted in non-recurring items and   
one-time pre-tax charges of $47.8 million in 2001. This program reduced costs   
and more closely aligned our operations with the demand for our products and    
services.                                                                       

  In addition to the 2001 Restructuring Program, we have developed and are
implementing a Global Cost Reduction Program which encompasses lean             
manufacturing global procurement, the transfer of processes and sourcing to     
lower cost locations, component commonality, overhead cost reduction and        
improvements in our owned dealers. These programs are designed to enhance our   
competitive position and improve our overall cost structure. We expect our      
Global Cost Reduction Program, once fully implemented, to result in recurring   
annual pre-tax cost savings of approximately $117.5 million by the end of 2006. 
Of this amount, we expect to realize annual pre-tax savings of approximately    
$48.0 million by the end of 2002, and $61.1 million by the end of 2003. We      
believe this program has positioned us to take advantage of the anticipated     
recovery in the capital goods market, and will result in reduced fixed overhead 
costs, lower manufacturing costs and improvements in both our gross margins and 
operating profit.                                                               

  42

S-4/A
49th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 49th
2001 RESTRUCTURING PROGRAM                                                      

 In anticipation of the recent downturn in the economy, we developed and
implemented our overall 2001 Restructuring Program. The components of the       
program consist of:                                                             

   - closure of our Danville, Illinois assembly facility and transfer of the
related assembly operations, resulting in costs of $12.0 million; 

- sale of our owned dealers in Germany and related wind-down costs for
those dealers, resulting in losses of $10.4 million;              

  - elimination of operating losses of $9.5 million relating to the German
owned dealers sold in 2001;                                       

- reductions in labor and overhead in our European manufacturing and  
      assembly operations resulting in net manufacturing restructuring charges
of $4.1 million;                                                  

 - restructuring charges of $4.7 million related to our owned dealers in
Europe; and                                                       

  - other non-cash charges of $7.1 million related to reduced asset values
      and increased reserves reflective of the weakened capital goods markets,
   establishing full accounting consistency among our owned dealers on a
global basis and causing owned dealers previously reporting on a  
 one-month lag to report on months consistent with the rest of NMHG.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW                                                               

  The lift truck industry is the largest segment of the materials handling
equipment industry. We estimate the global lift truck market in 2001 at         
approximately $8.6 billion and 560,000 units.                                   

    Lift trucks are used in a wide variety of business applications, including
manufacturing and warehousing. Lift trucks are separated into five major        
classes, as set forth in the table below.                                       

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                                 GENERAL LIFTING   
  CLASS    DESCRIPTION              USE             ILLUSTRATIVE APPLICATION      CAPACITY RANGE   
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                   
Class I    Electric       Indoors in warehousing    Distribution center        1.0 ton to 9.0 tons 
           rider lift     and manufacturing         customers would use to                         
           trucks         operations where noise    move pallets from one                          
                          or emission concerns      trailer to another                             
                          are a factor                                                             
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Class II   Electric       Indoors to handle high-   Retail and warehouse       0.5 tons to 6.0 tons
           narrow-aisle   density storage of        customers would use to                         
           lift trucks    materials in              pick orders off their                          
                          narrow-aisled             shelves                                        
                          warehouses                                                               
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Class III  Electric       Indoors for               Retail customers would     0.5 tons to 8.0 tons
           hand lift      applications requiring    use to move pallets of                         
           trucks         the user to select and    goods to their store                           
                          transport materials       aisles                                         
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Class IV   ICE lift       Indoors in warehousing    Manufacturing customers    1.0 ton to 7.0 tons 
           trucks with    and manufacturing         would use to move heavy                        
           cushion        operations and            parts on a pallet from                         
           (solid)        occasionally outdoors     the machining area in a                        
           tires                                    factory to the assembly                        
                                                    line                                           
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Class V    ICE lift       Indoors and outdoors in   Manufacturing customers    1.0 ton to 48.0 tons
           trucks with    warehousing and           would use to move a coil                       
           pneumatic      manufacturing             of steel from the mill                         
           (air filled)   operations (this class    to a storage area                              
           tires          includes the largest                                                     
                          capacity lift trucks)                                                    
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  43

S-4/A
50th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 50th
    Class I, Class IV and Class V (with a capacity of eight tons or less) lift
trucks are referred to as counterbalanced lift trucks. Class II and Class III   
lift trucks are referred to as warehouse lift trucks. Class V lift trucks with a
capacity greater than eight tons are referred to as big trucks. Counterbalanced 
lift trucks are primarily used in industrial applications. Warehouse lift trucks
are primarily used in distribution applications. Big trucks are primarily used  
in handling shipping containers and in specialized heavy lifting applications.  

In recent years, we believe counterbalanced lift trucks represented   
approximately 61.5% of the total global unit volume and 72.8% of the total      
global dollar volume for lift trucks; warehouse lift trucks represented         
approximately 37.5% of the total global unit volume and 20.3% of the total      
global dollar volume for lift trucks; and big trucks represented approximately  
1.0% of the total global unit volume and 6.9% of the total global dollar volume 
for lift trucks. The market for warehouse lift trucks is generally less cyclical
than the market for counterbalanced lift trucks, including big trucks.          

     Historically, aftermarket parts sales have been less cyclical than sales of
new lift trucks. During economic downturns, customers tend to delay new lift    
truck purchases and instead repair older lift trucks. During economic           
recoveries, the sales of both new lift trucks and aftermarket parts have        
historically increased.                                                         

In North America, the compound annual growth rate of the lift truck   
industry over the last 20 years has been 4.3%, which is higher than the real    
gross domestic product compound annual growth rate in North America of 3.2% over
the same period. In Western Europe, the compound annual growth rate of the lift 
truck industry over the last 20 years has been 4.1%, which is higher than the   
real gross domestic product compound annual growth rate in Western Europe of    
2.3% over the same period. We expect the overall growth in the lift truck       
industry to continue to exceed the overall growth in the North American and     
Western European economies because the industries that use large numbers of lift
trucks are increasing as an overall percentage of these economies.              

The lift truck industry is cyclical, reflective of general economic   
conditions. Recoveries in the lift truck industry and in the overall economy    
generally result in an increase in the number of units sold in both the Americas
and Europe. According to industry forecasts, the North American lift truck      
industry is at or near the low point of the current downturn, with              
quarter-on-quarter growth expected for the remainder of 2002. Our backlog has   
already begun to reflect industry improvement, increasing by 15.6%, from        
approximately 14,100 units in June 2001 to approximately 16,300 units in March  
2002.                                                                           

  Based on units, Europe has historically been the largest market for lift
trucks, followed by the Americas, Japan, Asia-Pacific and China. The market for 
lift trucks, particularly in industrialized nations, is generally mature and has
historically been cyclical, although demand cycles may differ across regions.   
The following table shows the estimated annual number of factory shipments for  
lift trucks in each geographic region (in thousands).                           

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

         REGION          1991  1992  1993  1994  1995  1996  1997  1998  1999  2000  2001
         ------          ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----
                                                                                         
Europe.................. 166   150   122   135   175   176   188   220   228   258   275 
Americas................  99   116   122   155   180   162   176   197   191   219   168 
Japan................... 104    85    69    69    76    83    87    71    63    69    71 
Asia-Pacific............  27    25    28    32    37    42    40    23    23    30    28 
China...................  19    24    27    19    22    24    22    18    18    23    25 
                         ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   ---   --- 
  Total................. 415   400   368   410   490   487   513   529   523   599   567 
                         ===   ===   ===   ===   ===   ===   ===   ===   ===   ===   === 

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS                                                           

  We believe that we have a number of strengths that differentiate us from
our competitors:                                                                

    Leading Market Share Positions with a Large Installed Population Base. For
over a decade, we have been the leading manufacturer of Class I through V lift  
trucks, on a combined basis, in the Americas. Our Hyster and Yale brands had a  
combined North American market share of 27.4% in 2001. In addition, we are      

  44

S-4/A
51st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 51st
the third largest manufacturer of lift trucks on a global unit basis. Hyster's  
and Yale's long operating histories, strong market positions and our dual brand 
distribution strategy have resulted in an installed population base of          
approximately 650,000 Hyster and Yale lift trucks. This large installed         
population base provides our dealers and us with recurring revenue from the sale
of higher margin aftermarket parts and service.                                 

     Globally Integrated Operations with Significant Economies of Scale. We have
globally integrated the design, manufacturing, procurement and selected         
marketing activities for our brands. Our manufacturing and aftermarket parts    
distribution capabilities are supported by facilities in 12 countries on five   
continents around the world. We believe this provides us with better access to  
lower cost suppliers, reduced design and overhead costs, improved manufacturing 
efficiencies and greater purchasing leverage. With respect to many of our       
products, our global integration also allows us to cost effectively shift       
production from one geographical region to another to respond to global         
fluctuations in demand. Our geographically balanced manufacturing structure,    
with assembly operations in the Americas, Europe and Asia-Pacific, reduces      
working capital requirements, balances currency exposures and minimizes freight 
costs. In addition, we have a centralized electronic design/manufacturing system
accessible by all our manufacturing facilities and engineering centers. We have 
assembly plants in all major markets for lift trucks, which allows for          
just-in-time production, reduced working capital requirements and lead times and
reduced infrastructure costs.                                                   

Comprehensive Global Product Line. We believe we offer the most       
comprehensive line of lift trucks on a global basis. We provide a comprehensive 
range of lift trucks to meet the requirements of our customers' diverse         
applications. We market over 100 models of lift trucks that cover a range of    
lifting capacities of up to 48 tons for over 600 different end-user             
applications. We also provide specialized engineering capabilities to tailor our
standard products for specific customer needs.                                  

     Established Brand Strength. We market our lift trucks and aftermarket parts
under two well-recognized brand names, Hyster and Yale. Hyster and Yale have    
long operating histories of 67 years and 79 years, respectively. We believe that
brand recognition is particularly critical in our industry as most customers    
solicit quote proposals from a limited number of preferred suppliers. Based on  
third-party market research we commissioned in 1999, the Hyster and Yale brands 
are among the top five most recognized lift truck brands globally. According to 
this research, Hyster and Yale were recognized as the number one and two most   
recognized brands of lift trucks in the Americas, respectively, and Hyster was  
the third most recognized lift truck brand in Europe. In addition, based on a   
separate study we commissioned in 2001, Hyster was recognized as the preferred  
overall lift truck brand in North America, receiving number one rankings in     
product reliability, performance, durability, availability of aftermarket parts 
and dealer support.                                                             

Strong Dealer Network. Our Hyster and Yale brands are supported by the
strength of our global distribution network. Our dealers sell and rent lift     
trucks, provide aftermarket parts and service lift trucks. Some dealers provide 
service on a 24-hour-a-day basis. In 2001, the average sales per dealer of our  
products was $12.0 million. The majority of our dealer relationships are        
long-standing with an average tenure in the Americas of 26 years. We assign our 
dealers exclusive territories, which allows dealers to invest in long-term      
relationships with customers. To maintain our dealers' focus on our brands, we  
prohibit our dealers from selling lift trucks that compete with their Hyster or 
Yale product offering. We believe the larger of our independent dealers benefit 
from economies of scale and are able to more effectively penetrate the customer 
base in their exclusive territories because their size enables them to attract  
higher-quality employees, invest in more specialized selling and service        
activities and develop a more professional management structure. In addition, we
believe our dual brand distribution provides us with greater market penetration 
and increased market share for both new lift truck units and higher margin      
aftermarket parts.                                                              

In North America, our strategy of encouraging the consolidation of our
dealers around strong anchor dealers has produced a leading distribution network
of 74 dealers, comprised of 29 Hyster and 45 Yale dealerships. In Europe, we    
have achieved a significant presence in selected countries and we are growing in
strategic markets in the region through successful conversion and consolidation 
of competitor dealers, such as Zeppelin (a Caterpillar construction equipment   
dealer), selected Steinbock (a Jungheinrich GmbH brand) and                     

  45

S-4/A
52nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 52nd
selected Clark Material Handling Co. dealers. In Australia, our products are    
distributed through the largest national network of wholly owned and independent
dealers covering that market.                                                   

    National Account Coverage. We have a strong National Accounts organization
in the Americas that is dedicated to establishing national and global account   
relationships with large customers that have centralized purchasing and         
geographically dispersed operations in multiple dealer territories. Our National
Accounts organization uses direct sales efforts to place large numbers of Hyster
and Yale lift trucks into our installed population base through these large     
customers. Our strong dealer network supports our National Accounts customers by
providing aftermarket parts and service at the local level. In 2001, we had     
approximately 145 national accounts. These accounts are responsible for         
approximately 13,000 new lift truck sales. Some of our key National Accounts,   
such as General Motors Corp., Costco Wholesale Corp., The Lowe's Companies, Inc.
and Saturn Corporation, have entered into exclusive relationships for total     
fleet management. We provide high value added services to our total fleet       
management customers, including service, aftermarket parts, planning and        
comprehensive management of their materials handling needs. We believe we have  
the largest National Accounts organization in the Americas and are expanding    
this organization globally.                                                     

BUSINESS STRATEGY                                                               

    We have developed and are implementing strategic programs which we believe
will enhance our long-term competitive position. We believe this set of programs
will enable us to reduce costs, improve our market share, increase revenues and 
enhance sustainable profitability while delivering high value-added products and
related services to our customers. These long-term initiatives build upon the   
successes already achieved through our 2001 Restructuring Program.              

Implement Global Cost Reduction Program. We have developed and are    
implementing a Global Cost Reduction Program encompassing lean manufacturing,   
global procurement, the transfer of processes and sourcing to lower cost        
locations, component commonality, overhead cost reduction and improvements in   
our owned dealers. When fully implemented in 2006, we expect this program to    
result in recurring annual pre-tax cost savings of $117.5 million.              

 - Lean Manufacturing Strategy. We are implementing a lean manufacturing
   strategy called Demand Flow(R) Technology in all of our manufacturing
     facilities. Since first implementing Demand Flow(R) Technology in 1996,
   we have substantially reduced cycle times, inventory requirements and
   floor space requirements, and improved on-time delivery and delivered
       product quality. For example, Demand Flow(R) Technology has allowed us to
     assemble all of our lift trucks to order, greatly reducing our finished
   goods inventory. We have reduced manufacturing cycle times by 61% and
     work-in-process inventory by 34%, and improved on-time delivery by 21%.
During this period we have also achieved an 11% reduction in      
 manufacturing floor space requirements for the same unit volume. In
 addition, recent improvements in throughput created by implementing
Demand Flow(R) Technology have allowed us to rationalize our      
 manufacturing operations, resulting in the closure of our Danville,
 Illinois plant. The Danville closure is expected to result in $10.1
    million of pre-tax savings in 2002. In addition, we expect the ongoing
     implementation of Demand Flow(R) Technology at our remaining facilities
 to result in $2.0 million in pre-tax savings in 2002. These ongoing
       Demand Flow(R) Technology programs, including the closure of the Danville
 plant, are expected to result in an annual pre-tax savings of $21.9
million when fully implemented.                                   

- Global Procurement Initiative. Our global procurement initiative    
 leverages our global scale to capture lower material costs, improve
     supplier quality, reduce lead times and enhance product innovation. Our
    global procurement teams work with engineering development centers and
personnel at our manufacturing and assembly facilities to identify
  requirements and secure global supplier contracts. Additionally, the
   global procurement team works to enhance supplier quality and assists
suppliers in reducing their costs. In 2001, our global procurement
     initiative resulted in $9.8 million of cost savings. In 2002, we expect
       our global procurement initiative to result in an additional $6.2 million
   of pre-tax savings compared to 2001. We expect annual pre-tax savings
from this initiative to reach $14.7 million in 2006.              

  46

S-4/A
53rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 53rd
   - Transferring Processes and Sourcing to Lower Cost Locations. We believe
  we can reduce product costs by transferring additional processes and
    sourcing of basic components to lower cost manufacturing locations. As
     part of this strategy, we continually compare the costs and benefits of
     outsourcing production versus manufacturing components at our own lower
       cost facilities. For example, we fabricate frames in our Mexican facility
     for our Americas plants and have chosen to outsource the fabrication of
 frames to third party providers in Eastern Europe. We are exploring
      additional opportunities for similar cost savings in Eastern Europe, the
     Philippines and China. Our recent efforts in this area resulted in $1.7
  million of pre-tax savings in 2001. In 2002, we expect to achieve an
     additional $3.0 million of pre-tax savings from low cost sourcing, with
      currently planned initiatives reaching an annual pre-tax savings of $3.3
million when fully implemented.                                   

 - Component Commonality and Value Improvement Program. As we design new
     products, we are increasing the utilization of common components across
 multiple lift truck classes to reduce costs and product complexity,
    improve product quality, capture procurement cost savings and increase
  manufacturing efficiency. These components utilize common interfaces
      designed to allow for quicker future design modifications. This strategy
     is an extension of earlier successful actions to standardize components
between similar series of Hyster and Yale products. We have also  
implemented a Value Improvement Program to support continuous cost
 reductions and product quality improvements. We expect the combined
  impact of our component commonality initiative and Value Improvement
 Program to result in $3.7 million in pre-tax savings in 2002, $17.2
       million in 2004, reaching an annual pre-tax savings of $53.9 million when
fully implemented.                                                

- European Overhead Cost Reduction Program. Our European overhead cost
      reduction program is designed to reduce our fixed costs. This program is
related to reductions in general and administrative personnel and 
   indirect factory labor in Europe. We expect this program to result in
 $2.1 million of pre-tax savings in 2002 and reach an annual pre-tax
savings of $2.8 million when fully implemented.                   

    - Owned Dealer Improvements. We have implemented, and largely completed, a
     restructuring of our owned dealers. This program has enhanced operating
efficiencies through standardization of systems and processes,    
    realignment of management structure and improved asset utilization. We
      expect this program to result in $20.9 million of annual pre-tax savings
in 2002.                                                          

     Design Global Products More Closely Tailored to Customer Application Needs.
In 2000, we implemented a new design philosophy focused on the development of   
products tailored to the specific operating requirements of our customers.      
Historically, we have offered a complex set of options for each of our lift     
truck series to meet our customers' specialized needs. Our new design philosophy
utilizes a modular approach with fewer overall components to more effectively   
and efficiently address our customers' application needs. This new design       
approach is expected to improve our cost structure and margins by simplifying   
our manufacturing operations, improving manufacturing efficiencies and reducing 
prices for sourced components. In addition, we believe that our product         
innovations will improve the quality of our products and provide us with        
opportunities to improve our market share.                                      

Strengthen Our Distribution Capability. We have been encouraging the  
consolidation of our North American distribution networks around large, strong, 
professionally managed, well-capitalized independent dealers. We are currently  
expanding this anchor dealer model on a global basis for each of our brands. We 
believe that anchor dealers are able to more effectively penetrate the customer 
base in their exclusive territories because their size enables them to attract  
higher-quality employees, invest in more specialized selling and service        
activities and develop a more professional management structure. We also believe
that anchor dealers are stronger financially, better positioning them to take   
advantage of dealership consolidation and to weather economic downturns. We     
strengthen our dealer networks by providing sales and service training, dealer  
consulting services, information systems support, product launch coordination,  
direct advertising, specialized selling materials and help desks. We believe    
that this support system, together with our large installed population base of  
lift trucks helps to attract and retain high quality dealers, further           
strengthening our distribution network.                                         

  47

S-4/A
54th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 54th
    We are continuing to expand our National Accounts organization globally to
further capture additional revenues from large customers that have centralized  
purchasing and geographically dispersed operations in multiple dealer           
territories. As a result of our strong National Accounts coverage, established  
brands and strong distribution network, we believe we are well-positioned to    
continue to capitalize on the growth in this customer segment. We expect the    
combination of our anchor dealer strategy and our National Accounts organization
to improve our market share and increase our installed population base.         

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES                                                           

LIFT TRUCKS                                                                 

  We design and manufacture a comprehensive line of lift trucks under both
the Hyster and Yale brand names for global use. Lift truck sales accounted for  
82%, 81% and 81% of our net sales in 1999, 2000 and 2001, respectively. Class I,
Class IV and Class V (with a capacity of eight tons or less) lift trucks are    
referred to as counterbalanced lift trucks. Class II and Class III lift trucks  
are referred to as warehouse lift trucks. Class V lift trucks with a capacity   
greater than eight tons are referred to as big trucks. The following table      
illustrates the percentage of our global lift truck units by product line for   
each of the last three years:                                                   

                                                                [Download Table]

PRODUCT LINE                                                 1999   2000   2001 
------------                                                 ----   ----   ---- 
                                                                                
Counterbalanced............................................. 70.2%  68.2%  68.4%
Warehouse................................................... 28.4   30.4   30.1 
Big trucks..................................................  1.4    1.4    1.5 
                                                             ----   ----   ---- 
Total.......................................................  100%   100%   100%
                                                             ====   ====   ==== 

We believe that in 2001, on a global basis, we were the third largest 
producer of counterbalanced lift trucks, the fifth largest producer of warehouse
lift trucks and the largest producer of big trucks. We believe that in 2001, on 
a global basis, we were the third largest producer of lift trucks across all    
product lines.                                                                  

AFTERMARKET PARTS                                                           

We have one of the largest installed population bases of lift trucks  
currently in use in the industry. We estimate our population at approximately   
650,000 trucks. This installed population base provides our dealers and us with 
recurring revenue from the sale of higher margin aftermarket parts and service. 
We offer a comprehensive line of competitively priced aftermarket parts         
generally deliverable within 24 hours. We offer online technical reference      
databases to quickly reference the required aftermarket parts for a job and a   
user-friendly aftermarket parts ordering system. Aftermarket parts sales        
represented approximately 18%, 19% and 19% of our revenues in 1999, 2000 and    
2001, respectively.                                                             

     We sell Hyster and Yale branded aftermarket parts to our dealers for Hyster
and Yale lift trucks. Hyster and Yale branded aftermarket parts accounted for   
72% of our revenues from the sale of aftermarket parts in 2001. In the Americas,
we believe that our Hyster and Yale dealers sell between approximately 70% to   
80% of the aftermarket parts for Hyster and Yale lift trucks.                   

   We also sell aftermarket parts under the UNISOURCE(TM), MULTIQUIP(TM) and
PREMIER(TM) brands to our Hyster and Yale dealers for the service of competitor 
lift trucks. These aftermarket parts accounted for approximately 28% of our     
revenues from the sale of aftermarket parts in 2001. We recently announced a    
strategic alliance with Systems Material Handling Co., a distributor of         
aftermarket parts, to expand the number of aftermarket parts for competitors'   
lift trucks for the Hyster and Yale dealer networks in North America. To provide
a one-stop shopping capability, these parts are made available through the same 
ordering system that these dealers use for Hyster and Yale aftermarket parts.   

FINANCING OF SALES                                                          

We are engaged in a joint venture with General Electric Capital       
Corporation, or GECC, to provide dealer and customer financing of new lift      
trucks in the United States. We own 20% of the joint venture entity, NMHG       
Financial Services, Inc., or NFS, and receive fees and remarketing profits under
an agreement that expires in 2003. We account for our ownership of NFS using the
equity method of accounting. We refer to                                        
  48

S-4/A
55th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 55th
programs with NFS as Hyster Capital and Yale Financial Services. At March 31,   
2002, NFS was providing $91.8 million of financing to dealers for lift trucks   
and $543.0 million of financing to customers for lift trucks.                   

     In addition, we have also entered into an International Operating Agreement
with GECC under which GECC provides leasing and financing services to Hyster and
Yale dealers and their customers outside of the United States. GECC pays us a   
referral fee once certain financial thresholds are reached. This agreement      
expires in 2003.                                                                

   Under our agreements with NFS and with GECC pursuant to the International
Operating Agreement, our dealers and certain customers are extended credit for  
the purchase of lift trucks to be placed in the dealer's floor plan inventory or
the financing of lift trucks that are sold or leased to customers. For some of  
these arrangements, we provide residual value guarantees or standby recourse or 
repurchase obligations to NFS or to GECC, which totaled approximately $149.6    
million at March 31, 2002. In substantially all of these transactions, we       
maintain perfected security interests in the lift trucks financed, so that in   
the event of a default, we have the ability to foreclose on the leased property 
and sell it through the Hyster or Yale dealer network. The residual value       
guarantees or standby recourse and repurchase obligations we have provided have 
not caused us to realize losses to date because we have been able to re-sell    
trucks at values in excess of our gross exposures. Furthermore, we have         
established reserves for exposures under these agreements.                      

   Historically, NFS has experienced default loss rates (the ratio of annual
losses on defaults to total annual financings, expressed as a percentage) of    
0.21%, 0.09% and 0.32% in 1999, 2000 and 2001, respectively. During the         
1991-1992 recession, default loss rates reached 0.56%.                          

MARKETING                                                                       

   Our marketing organization is structured in three regional divisions: the
Americas; Europe, which includes the Middle East and Africa; and Asia Pacific.  

     In each region, certain marketing support functions for the Hyster and Yale
brands are combined into a single shared services organization to take advantage
of regional scale and best practices. These activities include sales and service
training, information systems support, product launch coordination, direct      
advertising, specialized selling materials development, help desks, order entry,
marketing strategy and field service support. Only the specific aspects of our  
sales and marketing activities that interact directly with our dealers and      
customers, such as dealer consulting and new lift truck units and aftermarket   
parts transaction support, are brand specific. This supports our dual brand     
distribution strategy while taking advantage of a single marketing organization.

DISTRIBUTION NETWORK                                                            

We distribute through two channels: dealers and our National Accounts 
organization. In 2001, 82% of our new lift truck volume was sold through dealers
and 18% through our National Accounts organization.                             

DEALERS                                                                     

Independent Dealers                                                   

The majority of our dealers are independently owned and operated. We  
partner primarily with strong dealers with proven track records of outstanding  
customer service to create a responsive and stable dealer network.              

     Americas. The average tenure of our independent dealers is 26 years. In the
Americas we have 29 independent Hyster dealers and 45 independent Yale dealers. 
Since 1995, we have converted six dealers with over 30 locations from           
competitors to Hyster or Yale. In 2001, our independent dealers acquired eight  
other dealers with 22 locations. None of our Hyster or Yale dealers have been   
converted by competitive dealers since we combined Hyster and Yale in 1989.     

Europe. In Europe, including the Middle East and Africa, Hyster has   
approximately 80 independent dealers with locations in 97 countries and Yale has
81 independent dealers with locations in 42 countries. The                      
  49

S-4/A
56th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 56th
average tenure of our European independent dealers is 13 years. We have actively
grown our European dealer organization to add strong representation through the 
conversion of competitive dealers in several key European markets. Since 2001,  
we have added a net of 10 dealers to our European dealer network through        
conversions -- the largest Clark Material Handling Co. dealer in Germany, three 
large German Steinbock (a former Jungheinrich GmbH brand) dealers and six       
Steinbock dealers in Eastern Europe and Scandinavia.                            

 Asia-Pacific. Hyster has 15 independent dealers in Asia-Pacific with an
average length of service of 11 years. Yale is represented by nine independent  
dealers in Asia-Pacific, with an average length of service of 10 years.         

Owned Dealers                                                         

From time to time, we have acquired, on an interim basis, certain     
independent Hyster, Yale and competitor dealers and rental companies to         
strengthen or protect Hyster's and Yale's presence in select territories. We    
currently own one Hyster dealer in the Americas, four Yale dealers and one      
Hyster dealer in Europe, and two Yale dealers and one Hyster dealer in          
Asia-Pacific. Our long-term strategy is to identify strategic buyers for our    
owned dealers that represent "best-in-class" dealers to support the Hyster and  
Yale brands. For example, in December 2001, we sold four owned Hyster retail    
dealers in Germany to ZEPPELIN GmbH and have designated Zeppelin, a large       
European Caterpillar construction equipment dealer, as our exclusive Hyster     
dealer in parts of Germany, Austria and several Central and Eastern European    
countries. We had acquired these Hyster dealers to maintain Hyster territory    
coverage in the strategically important German market.                          

NATIONAL ACCOUNTS                                                           

We operate a National Accounts organization for both Hyster and Yale  
focused on large customers with centralized purchasing and geographically       
dispersed operations in multiple dealer territories. Our National Accounts      
organization accounted for 18% of our new lift truck unit volume in 2001. Our   
strong dealer network supports this effort by providing aftermarket parts and   
service on a local basis. Dealers receive a commission for the support they     
provide in connection with our National Accounts sales and for the preparation  
and delivery of lift trucks to customer locations. In addition to selling new   
lift trucks, the National Accounts organization markets many value added        
services, including full maintenance leases and total fleet management. Our new 
unit volume through the National Accounts channel is growing more rapidly than  
our overall total unit volume, particularly in the Americas, where this volume  
increased from 15% of our total lift truck unit volume in 1995 to 28% in 2001.  

In the Americas, the National Accounts organization is responsible for
approximately 120 large national account customers. In Europe, the National     
Accounts organization is responsible for 25 customers. Our National Accounts    
coverage in the rest of the world is currently limited but growing in regions   
such as Europe and Asia-Pacific.                                                

CUSTOMERS                                                                       

    Our customer base is diverse and fragmented, including, among others, food
distributors, trucking and automotive companies, lumber, metal products, rental,
paper and building materials suppliers, warehouses, light and heavy             
manufacturers, retailers and container handling companies. In 2001, our top ten 
customers accounted for only 10% of our new unit volume. Hyster has strong      
relationships with, among others, General Motors Corp., International Paper     
Company, The Coca-Cola Company, the Ministry of Defense in the United Kingdom,  
and Jefferson Smurfit Group plc. Yale has strong relationships with, among      
others, Dynamit Nobel AG, Homebase, DaimlerChrysler and The Lowe's Companies,   
Inc.                                                                            

MANUFACTURING AND ASSEMBLY                                                      

  We have integrated our global operations to take advantage of our global
scale in design, manufacturing and purchasing. We manufacture components, such  
as masts and transmissions, and assemble products in the market of sale to      
minimize freight cost and balance currency mix. In some instances, however, we  
utilize one                                                                     
  50

S-4/A
57th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 57th
worldwide location to manufacture specific components or assemble specific      
products to leverage our production volumes. For example, we have centralized   
the worldwide assembly of our 2.0 to 3.2 ton Class V ICE pneumatic              
counterbalanced lift trucks in our Craigavon, Northern Ireland facility due to  
the economies provided by dedicating an entire plant to the assembly of a       
single, global, high volume product line. We operate 14 manufacturing and       
assembly operations worldwide with six plants in the Americas, five in Europe   
and three in Asia-Pacific. All but one of our manufacturing and assembly        
facilities worldwide are ISO 9002 certified.                                    

     We are currently operating at about 60% capacity utilization as a result of
the market downturn in the Americas market. We believe we have adequate capacity
in all markets and product lines to meet our near term projected volume.        

SUMITOMO-NACCO JOINT VENTURE                                                    

    We have a 50% ownership interest in S-N, a limited liability company which
was formed in 1970 to manufacture and distribute lift trucks in Japan. Sumitomo 
Heavy Industries, Inc. owns the remaining 50% interest in S-N. Each shareholder 
of S-N is entitled to appoint directors representing 50% of S-N's board of      
directors. All matters related to policies and programs of operation,           
manufacturing and sales activities require mutual agreement between us and      
Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Inc. prior to a vote of S-N's board of directors. As 
a result, we account for our ownership in S-N using the equity method of        
accounting.                                                                     

    We purchase Hyster and Yale branded lift trucks and related components and
aftermarket parts from S-N for sale outside of Japan. We purchase products from 
S-N under normal trade terms. In 1999, 2000 and 2001, purchases from S-N were   
$91.2 million, $90.5 million and $63.7 million, respectively. Amounts payable to
S-N at March 31, 2001 and 2002 were $21.3 million and $14.4 million,            
respectively.                                                                   

BACKLOG                                                                         

As of March 31, 2002, our backlog of unfilled orders placed with our  
manufacturing and assembly operations for new lift trucks was approximately     
16,300 units, or $292.4 million, of which substantially all is expected to be   
filled during fiscal 2002. This compares to the backlog as of March 31, 2001 of 
approximately 17,800 units, or $305.4 million. Decreased product demand,        
primarily in the Americas, caused the decrease in backlog levels. Backlog       
represents unfilled lift truck orders to our manufacturing and assembly         
facilities from dealers, National Accounts customers and contracts with the     
United States government.                                                       

KEY SUPPLIERS                                                                   

In 2000, we centralized our purchasing activities around a global     
procurement team reporting directly to our Senior Vice President of Engineering 
and Procurement. Previously, our purchasing activities were managed within each 
regional operating division. In 2001, no single supplier accounted for more than
5% of our purchases. We believe there are competitive alternatives to all our   
suppliers. Some of our key suppliers and the components provided are as follows:

                                                                [Download Table]

KEY COMPONENT         KEY SUPPLIER(S)                                            
-------------         ---------------                                            
                                                                                 
Axles................ Garraro Group; ArvinMeritor, Inc.                          
Brakes............... Akebono Brake Industry Co., Ltd.                           
Cabs................. Fritz Meyer Holding AG                                     
Counterweights....... Kurdziel Industries, Inc.                                  
Electric Motors...... General Electric Company; Iskra Autoelektrika; Schabmuller 
                      GmbH; Thrige-Titan A/S                                     
Electronic            Curtis Industries, Inc.; General Electric Company; Zapi SpA
  Controls...........                                                            
Engines.............. General Motors Corp.; Mazda Motor Corporation; Caterpillar 
                      Inc.                                                       
Forks................ Cascade Corporation                                        
Hydraulics........... Hasco International; Kayaba Industry Co., Ltd.             
Tires................ Monarch Industrial Tires; Trelleborg AB; Watts Industrial  
                      Tires                                                      

  51

S-4/A
58th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 58th
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT                                                        

Our research and development capability is organized around four major
engineering centers, all coordinated on a global basis from our Portland, Oregon
headquarters. Comparable products are designed for each brand concurrently and  
generally each center is focused on the global requirements for a single product
line. Our counterbalanced development center, which has global design           
responsibility for Class I, Class IV and Class V (with a capacity of less than  
eight tons) lift trucks, is located in Portland, Oregon. Our big truck          
development center is located in Nijmegen, The Netherlands, adjacent to our     
dedicated global big truck assembly facility. Warehouse trucks are designed     
based on regional differences in stacking and storage practices. As a result, we
design warehouse equipment for sale in the Americas market in Greenville, North 
Carolina adjacent to the Americas assembly facility for warehouse equipment. We 
design warehouse equipment for the European market in Masate, Italy at our      
assembly facility for Class II lift trucks.                                     

    Our engineering centers utilize a three-dimensional CAD/CAM system and are
electronically connected to one another, to all of our manufacturing and        
assembly facilities and to some of our key suppliers. This allows for global    
collaboration in technical engineering designs, collaboration with our key      
suppliers and leads to shorter product development cycles. Additionally, we     
solicit customer feedback throughout the design phase to improve our product    
development efforts. We invested $41.4 million, $43.9 million and $44.7 million 
on product design and development activities in 1999, 2000 and 2001,            
respectively, which represented 2.4%, 2.3% and 2.7% of our sales in those years.
For the three months ended March 31, 2002, we invested $9.6 million on product  
design and development activities, which represented 2.6% of our sales for the  
period.                                                                         

  52

S-4/A
59th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 59th
FACILITIES                                                                      

The following table presents the principal assembly, manufacturing,   
distribution and office facilities that we own or lease:                        

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   OWNED/    SQUARE                                                
  REGION     FACILITY LOCATION     LEASED    FOOTAGE                   FUNCTION(S)                 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                   
AMERICAS    Berea, Kentucky         Owned    558,000   Assembly of lift trucks, primarily electric 
                                                       rider and 3.5 to 8.0 ton ICE lift trucks    
            Danville, Illinois      Owned    234,000   Americas parts distribution center          
            Greenville,             Owned    598,000   Divisional headquarters and marketing and   
                                                       sales                                       
            North Carolina                             operations for Hyster and Yale in Americas; 
                                                       Americas warehouse development center;      
                                                       assembly of lift trucks, primarily narrow   
                                                       aisle, motorized hand and 1.5 to 3.0 ton ICE
                                                       lift trucks                                 
            Lenoir,                 Owned    265,000   Manufacture and assembly of component parts 
                                                       for                                         
            North Carolina                             lift trucks, primarily masts and cylinders  
            Portland, Oregon        Owned     51,000   Counterbalanced development center for      
                                                       design and testing of lift trucks, prototype
                                                       equipment and component parts               
            Portland, Oregon       Leased     33,000   Manufacture of production tooling and       
                                                       prototype units                             
            Portland, Oregon       Leased     15,000   Global headquarters                         
            Ramos Arizpe, Mexico    Owned     72,000   Manufacture of component parts for lift     
                                                       trucks, primarily frames                    
            Sao Paolo, Brazil       Owned     87,000   Assembly of lift trucks and marketing       
                                                       operations for Brazil                       
            Sulligent, Alabama      Owned    301,000   Manufacture of component parts for lift     
                                                       trucks, primarily transmissions             
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EUROPE      Craigavon, Northern     Owned    388,000   Manufacture of lift trucks, primarily 2.0 to
            Ireland                                    3.2 ton ICE lift trucks; cylinder and       
                                                       transmission assembly for the world; mast   
                                                       fabrication and assembly for Europe         
            Fleet, England         Leased     25,000   Hyster and Yale marketing and sales         
                                                       operations in Europe                        
            Irvine, Scotland        Owned    367,000   Divisional headquarters; assembly of lift   
                                                       trucks, primarily electric rider and 3.5 to 
                                                       8.0 ton ICE lift trucks; mast manufacturing 
                                                       and assembly                                
            Modena, Italy          Leased     17,000   Assembly of lift trucks, primarily motorized
                                                       hand trucks                                 
            Masate, Italy          Leased     32,000   Assembly of lift trucks, primarily narrow   
                                                       aisle trucks; European warehouse development
                                                       center                                      
            Nijmegen, The           Owned    361,000   Big trucks development center; manufacture  
            Netherlands                                and assembly of big trucks and component    
                                                       parts; European parts distribution center   
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASIA        Shanghai, China         Owned(1)  70,000   Assembly of lift trucks by Shanghai Hyster  
                                                       joint venture, primarily 1.5 to 5.5 ton ICE 
                                                       pneumatic lift trucks                       
            Sydney, Australia      Leased     15,000   Divisional headquarters and sales and       
                                                       marketing for Asia-Pacific; distribution of 
                                                       aftermarket parts                           
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) This facility is owned by Shanghai Hyster Forklift Ltd., our Chinese joint  
venture company.                                                        

  S-N's operations are supported by two facilities. S-N's headquarters are
located in Obu, Japan at an approximately 250,000 square foot facility owned by 
S-N. The Obu facility also has assembly and distribution capabilities, primarily
for 1.5 to 5.5 ton ICE lift trucks. In Cavite, the Philippines, S-N owns an     
approximately 100,000 square foot facility for the manufacture of frames for S-N
products.                                                                       

  53

S-4/A
60th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 60th
  Our nine owned dealers operate from 61 locations. Of these 61 locations,
eight are in the United States, 22 are in Europe and 31 are in Asia-Pacific, as 
shown below:                                                                    

                                                                [Download Table]

UNITED STATES     EUROPE             ASIA-PACIFIC 
-------------     ------             ------------ 
                                                  
Kentucky(1)       France(14)         Australia(30)
Ohio(5)           Germany(3)         Singapore(1) 
Pennsylvania(1)   The                             
                  Netherlands(1)                  
West Virginia(1)  United Kingdom(4)               

 Dealer locations generally include facilities for displaying equipment,
storing rental equipment, servicing equipment, aftermarket parts storage and    
sales and administrative offices. We own four of our locations and lease 57 of  
our locations. Some of the leases were entered into or assumed in connection    
with acquisitions and many of the lessors under these leases are former owners  
of businesses that we acquired.                                                 

EMPLOYEES                                                                       

At April 30, 2002, our wholesale operations had approximately 5,700   
employees and our owned dealers had approximately 1,400 employees. A majority of
the employees in the Danville, Illinois parts depot operations (approximately   
135 employees) are unionized, as are tool room employees (approximately 15      
employees) located in Portland, Oregon. Our contracts with the Danville and     
Portland unions each expire in 2003. Employees at the facilities in Berea,      
Kentucky; Sulligent, Alabama; and Greenville and Lenoir, North Carolina are not 
represented by unions.                                                          

   In Europe, some employees in the Craigavon, Northern Ireland facility are
unionized. Employees in the Irvine, Scotland and Nijmegen, The Netherlands      
facilities are not represented by unions. The employees in Nijmegen have        
organized a works council, as required by Dutch law, which performs a           
consultative role on employment matters. In Mexico, shop employees are          
unionized. All of the European employees are part of a European Works Council   
which performs a consultative role on business and employment matters.          

We believe our current labor relations with both union and non-union  
employees are generally satisfactory. However, there can be no assurances that  
we will be able to successfully renegotiate our union contracts without work    
stoppages or on acceptable terms.                                               

COMPETITION                                                                     

   Competition in the lift truck industry is based primarily on strength and
quality of dealers, brand loyalty, customer service, availability of products   
and aftermarket parts, comprehensive product line offering, product performance,
product quality and features, and the cost of ownership over the life of the    
lift truck.                                                                     

 The lift truck industry is made up of the following types of lift truck
manufacturers:                                                                  

- Global full line manufacturers, who have positions in all major     
 geographic markets. Global full line manufacturers include us (with
 Hyster and Yale brands); Linde AG (with Linde, OM Pimespo and Still
     brands); and Toyota Industries Corporation (with BT, Raymond and Toyota
brands); and                                                      

     - Product line specialists and regional manufacturers who focus on a narrow
    product segment and customer type across all geographic regions and/or
   whose competitive position is relatively concentrated geographically,
 including Clark Material Handling Co., Crown Equipment Corporation,
Daewoo Heavy Industries Ltd., Kalmar Industries, Komatsu Ltd.,    
   Jungheinrich GmbH, Mitsubishi Caterpillar Fork Lift America, Inc. and
Taylor Machine Works, Inc.                                        

We believe that NMHG, Linde and Toyota are the only manufacturers of a
comprehensive line of lift trucks with a global presence. While all of the      
global full line manufacturers participate in each major geographic market, each
is a market-leader in a different geographic region. We believe we are the      
leading manufacturer of lift trucks in the Americas, but that Linde has the     
strongest market share in Europe and Toyota the strongest market share in       
Asia-Pacific. In 2001, the three global full line manufacturers in the industry 
produced more than 50% of the total number of lift trucks sold worldwide.       

  54

S-4/A
61st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 61st
     The lift truck industry also competes with alternative methods of materials
handling, including conveyor systems and automated guided vehicle systems.      

  Our aftermarket parts offerings compete with parts manufactured by other
lift truck manufacturers as well as companies that focus solely on the sale of  
generic parts.                                                                  

    The lift truck distribution industry is highly fragmented and competitive.
Competitors of our owned dealers include OEM-owned dealers for competing brands,
OEM direct sales efforts, independently owned competitive dealerships and       
forklift rental outlets, independent parts operations, independent service shops
and, to a lesser extent, independent Hyster or Yale dealers.                    

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS                                                           

   Our manufacturing operations are subject to laws and regulations relating
to the protection of the environment, including those governing the management  
and disposal of hazardous substances. Our policies stress compliance and we     
believe we are currently in substantial compliance with existing environmental  
laws. If we fail to comply with these laws or our environmental permits, then we
could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or      
criminal sanctions. In addition, future changes to environmental laws could     
require us to incur significant additional expense or restrict our operations.  
Based on current information, management does not expect compliance with        
environmental requirements to have a material adverse effect on our financial   
condition or results of operations.                                             

   In addition, our products may be subject to laws and regulations relating
to the protection of the environment, including those governing vehicle exhaust.
Regulatory agencies in the United States and Europe have issued or proposed     
various regulations and directives designed to reduce emissions from spark      
ignited engines and diesel engines used in off-road vehicles, such as industrial
lift trucks. These regulations will require us and other lift truck             
manufacturers to incur costs to modify designs and manufacturing processes, and 
to perform additional testing and reporting. While there can be no assurance, we
believe that the impact of expenditures to comply with these requirements will  
not have a material adverse effect on our business.                             

    We are investigating or remediating historical contamination caused by our
operations or those of businesses we acquired at some of our current and former 
sites. We have also been named as a potentially responsible party for cleanup   
costs under the so-called Superfund law at several third-party sites where we   
(or our predecessors) disposed of wastes in the past. Under Superfund and often 
under similar state laws, the entire cost of cleanup can be imposed on any one  
of the statutorily liable parties, without regard to fault. While we are not    
currently aware that any material outstanding claims or obligations exist with  
regard to these sites, the discovery of additional contamination at these or    
other sites could result in significant cleanup costs.                          

In connection with any acquisition made by us, we could under some    
circumstances be held financially liable for or suffer other adverse effects due
to environmental violations or contamination caused by a prior owner of the     
business. In addition, under some of the agreements through which we have sold  
businesses or assets, we have retained responsibility for certain contingent    
environmental liabilities arising from pre-closing operations. These liabilities
may not arise, if at all, until years later.                                    

GOVERNMENT AND TRADE REGULATIONS                                                

  Since June 1988, Japanese-built ICE lift trucks imported into the United
States, with lifting capacities between 2,000 and 15,000 pounds, including      
finished and unfinished lift trucks, chassis, frames and frames assembled with  
one or more component parts, have been subject to an anti-dumping duty order.   
Anti-dumping duty rates in effect through 2001 range from 7.39% to 56.81%       
depending on manufacturer or importer. The anti-dumping duty rate applicable to 
imports from S-N is 51.33%. We do not currently import for sale in the United   
States any lift trucks or components subject to the anti-dumping duty order.    
This anti-dumping duty order will remain in effect until the Japanese           
manufacturers and importers satisfy the U.S. Department of Commerce that they   
have not individually sold merchandise subject to the order in the United States
below fair market value for at least three consecutive years, or unless the     
Commerce Department or the                                                      

  55

S-4/A
62nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 62nd
U.S. International Trade Commission finds that changed circumstances exist      
sufficient to warrant the retirement of the order. All of our major Japanese    
competitors have either built or acquired manufacturing or assembly facilities  
over the past decade in the United States and any products manufactured at these
facilities are not subject to the anti-dumping duty order. The legislation      
implementing the Uruguay round of GATT negotiations passed in 1994 provided for 
the anti-dumping order to be reviewed for possible retirement in 2000. We       
opposed retirement of the order and the 2000 review did not result in retirement
of the anti-dumping duty. The anti-dumping order will again be reviewed for     
possible retirement in 2005.                                                    

   There are no formal restraints on foreign lift truck manufacturers in the
European Union. Several Japanese manufacturers have established manufacturing or
assembly facilities within the European Union.                                  

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES                                                

 We are not materially dependent upon patents or patent protection. NMHG
Wholesale is the owner of the Hyster trademark, which is currently registered in
approximately 65 countries. The Yale trademark, which we use on a perpetual     
royalty-free basis in connection with the manufacture and sale of lift trucks   
and related components, is currently registered in approximately 90 countries.  
We believe that the Hyster and Yale trademarks are material to our business.    

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS                                                               

   Various legal proceedings and claims have been or may be asserted against
us relating to the conduct of our business, including product liability,        
environmental and other claims. These proceedings are incidental to the ordinary
course of our business.                                                         

   We are insured against civil liabilities relating to personal injuries to
third parties and for loss of or damage to property and maintain coverage that  
we believe is appropriate upon terms and conditions and for premiums that we    
consider fair and reasonable. We believe that we have insurance providing       
coverage for claims and in amounts that we believe appropriate. We cannot assure
you, however, that we will not incur losses beyond the limits or outside the    
coverage of our insurance.                                                      

  56

S-4/A
63rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 63rd
MANAGEMENT

   Our executive officers, directors and other key employees, and their ages
and positions are as follows:                                                   

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

NAME                                  AGE  POSITION                                      
----                                  ---  --------                                      
                                                                                         
Reginald R. Eklund................... 61   President and Chief Executive Officer         
Michael P. Brogan.................... 52   Senior Vice President, Product Development and
                                           Procurement                                   
Richard H. Close..................... 43   Vice President and Managing Director, Europe, 
                                           Middle East and Africa                        
Gregory J. Dawe...................... 53   Vice President, Manufacturing and Quality     
                                           Strategy                                      
Ron J. Leptich....................... 58   Vice President, Engineering and Big Trucks    
Geoffrey D. Lewis.................... 45   Vice President, Corporate Development, General
                                           Counsel and Secretary                         
Jeffrey C. Mattern................... 50   Treasurer                                     
Frank G. Muller...................... 60   Vice President and President, Americas        
Victoria L. Rickey................... 50   Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer     
Edward W. Ryan....................... 64   Vice President, Marketing and President,      
                                           Asia-Pacific, China and Japan                 
Raymond C. Ulmer..................... 39   Controller                                    
Alfred M. Rankin, Jr. ............... 60   Director                                      
Owsley Brown II...................... 59   Director                                      
Eiichi Fujita........................ 59   Director                                      
Robert M. Gates...................... 58   Director                                      
Leon J. Hendrix, Jr. ................ 60   Director                                      
David H. Hoag........................ 63   Director                                      
Dennis W. LaBarre.................... 59   Director                                      
Richard de J. Osborne................ 68   Director                                      
Claiborne R. Rankin.................. 52   Director                                      
Ian M. Ross.......................... 74   Director                                      
Britton T. Taplin.................... 45   Director                                      
David F. Taplin...................... 52   Director                                      
Frank F. Taplin...................... 42   Director                                      
John F. Turben....................... 67   Director                                      

     Reginald R. Eklund has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since
prior to 1997.                                                                  

   Michael P. Brogan has been our Senior Vice President, Product Development
and Procurement since June 2000. Prior to this, he was our Vice President,      
Warehouse Product Strategy from May 1999 to June 2000. He also served as        
Managing Director of NACCO Materials Handling S.R.L. (Italy) from prior to 1997 
to May 1999.                                                                    

     Richard H. Close has been our Vice President and Managing Director, Europe,
Middle East and Africa since August 2001. From February 1999 until August 2001, 
he was a Managing Director for Lex Service plc, an automotive service and       
distribution company. He was a Franchise Director for Lex Service from prior to 
1997 to February 1999.                                                          

Gregory J. Dawe has been our Vice President, Manufacturing and Quality
Strategy since January 2002. Prior to this, he was our Vice President           
Manufacturing, Americas, since prior to 1997.                                   

  57

S-4/A
64th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 64th
Ron J. Leptich has been our Vice President, Engineering and Big Trucks
since October 1997. Prior to this, he served as Vice President, Engineering and 
Big Trucks, Worldwide from prior to 1997 to October 1997.                       

Geoffrey D. Lewis has been our Vice President, Corporate Development, 
General Counsel and Secretary since June 1999. Prior to this, he served as Vice 
President, General Counsel and Secretary from prior to 1997 to June 1999.       

Jeffrey C. Mattern has been our Treasurer since prior to 1997.        

   Frank G. Muller has been our Vice President and President, Americas since
prior to 1997.                                                                  

   Victoria L. Rickey has been our Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer
since August 2001. Prior to this, she was Vice President and Managing Director, 
Europe, Middle East and Africa from prior to 1997 to August 2001.               

Edward W. Ryan has been our Vice President, Marketing and President,  
Asia-Pacific, China and Japan since prior to 1997.                              

Raymond C. Ulmer has been our Controller since December 2000. Prior to
December 2000, he served as Director of Financial Planning from April 1997 to   
November 2000. He also served as Plant Controller-Greenville from prior to 1997 
to April 1997.                                                                  

Alfred M. Rankin, Jr. has been a director since prior to 1997. He has 
served as the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of NACCO          
Industries, Inc., an operating holding company with principal operating         
subsidiaries in the lift truck, housewares and lignite coal mining industries,  
since prior to 1997. Prior to joining NACCO, Mr. Rankin was Vice Chairman and   
Chief Operating Officer of Eaton Corporation, a diversified industrial          
manufacturer. He is also a director of Goodrich Corporation, The Vanguard Group 
and the National Association of Manufacturers.                                  

 Owsley Brown II has been a director since prior to 1997. Since prior to
1997 he has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Brown-Forman       
Corporation, a diversified producer and marketer of consumer products. He is    
also a director of Brown-Forman Corporation.                                    

Eiichi Fujita has been a director since 2000. He has been a Senior    
Executive Vice President of Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd., a manufacturer of  
heavy machinery, since April 2001. Prior to April 2001, he was a Director and   
Executive Vice President of Sumitomo Heavy Industries from June 1999. From April
1999 to June 1999, Mr. Fujita was a Managing Director of Sumitomo Heavy         
Industries and from 1997 to April 1999 he was a Director of Sumitomo Heavy      
Industries.                                                                     

     Robert M. Gates has been a director since prior to 1997. He is an educator,
author and lecturer. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Gates was the Dean, George Bush     
School of Government and Public Service, Texas A&M University. Mr. Gates was a  
Director of Central Intelligence for the United States, a former Assistant to   
the President of the United States and a Deputy for National Security Affairs   
for the National Security Council. He is also a director of TRW Inc. and Parker 
Drilling Company and a trustee of Fidelity Funds.                               

 Leon J. Hendrix, Jr. has been a director since prior to 1997. He is the
Chairman of Remington Arms Company, Inc., a manufacturer and marketer of        
sporting arms and ammunition. Mr. Hendrix was a Principal of Clayton, Dubilier &
Rice, Inc., a private investment firm, from prior to 1997 to 2000. He is also a 
director of Cambrex Corp., Keithley Investments, Inc., Remington Arms Company,  
Inc. and Riverwood International Corp.                                          

David H. Hoag has been a director since 2000. Now retired, he was the 
Chairman from 1998 to 1999 and Chief Executive Officer, during 1998, of The LTV 
Corporation, an integrated steel producer which filed for bankruptcy protection 
in December 2000. He served as the Chairman, President and Chief Executive      
Officer of The LTV Corporation from prior to 1997 to 1998. He is also the       
Chairman of the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland and director of The Lubrizol  
Corporation, The Chubb Corporation, PolyOne Corporation and Brush Engineered    
Materials, Inc.                                                                 

  58

S-4/A
65th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 65th
    Dennis W. LaBarre has been a director since prior to 1997. He is a partner
in the law firm of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue.                                  

   Richard de J. Osborne has been a director since 1998. Now retired, he was
the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of ASARCO, Incorporated, a leading     
producer of non-ferrous metals, from prior to 1997 to 1999. He also served as   
the President of ASARCO, Incorporated from prior to 1997 to 1998. He is also a  
director of Goodrich Corporation, Birmingham Steel Corporation and              
Schering-Plough Corporation.                                                    

    Claiborne R. Rankin has been a director since prior to 1997. Since 1997 he
has been a partner of Sycamore Partners, LLC, a consulting and venture capital  
company.                                                                        

Ian M. Ross has been a director since prior to 1997. He serves as the 
President Emeritus of AT&T Bell Laboratories, the research and development      
subsidiary of AT&T.                                                             

Britton T. Taplin has been a director since prior to 1997. He is a    
Principal of Western Skies Group, Inc., a developer of medical office and       
healthcare-related facilities.                                                  

David F. Taplin has been a director since prior to 1997. Mr. Taplin is
self-employed in the field of tree farming.                                     

     Frank F. Taplin has been a director since 1997. Mr. Taplin is self-employed
in the field of real estate consulting.                                         

  John F. Turben has been a director since 1997. He serves as the Chairman
and Managing Partner of Kirtland Capital Corporation, a private investment      
partnership. He is also a director of PVC Container Corporation, Unifrax        
Corporation and Instron Corporation.                                            

Alfred M. Rankin, Jr. and Claiborne R. Rankin are brothers. Britton T.
Taplin and Frank F. Taplin are brothers. The Rankin brothers, the Taplin        
brothers and David F. Taplin are all first cousins.                             

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION                                                           

     During 2001, each of our directors who was not an officer of NMHG, NACCO or
any other subsidiary of NACCO, and was also a director of NACCO, received a     
retainer of $40,000 for the calendar year for service on our Board of Directors 
and the NACCO board of directors. Each of our directors who were not officers of
NMHG, NACCO or any other subsidiary of NACCO, and not a director of NACCO,      
received a retainer of $15,000 for the calendar year for service on our Board of
Directors. In addition, each director received $1,000 for attending each meeting
of the Board of Directors and each meeting of a committee thereof. Fees for     
attendance at board meetings (of any of the related companies) could not exceed 
$2,000 per day. The chairman of each committee of our Board of Directors        
received $4,000 for the year for service as committee chairman.                 

     Under NACCO's Non-Employee Directors' Equity Compensation Plan, each person
who served on our board and on NACCO's board who was not one of our officers or 
an officer of NACCO or any other subsidiary of NACCO, received 50% of his annual
retainer ($20,000) in shares of Class A common stock of NACCO. These shares     
cannot be assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred by the       
director, voluntarily or involuntarily, other than (a) by will or the laws of   
descent and distribution, (b) pursuant to a qualifying domestic relations order 
or (c) to a trust for the benefit of the director, or his spouse, children or   
grandchildren. The foregoing restrictions on transfer lapse upon the earliest to
occur of:                                                                       

  - the date which is ten years after the last day of the calendar quarter
for which such shares were earned;                                

- the date of the death or permanent disability of the director;      

 - five years (or earlier with the approval of the board of directors of
      NACCO) from the date of the retirement of the director from the board of
directors of NACCO; and                                           

   - the date that a director is both retired from the board of directors of
NACCO and has reached 70 years of age.                            
  59

S-4/A
66th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 66th
     In addition, each director who is also a director NACCO has the right under
the Non-Employee Directors' Plan to receive shares of Class A common stock of   
NACCO in lieu of cash for up to 100% of the balance of his annual retainer,     
meeting attendance fees and any committee chairman's fee. These voluntary shares
are not subject to the foregoing restrictions.                                  

    Each of our directors who are not also directors of NACCO receives 100% of
their annual retainer and meeting attendance fees in cash.                      

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION                                                          

The following table sets forth the compensation for services in all   
capacities to NMHG of the Chief Executive Officer and four other most highly    
compensated executive officers of NMHG, the "Named Executive Officers."         

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                      LONG-TERM                    
                                                                     COMPENSATION                  
                                             ANNUAL COMPENSATION       PAYOUTS                     
                                             --------------------    ------------     ALL OTHER    
             NAME AND                FISCAL   SALARY      BONUS      LTIP PAYOUTS    COMPENSATION  
        PRINCIPAL POSITION            YEAR     ($)         ($)           ($)             ($)       
        ------------------           ------  --------    --------    ------------    ------------  
                                                                                                   
Reginald R. Eklund.................   2001   $512,692(1) $ 57,733(2)          --       $114,143(4) 
  President and Chief                 2000    494,305(1)  296,373(2)  $1,947,811(3)     153,493(4) 
     Executive Officer                1999    470,016(1)  152,553(2)     759,850(3)     137,314(4) 
Frank G. Muller....................   2001   $334,731(1) $ 29,100(2)          --       $ 63,774(6) 
  Vice President and                  2000    320,377(1)  152,350(2)  $  998,513(5)      84,297(6) 
     President, Americas              1999    302,991(1)   94,681(2)     177,150(5)      77,952(6) 
Victoria L. Rickey.................   2001   $350,145(7) $ 18,554(2)          --       $ 28,554(8) 
  Vice President and Chief Strategy                                                                
     Officer                                                                                       
Edward W. Ryan.....................   2001   $286,476(1) $ 27,987(2)          --       $ 38,896(9) 
  Vice President, Marketing and                                                                    
     President, Asia-Pacific, China                                                                
     and Japan                                                                                     
Ronald D. Muller...................   2001   $242,890(1) $ 14,112(2)          --         30,474(10)
  Former Vice President,                                                                           
     Manufacturing, Quality and IT                                                                 
     Strategy                                                                                      

---------------                                                                 

(1) Under current disclosure requirements of the SEC, certain of the amounts    
    listed are being reported as "Salary," although we consider them as payments
of cash in lieu of perquisites, which are at competitive levels as      
  determined by our Nominating, Organization and Compensation Committee. For
  Mr. Eklund, the amounts listed for 2001, 2000 and 1999 include payments of
   cash in lieu of perquisites of $53,292, $52,560, and $51,300, respectively.
  For Mr. Frank G. Muller, the amounts listed in 2001, 2000 and 1999 include
payments of cash in lieu of perquisites of $29,100, $29,300 and $28,390,
respectively. For 2001, Mr. Ryan received cash in lieu of perquisites of
$19,104 and Mr. Ronald D. Muller received cash in lieu of perquisites of
$16,128.                                                                

(2) The amounts were paid in cash pursuant to the NACCO Materials Handling      
Group, Inc. Annual Incentive Compensation Plan.                         

(3) For Mr. Eklund, the amount listed for 2000 represents the appreciation and  
  interest on the book value units awarded to Mr. Eklund in 1998, 1996, 1994
   and 1993 under the NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. Long-Term Incentive
    Compensation Plan (the "LTIP Plan"), which was terminated in 2000. A portion
of such amount was paid in cash and the remainder was deferred into the 
 NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan (the "Unfunded
 Benefit Plan"). The amount listed for 1999 represents the appreciation on
 the book value units awarded to Mr. Eklund in 1990 under the LTIP Plan. A
   portion of such amount was paid in cash and the remainder was deferred into
the Unfunded Benefit Plan.                                              

  60

S-4/A
67th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 67th
(4) For Mr. Eklund, the amounts listed for 2001, 2000 and 1999 include $16,432, 
$19,500 and $20,000, respectively, consisting of contributions by NACCO 
Materials Handling Group, Inc. under the NMHG Profit Sharing Retirement 
Plan; and $97,711, $133,993 and $117,314, respectively, consisting of   
amounts credited and interest under the Unfunded Benefit Plan.          

(5) For Mr. Frank G. Muller, the amount listed for 2000 represents the          
 appreciation and interest on the book value units awarded to Mr. Frank G.
  Muller in 1998, 1994 and 1993 under the LTIP Plan, which was terminated in
2000. A portion of such amount was paid in cash and the remainder was   
    deferred into a separate account under the Unfunded Benefit Plan. The amount
  listed for 1999 represents the appreciation on the book value appreciation
units awarded to Mr. Frank G. Muller in 1990 under the LTIP Plan and was
deferred into the Unfunded Benefit Plan.                                

(6) For Mr. Frank G. Muller, the amounts listed for 2001, 2000 and 1999 include 
  $16,432, $19,500 and $20,000, respectively, consisting of contributions by
NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. under the NMHG Profit Sharing      
   Retirement Plan; and $47,342, $64,797 and $57,952, respectively, consisting
of amounts credited and interest under the Unfunded Benefit Plan.       

(7) For Ms. Rickey the amount listed for 2001 includes $56,073 as overseas      
premium payments in lieu of perquisites.                                

(8) For Ms. Rickey, the amount listed for 2001 includes $6,490 for contributions
by NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. under the NMHG Profit Sharing   
Retirement Plan and $22,055 consisting of amounts credited and interest 
under the Unfunded Benefit Plan.                                        

(9) For Mr. Ryan, the amount listed for 2001 includes $11,682 for contributions 
by NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. under the NMHG Profit Sharing   
Retirement Plan and $27,208 consisting of amounts credited and interest 
under the Unfunded Benefit Plan.                                        

(10) For Mr. Ronald D. Muller, the amount listed for 2001 includes $9,864 for   
     contributions by NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. under the NMHG Profit
Sharing Retirement Plan and $20,605 consisting of amounts credited and
interest under the Unfunded Benefit Plan.                             

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS                                                       

   The following table sets forth information concerning awards to the Named
Executive Officers during fiscal year 2001, and estimated payouts in the future,
under our long-term incentive plans:                                            

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                        NUMBER OF    PERFORMANCE   ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS UNDER  
                                         SHARES,       OR OTHER      NON-STOCK PRICE-BASED PLANS   
                                         UNITS OR    PERIOD UNTIL  ------------------------------- 
                                       OTHER RIGHTS   MATURATION   THRESHOLD    TARGET    MAXIMUM  
                 NAME                    ($ OR #)     OR PAYOUT    ($ OR #)    ($ OR #)   ($ OR #) 
                 ----                  ------------  ------------  ---------   --------   -------- 
                                                                                                   
Reginald R. Eklund....................   $466,300      7 years        $0       $821,854         (1)
Frank G. Muller.......................    189,150      7 years         0        333,377         (1)
Victoria L. Rickey....................    141,735      7 years         0        249,808         (1)
Edward W. Ryan........................    107,460      7 years         0        189,398         (1)
Ronald D. Muller......................     70,560      6 years         0        124,362         (2)

---------------                                                                 

(1) Effective as of January 1, 2000, Messrs. Eklund, Frank G. Muller and Ryan   
 and Ms. Rickey became participants in the NMHG Senior Executive Long-Term
Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Executive Long-Term Plan"). Under the 
 Executive Long-Term Plan, participants including Messrs. Eklund, Frank G.
Muller and Ryan and Ms. Rickey are eligible for awards for performance  
against a target which is based upon our adjusted return on equity over 
two-year periods. Effective January 1, 2001, participants were granted  
dollar-denominated target awards. Awards, if any, for the two-year      
 performance period will be made in 2003 based upon our adjusted return on
    equity for the period from January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2002 against
   a pre-established target. The total award for any period cannot exceed 150%
of the target award. Under the Executive Long-Term Plan, awards to      
    participants are made in the form of "book value units" which are subject to
a payment restriction of five years from the date of award. Such payment
restriction shall automatically lapse upon the participant's death,     
permanent disability or                                                 

  61

S-4/A
68th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 68th
   retirement, or in the event of any other termination of employment with the
 approval of our Nominating, Organization and Compensation Committee. Upon
    the lapse of the payment restriction, the participant is entitled to receive
   a payment in cash equal to (a) the book value of the units as of the end of
  the calendar quarter coincident with or immediately preceding the date the
    payment restriction lapses or (b) for participants who terminated employment
 for reasons other than death, disability or retirement, the book value of
the units as of the end of the calendar quarter coincident with or      
  immediately preceding termination. At any time up to one year prior to the
   fifth anniversary of the grant date of an award, a participant may elect to
   defer the payout of the award under the plan for a period not to exceed ten
   years from the grant date of the award and if the award is deferred for the
entire ten years the participant may thereafter elect to further defer  
  receipt of the award, in which case the deferred amount will be paid under
 the Unfunded Benefit Plan. There is no minimum or maximum value for final
award payouts under the Executive Long-Term Plan.                       

(2) Effective as of January 1, 2000, Mr. Ronald D. Muller became a participant  
    in the NMHG Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, which became effective as
of January 1, 2000 (the "2000 Long-Term Plan"). Under the 2000 Long-Term
Plan, participants, including Mr. Muller, are eligible for awards for   
performance against a target which is based upon our adjusted return on 
   equity over a one-year period. Effective January 1, 2001, participants were
  granted dollar-denominated target awards. Awards, if any, for the one-year
 performance period will be made in 2002 based upon our adjusted return on
    equity for the period from January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001 against
   a pre-established target. The total award for any period cannot exceed 150%
  of the target award. Under the 2000 Long-Term Plan, awards to participants
 are made in the form of "book value units" which are subject to a payment
  restriction of five years from the date of award. Such payment restriction
    shall automatically lapse upon the participant's death, permanent disability
  or retirement, or in the event of any other termination of employment with
the approval of our Nominating, Organization and Compensation Committee.
 Upon the lapse of the payment restriction, the participant is entitled to
    receive a payment in cash equal to (a) the book value of the units as of the
end of the calendar quarter coincident with or immediately preceding the
  date the payment restriction lapses or (b) for participants who terminated
   employment for reasons other than death, disability or retirement, the book
   value of the units as of the end of the calendar quarter coincident with or
  immediately preceding termination. At any time up to one year prior to the
   fifth anniversary of the grant date of an award, a participant may elect to
   defer the payout of the award under the plan for a period not to exceed ten
   years from the grant date of the award and if the award is deferred for the
entire ten years the participant may thereafter elect to further defer  
  receipt of the award, in which case the deferred amount will be paid under
 the Unfunded Benefit Plan. There is no minimum or maximum value for final
award payouts under the 2000 Long-Term Plan.                            

PENSION PLANS                                                                   

   Mr. Ronald D. Muller is covered by our defined benefit cash balance plans
and frozen standard pension benefit plans (both qualified and non-qualified).   

    The standard pension plans were frozen as of January 1, 1992, except for a
4% annual increase on the amount of such frozen benefit which continues until   
termination of employment. The cash balance plans were frozen as of December 31,
1996. However, cash balance accounts continue to be credited with interest equal
to 1% above the one-year constant maturity yield rate, with a minimum of 5% and 
a maximum of 12%, until benefit commencement. The entire pension benefit may be 
paid in the form of a lump sum or in an annuity to provide monthly benefit      
payments.                                                                       

    The estimated annual pension benefit for Mr. Muller under the cash balance
plans, based on compensation, service and interest credits through December 31, 
2001, which would be payable on a straight life annuity basis at age 65, is     
approximately $800 per month. Mr. Muller is also entitled to a benefit under a  
frozen pension plan in the amount of approximately $1,400 per month, payable on 
a straight life basis at age 65.                                                

  62

S-4/A
69th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 69th
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                          AMOUNT AND NATURE          
                                                            OF BENEFICIAL    PERCENT 
                                          TITLE OF CLASS    OWNERSHIP(1)     OF CLASS
                                          --------------  -----------------  --------
                                                                                     
NACCO Industries, Inc....................  Common Stock         5,599          100%  
5875 Landerbrook Drive                                                               
Mayfield Heights, Ohio 44124                                                         

---------------                                                                 

(1) We are a wholly owned subsidiary of NACCO Industries, Inc. NACCO has the    
sole power to vote and dispose of all of our outstanding capital stock. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In 2000, our parent company, NACCO, began charging fees for services  
provided by the corporate headquarters to its operating subsidiaries, including 
us. These services include, among other things, strategic consulting, corporate 
development services, accounting support, tax advisory services, legal advice   
and internal audit functions. In each of 2000 and 2001, we paid NACCO $5.3      
million for the provision of such services, which we believe is a rate no more  
favorable than would have been charged by an unrelated third party.             

Our parent company is a holding company with no independent source of 
revenues. As a result, it relies on dividends and other distributions from its  
operating subsidiaries, including us, to fund the costs of its operations. In   
2000, NACCO began charging each of its operating subsidiaries a management fee  
generally in proportion to the size of the subsidiary to fund these costs. In   
each of 2000 and 2001, we paid NACCO $2.3 million in allocated management fees. 

  In 1999, 2000 and 2001, NACCO declared and paid a dividend on its common
stock of $0.85, $0.89 and $0.93, respectively, per share. In 2000 and 2001, we  
declared and paid a dividend to NACCO of $10.0 million and $5.0 million,        
respectively, to fund a portion of the common stock dividend paid by NACCO in   
those years. We did not pay a dividend to NACCO in 1999 but we paid a dividend  
of $15.0 million to NACCO in the first quarter of 2002.                         

    From time to time we loan money to, or receive loans from NACCO. We had an
outstanding note payable to NACCO in the amount of $8.0 million at December 31, 
2001, which we have repaid prior to the date of this prospectus. Our            
intercompany loans with NACCO earn interest at an arm's-length rate and are due 
upon demand. For 1999, 2000 and 2001, we received interest payments from NACCO  
of $0.7 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively. We had no notes   
payable to NACCO during 1999, 2000 and almost all of 2001, and therefore did not
make any payments in respect of interest to NACCO during those years.           

   We are party to a tax sharing agreement with NACCO and its other domestic
subsidiaries. Under the terms of the tax sharing agreement, we calculate our own
tax liability quarterly on a stand-alone basis (our "separate return tax        
liability"). If a payment is required, we make that payment directly to NACCO.  
At the close of the consolidated group's tax year, NACCO determines the tax     
liability of the consolidated group and either remits a payment to, or receives 
a refund from, the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, we determine our      
separate return tax liability as of the close of the consolidated group's tax   
year. If our separate return tax liability is greater than the total amount of  
quarterly payments made to NACCO, we must make an additional payment to NACCO.  
If our separate return tax liability is less than the amount of quarterly       
payments, we receive a refund from NACCO. We advanced $13.7 million and $0.8    
million to NACCO in the second and third quarters of 2001, respectively, in     
respect of tax liabilities we would have otherwise paid directly to the Internal
Revenue Service. We received $25.3 million from NACCO in the first quarter of   
2002, and expect to receive $3.0 million in the second quarter of 2002 in       
respect of tax refunds we would otherwise have been entitled to.                

 Dennis W. LaBarre, one of our directors and a member of our Nominating,
Organization and Compensation Committee, is a partner in the law firm of Jones, 
Day, Reavis & Pogue. Such firm provided legal services on our behalf during 2001
on a variety of matters, and it is anticipated that such firm will provide such 
services in 2002.                                                               

  63

S-4/A
70th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 70th
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS 

NEW REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY                                                   

   On May 9, 2002, we refinanced our prior financing agreement, an unsecured
floating-rate revolving line of credit with availability of $350.0 million,     
certain other lines of credit with availability of $4.6 million and a program to
sell accounts receivable in Europe, with the proceeds from the sale of the      
outstanding notes and borrowings under a secured, floating-rate revolving credit
facility which expires in May 2005.                                             

Availability under the new revolving credit facility is up to $175.0  
million and is governed by a borrowing base based on advance rates against the  
accounts receivable and inventory of the "borrowers," as defined below. Up to   
85% of the value of eligible domestic receivables and 80% of the value of       
eligible foreign receivables are included in the borrowing base. With respect to
eligible domestic inventory, the borrowing base includes the lower of up to (i) 
65% of the aggregate value of eligible domestic inventory and (ii) 80% of the   
value of each category of eligible domestic inventory. With respect to eligible 
foreign inventory, the borrowing base includes the lower of up to (i) 60% of the
aggregate value of eligible foreign inventory and (ii) 75% of the value of each 
category of eligible foreign inventory. At May 9, 2002, the borrowing capacity  
under this facility was $109.7 million and the domestic floating rate of        
interest applicable to this facility was 6.75%, including the applicable margin.

   The criteria to determine whether a receivable is eligible include, among
others: whether the payor of the receivable is located in an approved           
jurisdiction, whether the payor of the receivable is creditworthy, whether the  
receivable was originated in accordance with applicable collection policies,    
whether the receivable is enforceable, whether the receivable is current and not
overdue, whether the goods with respect to the receivable have been delivered   
and whether the lender has a valid and perfected first priority lien in the     
receivable. The criteria to determine whether an item of inventory is eligible  
include, among others: whether the lender has a valid and perfected first       
priority lien in the item of inventory, whether the item of inventory is        
merchantable and not obsolete, and whether the item of inventory is situated at 
an approved location.                                                           

   Prior to the maturity date, funds borrowed under the new revolving credit
facility may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed without premium or penalty.     
Borrowings are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including   
absence of a default and accuracy of representations and warranties.            

BORROWERS                                                                   

The borrowers under the new revolving credit facility are us, NACCO   
Materials Handling Group, Inc., and NMHG Distribution Co., which are the        
domestic borrowers under the domestic facility, and certain of our foreign      
subsidiaries, which are the foreign borrowers under the foreign facility. We    
refer to the domestic borrowers and foreign borrowers collectively as the       
"borrowers."                                                                    

GUARANTEES; SECURITY                                                        

 The obligations of the domestic borrowers are joint and several and are
guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries (other than the domestic borrowers) and 
the obligations of the foreign borrowers are joint and several and are          
guaranteed by the domestic borrowers, the domestic subsidiaries of the domestic 
borrowers and certain subsidiaries of the foreign borrowers.                    

The lenders have a first priority perfected lien (or fixed or floating
charge, if applicable) upon substantially all assets of the domestic borrowers  
and their domestic subsidiaries to secure the obligations under the domestic    
facility and the guaranties of the foreign facility, and substantially all the  
assets of the foreign borrowers and the foreign guarantors to secure the        
obligations under the foreign facility, other than assets constituting real     
estate, equipment, fixtures and improvements thereon, but including, and not    
limited to, assets constituting accounts, deposit accounts, chattel paper,      
instruments, investment property, inventory, general intangibles (including     
intellectual property) and proceeds thereof. The lenders have a pledge of (i)   
all the stock of the domestic borrowers' and guarantors' domestic subsidiaries  
and 65% of the stock of the domestic borrowers' first tier foreign subsidiaries 
to secure the obligations of the domestic borrowers and the                     

  64

S-4/A
71st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 71st
domestic guarantors and (ii) all of the stock of certain of the foreign         
borrowers' and foreign guarantors' subsidiaries to secure the obligations of the
foreign borrowers and the foreign guarantors.                                   

INTEREST; FEES                                                              

Borrowings under the new revolving credit facility bear interest at a 
fluctuating rate, which can be either a base rate or a LIBOR rate. With respect 
to the domestic borrowings, base rate is defined as the highest of (x) Citibank,
N.A.'s base rate, (y) the federal funds effective rate, plus one-half of one    
percent (0.50%) per annum, and (z) the base three-month certificate of deposit  
rate plus one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum, plus an applicable margin  
in each case. LIBOR loans bear interest at LIBOR, as described in the new       
revolving credit facility, plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable    
margins, effective through September 30, 2002, for base rate loans and LIBOR    
loans are 2.00% and 3.00%, respectively. The new revolving credit facility also 
initially requires a fee of 0.5% per annum on the unused commitment and a per   
annum letter of credit fee of 2.75%. In addition, a 0.25% fronting fee is       
payable on each letter of credit issued. Subsequent to September 30, 2002, the  
margins, the unused commitment fee and the letter of credit fee will be subject 
to adjustments based on the leverage ratio, defined as the ratio of indebtedness
to 12-month adjusted EBITDA. The margins for base rate loans will fluctuate     
between 1.75% and 2.25%, depending on our leverage ratio, and the margin for    
LIBOR rate loans will fluctuate between 2.75% and 3.25%, depending on our       
leverage ratio. The interest rate payable under the new revolving credit        
facility will increase by 2.00% per annum during the continuance of an event of 
default.                                                                        

REPAYMENTS                                                                  

    The lenders have full cash dominion over the cash management system of the
borrowers and their subsidiaries. The borrowers and the guarantors are required 
to use all available cash to repay amounts outstanding under the new revolving  
credit facility. In addition, we are required to repay amounts outstanding under
the new revolving credit facility with net cash proceeds from asset sales and   
equity and debt issuances.                                                      

Voluntary payments of principal amounts outstanding and voluntary     
reductions of the unutilized portion of the new revolving credit facility are   
permitted at any time, upon the giving of proper notice and subject to minimum  
dollar amounts. However, if any prepayment is made with respect to a LIBOR loan 
on a date other than the last day of the applicable interest period, we are     
required to compensate the lenders for losses and expenses incurred as a result 
of such prepayment. The lenders have control of the borrowers' bank accounts and
of the guarantors' bank accounts and will apply amounts deposited in            
concentration accounts to repay amounts outstanding under the new revolving     
credit facility.                                                                

COVENANTS                                                                   

 The new revolving credit facility requires us to meet certain financial
tests, including, but not limited to minimum excess availability, maximum       
capital expenditure, maximum leverage ratio and minimum fixed charge coverage   
ratio tests. The borrowers must maintain aggregate excess availability under the
new revolving credit facility of at least $15.0 million. The maximum amount of  
capital expenditures permitted varies over time from $30.0 million to $80.0     
million. The maximum leverage ratio, defined as the ratio of indebtedness to    
12-month adjusted EBITDA, varies over time from 6.60x in June 2002 to 3.25x in  
March 2004. The minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, defined as the ratio of    
adjusted EBITDA minus capital expenditures to fixed charges, including scheduled
principal payments and interest expense, varies over time from 0.50x in June    
2002 to 1.50x in December 2004. In addition, the new revolving credit facility  
contains certain covenants binding on us and our subsidiaries which, among other
things, limit our ability to:                                                   

- incur additional debt, guarantees and liens;                        

- make investments, dividends and restricted payments;                

- make acquisitions, merge or consolidate;                            

- change our line of business;                                        

  65

S-4/A
72nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 72nd
- enter into transactions with affiliates;                            

- make prepayments, repurchases and redemptions of certain other      
indebtedness (including the Notes and the Exchange Notes);        

- enter into operating leases or sale-leaseback transactions; and     

- amend certain material agreements.                                  

For certain of these covenants, the limitations are subject to exceptions,      
materiality qualifiers and baskets.                                             

EVENTS OF DEFAULT                                                           

 The new revolving credit facility contains customary events of default,
including, but not limited to, payment defaults, breaches of representations and
warranties, covenant defaults, cross defaults to certain other agreements or    
indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, judgment defaults,   
certain ERISA events, lack of enforceability of any of the related transaction  
documents, invalidity of security interests supporting the revolving credit     
facility and a change of control of NACCO Industries, Inc., us or the other     
borrowers. Certain of the events of default are subject to cure periods.        

EUROPEAN CREDIT FACILITY                                                        

We are currently engaged in discussions with a non-U.S. financial     
institution to obtain a new European revolving credit facility which would      
provide up to 30 million British pounds sterling (approximately $43 million) of 
borrowing availability for certain of our European subsidiaries to be used for, 
among other things, working capital requirements, permitted capital expenditures
and other lawful corporate purposes of those European subsidiaries. Our ability 
to enter into this European credit facility is subject to the terms and         
conditions of the new revolving credit facility and the notes and would replace 
or refinance the foreign subfacilities under the new revolving credit facility. 
The obligations under this European credit facility are expected to be secured  
by substantially the same assets that will secure the obligations under the     
foreign subfacilities of the new revolving credit facility and will contain     
other customary limitations, covenants and restrictions. Negotiations with      
respect to the potential European credit facility are continuing.               

OTHER INDEBTEDNESS                                                              

    We also have separate facilities with availability, net of limitations, of
$63.5 million, of which $29.2 million was available at March 31, 2002 and       
maintain additional uncommitted lines of credit, of which $30.0 million was     
available at March 31, 2002.                                                    

At December 31, 2001 and March 31, 2002, our total obligations under  
capital leases and other term loans were $53.2 million and $49.7 million,       
respectively.                                                                   

  66

S-4/A
73rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 73rd
THE EXCHANGE OFFER

PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER                                        

   On May 9, 2002, we sold $250.0 million in principal amount at maturity of
the outstanding notes in a private placement through initial purchasers to a    
limited number of "qualified institutional buyers," as defined in the Securities
Act. In connection with the sale of the outstanding notes, we entered into a    
registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers, dated as of May 9,   
2002. Under that agreement, we must, among other things, file with the SEC a    
registration statement under the Securities Act covering the exchange offer and 
use our best efforts to cause that registration statement to become effective   
under the Securities Act. Upon effectiveness of that registration statement, we 
must offer each holder of the outstanding notes the opportunity to exchange its 
securities for an equal principal amount at maturity of exchange notes. You are 
a holder with respect to the exchange offer if you are a person in whose name   
any outstanding notes are registered on our books or any other person who has   
obtained a properly completed assignment of outstanding notes from the          
registered holder.                                                              

   We are making the exchange offer to comply with our obligations under the
registration rights agreement. A copy of the registration rights agreement has  
been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus 
is a part.                                                                      

  In order to participate in the exchange offer, you must represent to us,
among other things, that:                                                       

- the exchange notes being acquired pursuant to the exchange offer are
       being obtained in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving
the exchange notes;                                               

- you do not have any arrangement or understanding with any person to 
      participate in the distribution of the outstanding notes or the exchange
notes;                                                            

     - you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of
the exchange notes; and                                           

- you are not one of our "affiliates," as defined in Rule 405 of the  
  Securities Act, or if you are an affiliate, you will comply with the
     registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act
to the extent applicable.                                         

    The exchange offer is not being made to, nor will we accept surrenders for
exchange from, holders of outstanding notes in any jurisdiction in which the    
exchange offer or the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the    
securities or blue sky laws of the particular jurisdiction.                     

RESALE OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES                                                    

 Based on a previous interpretation by the staff of the SEC set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties, including Exxon Capital Holdings     
Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated         
(available June 5, 1991), Mary Kay Cosmetics, Inc. (available June 5, 1991),    
Warnaco, Inc. (available October 11, 1991), and K-III Communications Corp.      
(available May 14, 1993), we believe that the exchange notes issued in the      
exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by   
you, except if you are an affiliate of ours, without compliance with the        
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided 
that you are able to make the representations set forth in "-- Purpose and      
Effect of the Exchange Offer."                                                  

    If you tender in the exchange offer with the intention of participating in
a distribution of the exchange notes, you cannot rely on the interpretation by  
the staff of the SEC as set forth in the Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated      
no-action letter and other similar letters and you must comply with the         
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in      
connection with a secondary resale transaction. In the event that our belief    
regarding resale is inaccurate, those who transfer exchange notes in violation  
of the prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act and without an      
exemption from registration under the federal securities laws may incur         
liability under these laws. We do not assume, or indemnify you against, this    
liability.                                                                      

  67

S-4/A
74th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 74th
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in
exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by   
such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading     
activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection    
with any resale of exchange notes. See "Plan of Distribution." In order to      
facilitate the disposition of exchange notes by broker-dealers participating in 
the exchange offer, we have agreed, subject to specific conditions, to make this
prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, available   
for delivery by those broker-dealers to satisfy their prospectus delivery       
obligations under the Securities Act.                                           

     Any holder that is a broker-dealer participating in the exchange offer must
notify the exchange agent at the telephone number set forth in the enclosed     
letter of transmittal and must comply with the procedures for brokers-dealers   
participating in the exchange offer. Under the registration rights agreement, we
are not required to amend or supplement the prospectus for a period exceeding   
180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, except in limited     
circumstances where we suspend use of the registration statement. We may suspend
use of the registration statement if:                                           

    - the SEC requests amendments or supplements to the registration statement
     or the prospectus forming a part thereof or for additional information;

- the SEC issues a stop order suspending the effectiveness of the     
  registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that
purpose;                                                          

    - we receive notice of the suspension of the qualification of the exchange
     notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceedings
for that purpose;                                                 

 - any event occurs that requires us to make changes in the registration
  statement or the prospectus forming a part thereof in order that the
       registration statement or prospectus does not contain an untrue statement
 of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be
    stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in case of
       the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made)
not misleading; and                                               

   - we determine, in good faith, that it is advisable to suspend use of the
   registration statement or the prospectus forming a part thereof for a
       discrete period of time due to pending material corporate developments or
      similar material events that have not yet been publicly disclosed and as
      to which we reasonably believe public disclosure would be prejudicial to
us.                                                               

   We have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person
to distribute the exchange notes to be received in the exchange offer.          

TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER                                                     

   Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus
and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all outstanding notes  
validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on   
the day the exchange offer expires.                                             

  As of the date of this prospectus, $250.0 million in principal amount at
maturity of the notes are outstanding. This prospectus, together with the letter
of transmittal, is being sent to all registered holders of the outstanding notes
on this date. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered     
holders of the outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer. 
Holders, however, of the outstanding notes must tender their certificates       
therefor or cause their outstanding notes to be tendered by book-entry transfer 
prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer to participate.              

   The form and terms of the exchange notes will be the same as the form and
terms of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be          
registered under the Securities Act and therefore will not bear legends         
restricting their transfer. Following consummation of the exchange offer, all   
rights under the registration rights agreement accorded to holders of           
outstanding notes, including the right to receive additional incremental        
interest on the outstanding notes, to the extent and in the circumstances       
specified in the registration rights agreement, will terminate.                 

  68

S-4/A
75th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 75th
   We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions
of the registration rights agreement and applicable federal securities laws.    
Outstanding notes that are not tendered for exchange under the exchange offer   
will remain outstanding and will be entitled to the rights under the related    
indenture. Any outstanding notes not tendered for exchange will not retain any  
rights under the registration rights agreement and will remain subject to       
transfer restrictions. See "-- Consequences of Failure to Exchange."            

     We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered outstanding notes when,
as and if we will have given oral or written notice of its acceptance to the    
exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders  
for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us. If any tendered       
outstanding notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender,   
the occurrence of other events set forth in this prospectus, or otherwise,      
certificates for any unaccepted outstanding notes will be returned, or, in the  
case of outstanding notes tendered by book-entry transfer, those unaccepted     
outstanding notes will be credited to an account maintained with The Depository 
Trust Company, without expense to the tendering holder of those outstanding     
notes as promptly as practicable after the expiration date of the exchange      
offer. See "-- Procedures for Tendering."                                       

Those who tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer will not be  
required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in
the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange pursuant 
to the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than         
applicable taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. See    
"-- Fees and Expenses."                                                         

EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS                                         

   The expiration date is 5:00 p.m., New York City time on           , 2002,
unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case, the
expiration date will be the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is 
extended. We may, in our sole discretion, extend the expiration date of, or     
terminate, the exchange offer.                                                  

    To extend the exchange offer, we must notify the exchange agent by oral or
written notice prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day 
after the previously scheduled expiration date and make a public announcement of
the extension.                                                                  

We reserve the right:                                                 

     - to delay accepting any outstanding notes, to extend the exchange offer or
      to terminate the exchange offer if any of the conditions set forth below
      under "-- Conditions" are not satisfied by giving oral or written notice
of the delay, extension, or termination to the exchange agent; or 

  - to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner consistent with
the registration rights agreement.                                

Any delay in acceptances, extension, termination, or amendment will be
followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice of the delay to   
the registered holders of the outstanding notes. If we amend the exchange offer 
in a manner that constitutes a material change, we will promptly disclose the   
amendment by means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the   
registered holders of the outstanding notes, and we will extend the exchange    
offer for a period of five to ten business days, depending upon the significance
of the amendment and the manner of disclosure to the registered holders of the  
outstanding notes, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during the five 
to ten business day period.                                                     

Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make a public   
announcement of any delay, extension, amendment, or termination of the exchange 
offer, we will have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise           
communicate that public announcement, other than by making a timely release to  
an appropriate news agency.                                                     

     Upon satisfaction or waiver of all the conditions to the exchange offer, we
will accept, promptly after the expiration date of the exchange offer, all      
outstanding notes properly tendered and will issue the exchange notes promptly  
after acceptance of the outstanding notes. See "-- Conditions" below. For       
purposes of the                                                                 

  69

S-4/A
76th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 76th
exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted properly tendered outstanding
notes for exchange when, as and if we will have given oral or written notice of 
its acceptance to the exchange agent.                                           

     In all cases, issuance of the exchange notes for outstanding notes that are
accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after    
timely receipt by the exchange agent of certificates for those outstanding notes
or a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of the outstanding notes into   
the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company, a properly        
completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, and all other required       
documents; provided, however, that we reserve the absolute right to waive any   
defects or irregularities in the tender of outstanding notes or in the          
satisfaction of conditions of the exchange offer by holders of the outstanding  
notes. If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for any reason set    
forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, if the holder withdraws
such previously tendered outstanding notes, or if outstanding notes are         
submitted for a greater principal amount of outstanding notes than the holder   
desires to exchange, then the unaccepted, withdrawn or portion of non-exchanged 
outstanding notes, as appropriate, will be returned as promptly as practicable  
after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer, or, in the case of   
outstanding notes tendered by book-entry transfer, those unaccepted, withdrawn  
or portion of non-exchanged outstanding notes, as appropriate, will be credited 
to an account maintained with The Depository Trust Company, without expense to  
the tendering holder thereof.                                                   

CONDITIONS                                                                      

Without regard to other terms of the exchange offer, we will not be   
required to exchange any exchange notes for any outstanding notes and may       
terminate the exchange offer before the acceptance of any outstanding notes for 
exchange, if:                                                                   

   - any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by
  or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer
       which, in our reasonable judgment, might materially impair the ability of
we to proceed with the exchange offer;                            

     - the staff of the SEC proposes, adopts or enacts any law, statute, rule or
   regulation or issues any interpretation of any existing law, statute,
     rule or regulation, which, in our reasonable judgment, might materially
impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer; or         

     - any governmental approval or approval by holders of the outstanding notes
   has not been obtained, which approval we, in our reasonable judgment,
deem necessary for the consummation of the exchange offer.        

If we determine that any of these conditions are not satisfied, we may

- refuse to accept any outstanding notes and return all tendered      
outstanding notes to the tendering holders, or, in the case of    
outstanding notes tendered by book-entry transfer, credit those   
  outstanding notes to an account maintained with The Depository Trust
Company,                                                          

     - extend the exchange offer and retain all outstanding notes tendered prior
      to the expiration of the exchange offer, subject, however, to the rights
      of holders who tendered the outstanding notes to withdraw their tendered
outstanding notes, or                                             

- waive unsatisfied conditions with respect to the exchange offer and 
accept all properly tendered outstanding notes that have not been 
    withdrawn. If the waiver constitutes a material change to the exchange
  offer, we will promptly disclose the waiver by means of a prospectus
  supplement that will be distributed to the registered holders of the
      outstanding notes, and we will extend the exchange offer for a period of
      five to ten business days, depending upon the significance of the waiver
       and the manner of disclosure to the registered holders of the outstanding
     notes, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during this period.

PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING                                                        

To tender in the exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date an  
original or facsimile letter of transmittal, have the signatures thereon        
guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal, and mail or                
  70

S-4/A
77th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 77th
otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent prior to the  
expiration date of the exchange offer. In addition, either:                     

   - certificates for the outstanding notes must be received by the exchange
agent, along with the letter of transmittal, or                   

- a timely confirmation of transfer by book-entry of those outstanding
notes, if the book-entry procedure is available, into the exchange
  agent's account at The Depository Trust Company, as set forth in the
   procedure for book-entry transfer described below, which the exchange
       agent must receive prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, or

    - you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

   To be tendered effectively, the exchange agent must receive the letter of
transmittal and other required documents at the address set forth below under   
"-- Exchange Agent" prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.              

    If you tender your outstanding notes and do not withdraw them prior to the
expiration date of the exchange offer, you will be deemed to have an agreement  
with us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in 
this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.                               

   The method of delivery of outstanding notes and the letter of transmittal
and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your risk. Instead 
of delivery by mail, it is recommended that you use an overnight or hand        
delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, sufficient time should be     
allowed to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date of  
the exchange offer. No letter of transmittal or outstanding notes should be sent
to NMHG Holding Co. You may request your respective brokers, dealers, commercial
banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the above transactions for you.    

    Any beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of
a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender its outstanding notes should contact the registered holder promptly   
and instruct that registered holder to tender the outstanding notes on the      
beneficial owner's behalf. If the beneficial owner wishes to tender its         
outstanding notes on the owner's own behalf, that owner must, prior to          
completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering its           
outstanding notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of
the outstanding notes in that owner's name or obtain a properly completed       
assignment from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership of  
outstanding notes may take considerable time.                                   

 Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by an eligible institution unless the           
outstanding notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered:                       

  - by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled "Special
       Payment Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the letter of
transmittal, or                                                   

- for the account of an eligible institution.                         

In the event that signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of          
withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, each of the      
following is deemed an eligible institution:                                    

- a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,                 

- commercial bank,                                                    

   - trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or

- eligible guarantor institution as provided by Rule 17Ad-15 of the   
Exchange Act.                                                     

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the     
registered holder of any outstanding notes, the outstanding notes must be       
endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by the       
registered holder as his, her or its name appears on the outstanding notes.     

  71

S-4/A
78th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 78th
If trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, 
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative      
capacity sign the letter of transmittal or any outstanding notes or bond power, 
those persons should so indicate when signing, and unless we waive the          
requirement, evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be   
submitted with the letter of transmittal.                                       

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility,
including time of receipt, acceptance of tendered outstanding notes, and        
withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes, in our sole discretion. All of these  
determinations will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to      
reject any and all outstanding notes not properly tendered or any outstanding   
notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for us, be       
unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or     
conditions of tender as to particular outstanding notes. Our interpretation of  
the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in   
the letter of transmittal will be final and binding on all parties. Unless      
waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding 
notes must be cured within the time we determine. Although we intend to notify  
holders of outstanding notes of defects or irregularities with respect to       
tenders of outstanding notes, neither we, nor the exchange agent, or any other  
person will incur any liability for failure to give this notification. Tenders  
of outstanding notes will not be deemed to have been made until defects or      
irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the 
exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or    
irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange   
agent to the tendering holders of outstanding notes, unless otherwise provided  
in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration   
date of the exchange offer.                                                     

   In addition, we reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to purchase or
make offers for any outstanding notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the 
expiration date of the exchange offer or, as set forth above under              
"-- Conditions," to terminate the exchange offer and, to the extent permitted by
applicable law and the terms of our agreements relating to our outstanding      
indebtedness, purchase outstanding notes in the open market, in privately       
negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any purchases or offers could
differ from the terms of the exchange offer.                                    

    If the holder of outstanding notes is a broker-dealer participating in the
exchange offer that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange 
for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities
or other trading activities, that broker-dealer will be required to acknowledge 
in the letter of transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection    
with any resale of the exchange notes and otherwise agree to comply with the    
procedures described above under "-- Resale of the Exchange Notes"; however, by 
so acknowledging and delivering a prospectus, that broker-dealer will not be    
deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities
Act.                                                                            

 In all cases, issuance of exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer
will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of certificates for
the outstanding notes or a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of        
outstanding notes into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust     
Company, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, and all  
other required documents. If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for
any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if    
outstanding notes are submitted for a greater principal amount of outstanding   
notes than the holder of outstanding notes desires to exchange, the unaccepted  
or portion of non-exchanged outstanding notes will be returned as promptly as   
practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer, or, in   
the case of outstanding notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange 
agent's account at The Depository Trust Company pursuant to the book-entry      
transfer procedures described below, the unaccepted or portion of non-exchanged 
outstanding notes will be credited to an account maintained with The Depository 
Trust Company, without expense to the tendering holder of outstanding notes.    

BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER                                                             

     The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect
to the outstanding notes at The Depository Trust Company for the purposes of the
exchange offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus, and  
any financial institution that is a participant in The Depository Trust         
Company's                                                                       

  72

S-4/A
79th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 79th
systems may make book-entry delivery of outstanding notes by causing The        
Depository Trust Company to transfer the outstanding notes into the exchange    
agent's account at The Depository Trust Company in accordance with The          
Depository Trust Company's procedures for transfer. However, although delivery  
of outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at The         
Depository Trust Company, the letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, with  
any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any
case, be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address set   
forth below under "-- Exchange Agent" on or prior to the expiration date of the 
exchange offer, unless the holder complies with the guaranteed delivery         
procedures described below.                                                     

GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES                                                  

Holders who wish to tender their outstanding notes and (1) whose      
outstanding notes are not immediately available or (2) who cannot deliver their 
outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal, or any other required documents to
the exchange agent prior to the expiration date, may effect a tender if:        

- The tender is made through an eligible institution;                 

  - Prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, the exchange agent
   receives from such eligible institution a properly completed and duly
     executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail
     or hand delivery, setting forth the name and address of the holder, the
     certificate number(s) of the outstanding notes and the principal amount
     of outstanding notes tendered and stating that the tender is being made
 thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange
      trading days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, the letter
of transmittal, together with the certificate(s) representing the 
      outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a confirmation of book-
     entry transfer, as the case may be, and any other documents required by
     the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution
with the exchange agent; and                                      

     - The exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of
  transmittal, as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered
outstanding notes in proper form for transfer and other documents 
required by the letter of transmittal within three New York Stock 
    Exchange trading days after the expiration date of the exchange offer.

     Upon request to the exchange agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be
sent to holders who wish to tender their outstanding notes according to the     
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.                                 

WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS                                                           

     Except as otherwise provided, tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of   
the exchange offer.                                                             

    To withdraw a tender of outstanding notes in the exchange offer, a written
or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange 
agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the expiration date of the exchange offer. Any such notice of withdrawal must   

    - specify the name of the person having deposited the outstanding notes to
be withdrawn,                                                     

- identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn,                     

   - be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on
       the letter of transmittal by which the outstanding notes were tendered or
     be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the exchange
     agent register the transfer of the outstanding notes in the name of the
person withdrawing the tender, and                                

    - specify the name in which any outstanding notes are to be registered, if
      different from that of the person who deposited the outstanding notes to
be withdrawn.                                                     

   We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, and eligibility
of the notices, which determination will be final and binding on all parties.   
Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed                               

  73

S-4/A
80th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 80th
not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer, and no    
exchange notes will be issued with respect to those outstanding notes unless the
outstanding notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered.                         

     Any outstanding notes that have been tendered but that are not accepted for
payment will be returned to the holder of those outstanding notes, or in the    
case of outstanding notes tendered by book-entry transfer, will be credited to  
an account maintained with The Depository Trust Company, without cost to the    
holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or          
termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be  
re-tendered by following one of the procedures described above under            
"-- Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the expiration date of the   
exchange offer.                                                                 

TERMINATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS                                                   

 All rights given to holders of outstanding notes under the registration
rights agreement will terminate upon the consummation of the exchange offer     
except with respect to our duty:                                                

 - to keep the registration statement effective until the closing of the
exchange offer, and                                               

- to provide copies of the latest version of this prospectus to any   
broker-dealer that requests copies of this prospectus for use in  
connection with any resale by that broker-dealer of exchange notes
     received for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange
for outstanding notes acquired for its own account as a result of 
  market-making or other trading activities, subject to the conditions
described above under "-- Resale of the Exchange Notes."          

    If we terminate the exchange offer, the registration rights agreement will
remain in effect. However, if we fail to consummate the exchange offer in the   
time periods and under the circumstances set forth in the registration rights   
agreement, we will have defaulted on our obligations under the registration     
rights agreement. As a result, the interest rate on the outstanding notes will  
increase at a rate of 0.25% per year for the first 90-day period during which we
are in default under our obligations. Thereafter, the interest rate on the      
outstanding notes will increase by an additional 0.25% per year with respect to 
each subsequent 90-day period we remain in default, up to a maximum additional  
interest rate of 1.00% per year.                                                

  Although the outstanding notes will bear interest at a higher rate if we
fail to complete the exchange offer in the time periods and under the           
circumstances set forth in the registration rights agreement, the outstanding   
notes will remain restricted securities and transferable only pursuant to a     
valid exemption from the securities laws, as noted on the legends on the        
outstanding notes.                                                              

In order to avoid defaulting on our obligations with respect to the   
exchange offer under the registration rights agreement, we must, among other    
things:                                                                         

  - use our best efforts to cause the registration statement of which this
     prospectus is a part to become effective under the Securities Act on or
prior to January 3, 2003; and                                     

  - consummate the exchange offer on or prior to 40 days after the date on
     which the registration statement becomes effective under the Securities
      Act. In the event the registration statement became effective on January
3, 2003, this date would be February 12, 2003.                    

EXCHANGE AGENT                                                                  

  U.S. Bank National Association has been appointed exchange agent for the
exchange offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional  
copies of this prospectus or the letter of transmittal, and                     

  74

S-4/A
81st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 81st
requests for copies of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery with respect to the    
outstanding notes should be addressed to the exchange agent as follows:         

U.S. Bank National Association
U.S. Bank Trust Center
180 East Fifth Street, 2nd Floor
St. Paul, MN 55101
Attention: Corporate Trust Services 
By Telephone (to confirm receipt of facsimile): (651) 244-8677
By Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions only): (651) 244-0711 

FEES AND EXPENSES                                                               

We will pay the expenses of soliciting tenders in connection with the 
exchange offer. The principal solicitation is being made by mail. Additional    
solicitation, however, may be made by facsimile, telephone, or in person by     
officers and regular employees of NMHG and its affiliates.                      

 We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange
offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers or others soliciting     
acceptances of the exchange offer. We, however, will pay the exchange agent     
reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse the exchange  
agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the exchange 
offer.                                                                          

  We estimate that our cash expenses in connection with the exchange offer
will be approximately $160,000. These expenses include registration fees, fees  
and expenses of the exchange agent, accounting and legal fees, and printing     
costs, among others.                                                            

   We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of the
outstanding notes for exchange notes. The tendering holder of outstanding notes,
however, will pay applicable taxes if certificates representing outstanding     
notes not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be
issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of           
outstanding notes tendered, or                                                  

- if tendered, the certificates representing outstanding notes are    
    registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the
letter of transmittal, or                                         

  - if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of
the outstanding notes in the exchange offer.                      

     If satisfactory evidence of payment of the transfer taxes or exemption from
payment of transfer taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the  
amount of the transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder and
the exchange notes need not be delivered until the transfer taxes are paid.     

CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE                                             

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary. Holders of the      
outstanding notes are urged to consult their financial and tax advisors in      
making their own decisions on what action to take.                              

Outstanding notes that are not exchanged for the exchange notes in the
exchange offer will not retain any rights under the registration rights         
agreement and will remain restricted securities for purposes of the federal     
securities laws. Accordingly, the outstanding notes may not be offered, sold,   
pledged, or otherwise transferred except:                                       

- to NMHG or any subsidiary thereof;                                  

- to a "Qualified Institutional Buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A
under the Securities Act purchasing for its own account or for the
     account of a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the
requirements of Rule 144A;                                        

  75

S-4/A
82nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 82nd
- pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act 
provided by Rule 144 thereunder, if available;                    

     - pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,
   and, in each case, in accordance with all other applicable securities
laws.                                                             

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT                                                            

   For accounting purposes, we will recognize no gain or loss as a result of
the exchange offer. The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying    
value as the outstanding notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the   
date of the exchange. The expenses of the exchange offer will be amortized over 
the remaining term of the exchange notes.                                       

NO APPRAISAL OR DISSENTERS' RIGHTS                                              

 In connection with the exchange offer, you do not have any appraisal or
dissenters' rights under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or
the indenture governing the notes. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in   
accordance with the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements  
of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC related to exchange
offers.                                                                         

  76

S-4/A
83rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 83rd
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

   NMHG Holding Co. issued the outstanding notes and will issue the exchange
notes under an Indenture (the "Indenture") between itself, each of the          
Subsidiary Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the       
"Trustee"). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and    
those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
(the "Trust Indenture Act").                                                    

 Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading
"-- Certain Definitions." In this description, the word "Company" refers only to
NMHG Holding Co. and not to any of its subsidiaries and all references to "the  
Notes" include the outstanding notes and the exchange notes.                    

   The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of
the Indenture. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, not this           
description, defines your rights as holders of these Notes. You may request a   
copy of the Indenture at our address set forth under the heading "Where You Can 
Find More Information."                                                         

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES                                                  

The Notes:                                                            

- are unsecured senior obligations of the Company;                    

    - are senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Obligations of
the Company;                                                      

- are guaranteed by each Subsidiary Guarantor; and                    

 - are subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement.                                                 

PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST                                                

The Company will issue the Notes initially with a maximum aggregate   
principal amount of $250.0 million. The Company will issue the Notes in         
denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. The Notes will     
mature on May 15, 2009. Subject to our compliance with the covenant described   
under the subheading "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness," we   
are entitled to, without the consent of the Holders, issue more Notes under the 
Indenture on the same terms and conditions and with the same CUSIP numbers as   
the Notes being offered hereby in an unlimited aggregate principal amount (the  
"Additional Notes"). The Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, will be treated
as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture, including waivers,         
amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context otherwise    
requires, for all purposes of the Indenture and this "Description of Notes,"    
references to the Notes include any Additional Notes actually issued.           

   Interest on these Notes will accrue at the rate of 10% per annum and will
be payable semiannually in arrears on May 15 and November 15, commencing on     
November 15, 2002. We will make each interest payment to the Holders of record  
of these Notes on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1. We will pay   
interest on overdue principal at 1% per annum in excess of the above rate and   
will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at such higher rate to the
extent lawful.                                                                  

 Interest on these Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve    
30-day months. Additional interest may accrue on the Notes in certain           
circumstances under the Registration Rights Agreement.                          

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION                                                             

   Except as set forth below, we will not be entitled to redeem the Notes at
our option prior to May 15, 2006.                                               

    On and after May 15, 2006, we will be entitled at our option to redeem all
or a portion of these Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice,
at the redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus   
accrued interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of     
record on                                                                       

  77

S-4/A
84th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 84th
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest       
payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 15 of   
the years set forth below:                                                      

                                                                [Download Table]

PERIOD                                                         REDEMPTION PRICE
------                                                         ----------------
                                                                               
2006........................................................        105.00%    
2007........................................................        102.50     
2008........................................................        100.00     

   In addition, before May 15, 2005, we are entitled at our option on one or
more occasions to redeem Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) in an  
aggregate principal amount of not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal      
amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) originally issued 
at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 110%,  
plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net cash      
proceeds, to the extent actually received by the Company, from one or more      
Public Equity Offerings; provided that                                          

       (1) at least 65% of such aggregate principal amount of Notes (which
              includes Additional Notes, if any) remains outstanding immediately
          after the occurrence of each such redemption (other than Notes
            held, directly or indirectly, by the Company or its Affiliates);
and                                                 

        (2) each such redemption occurs within 60 days after the date of the
related Public Equity Offering.                                       

SELECTION AND NOTICE OF REDEMPTION                                              

   If we are redeeming less than all the Notes at any time, the Trustee will
select Notes on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee 
in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate.                   

  We will redeem Notes of $1,000 or less in whole and not in part. We will
cause notices of redemption to be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not
more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be      
redeemed at its registered address.                                             

   If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that
relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to  
be redeemed. We will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the        
unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the holder upon          
cancelation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the 
date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to 
accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.                      

MANDATORY REDEMPTION; OFFERS TO PURCHASE; OPEN MARKET PURCHASES                 

We are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund  
payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, we may
be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the captions          
"-- Change of Control" and "Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of Assets  
and Subsidiary Stock." We may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes  
in the open market or otherwise.                                                

GUARANTIES                                                                      

     The Subsidiary Guarantors will jointly and severally guarantee, on a senior
unsecured basis, our obligations under these Notes. The obligations of each     
Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guaranty will be limited as necessary 
to prevent that Subsidiary Guaranty from constituting a fraudulent conveyance   
under applicable law. See "Risk Factors -- Federal and state statutes allow     
courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and require noteholders
to return payments received from guarantors."                                   

Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Subsidiary   
Guaranty will be entitled to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor
in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor's pro rata portion of such
payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at  
the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.                    

  78

S-4/A
85th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 85th
   If a Subsidiary Guaranty were rendered voidable, it could be subordinated
by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent 
liabilities) of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, and, depending on the      
amount of such indebtedness, a Subsidiary Guarantor's liability on its          
Subsidiary Guaranty could be reduced to zero. See "Risk Factors -- Although the 
notes are referred to as 'senior notes,' they will be effectively subordinated  
to any future secured indebtedness of NMHG and the subsidiary guarantors and all
obligations of the non-guarantor subsidiaries."                                 

The Subsidiary Guaranty of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released:   

(1) upon the sale or other disposition (including by way of 
consolidation or merger) of a Subsidiary Guarantor; 

    (2) upon the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the
assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor; or                                  

         (3) if the Company properly designates any Restricted Subsidiary that
      is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in
       accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

in the case of paragraphs (1) or (2) other than to the Company or an Affiliate  
of the Company and as permitted by the Indenture.                               

RANKING                                                                         

SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS VERSUS NOTES                                            

 The Indebtedness evidenced by these Notes and the Subsidiary Guaranties
will be unsecured and will rank pari passu in right of payment to the Senior    
Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be.  
The Notes will be guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors.                      

    As of March 31, 2002, after giving pro forma effect to the offering of the
outstanding Notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, together   
with borrowings under our new revolving credit facility and available cash, to  
repay amounts outstanding under our existing credit facility and European       
receivables discounting facility:                                               

       (1) the Company's Senior Indebtedness would have been approximately
            $282.6 million, including $35.7 million of secured indebtedness;
and                                                 

       (2) the Senior Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantors would have
         been approximately $297.9 million, including $51.0 million of
             secured indebtedness. Virtually all of the Senior Indebtedness of
             the Subsidiary Guarantors consists of their respective guaranties
             of Senior Indebtedness of the Company under the Credit Facilities
and with respect to the Notes.                      

  The Notes and the Subsidiary Guaranties are unsecured obligations of the
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors. Secured debt and other secured           
obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors (including obligations 
with respect to the Credit Facilities) will be effectively senior to the Notes  
and the Subsidiary Guaranties to the extent of the value of the assets securing 
such debt or other obligations.                                                 

LIABILITIES OF SUBSIDIARIES VERSUS NOTES                                    

 All of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Claims of
creditors of such subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, including    
trade creditors and creditors holding indebtedness or guarantees issued by such 
subsidiaries, and claims of preferred stockholders of such subsidiaries         
generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such    
subsidiaries over the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes.  
Accordingly, the Notes will be effectively subordinated to creditors (including 
trade creditors) and preferred stockholders, if any, of our subsidiaries that   
are not Subsidiary Guarantors.                                                  

   At March 31, 2002, the total liabilities of our subsidiaries that are not
Subsidiary Guarantors were approximately $241.3 million, including trade        
payables, but excluding intercompany accounts and investments. Although the     
Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Preferred Stock 
of certain of our subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of       
significant qualifications. Moreover, the                                       

  79

S-4/A
86th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 86th
Indenture does not impose any limitation on the incurrence by such subsidiaries 
of liabilities that are not considered Indebtedness under the Indenture. See    
"-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness."                           

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM                                                   

 The exchange notes will be issued in registered, global form in minimum
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $1,000.   

  The exchange notes initially will be represented by one or more notes in
registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the "Global     
Notes"). The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as   
custodian for The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), in New York, New York, and  
registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an     
account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below.          

  Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole
and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its 
nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for Notes
in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below. See   
"-- Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes." Except in the limited     
circumstances described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global     
Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Notes in certificated
form.                                                                           

EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES                                 

A Global Note is exchangeable for definitive notes in registered      
certificated form ("Certificated Notes") if:                                    

      (1) DTC (a) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to
        continue as depositary for the Global Notes and DTC fails to
             appoint a successor depositary or (b) has ceased to be a clearing
agency registered under the Exchange Act;           

        (2) the Company, at its option, notifies the trustee in writing that
         it elects to cause the issuance of the Certificated Notes; or

          (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default with respect to the
Notes.                                              

 In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for
Certificated Notes upon prior written notice given to the Trustee by or on      
behalf of DTC in accordance with the Indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes
delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in Global     
Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations,
requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary   
procedures) and will bear the applicable restrictive legend referred to in      
"Transfer Restrictions," unless that legend is not required by applicable law.  

DEPOSITORY PROCEDURES                                                           

The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC are 
provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are 
solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject  
to changes by them. We take no responsibility for these operations and          
procedures and urge investors to contact the system or their participants       
directly to discuss these matters.                                              

   DTC has advised us that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company created to
hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the          
"Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions  
in those securities between Participants through electronic book-entry changes  
in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and
dealers (including the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing    
corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC's system is also    
available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies 
that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant,     
either directly or indirectly (collectively, the "Indirect Participants").      
Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on  
behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The   
ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in,                
  80

S-4/A
87th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 87th
each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the    
Participants and Indirect Participants.                                         

 DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established by it:

         (1) upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of
              Participants designated by the Initial Purchasers with portions of
the principal amount of the Global Notes; and       

          (2) ownership of these interests in the Global Notes will be shown on,
             and the transfer of ownership of these interests will be effected
        only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the
              Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants
        (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the
Global Notes).                                      

     Investors in the Global Notes who are Participants in DTC's system may hold
their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the Global Notes who 
are not Participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through        
organizations which are Participants. All interests in a Global Note may be     
subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. The laws of some states      
require that certain Persons take physical delivery in definitive form of       
securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial      
interests in a Global Note to such Persons will be limited to that extent.      
Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, which in turn act on behalf 
of Indirect Participants, the ability of a Person having beneficial interests in
a Global Note to pledge such interests to Persons that do not participate in the
DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be      
affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.       

    EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED BELOW, OWNERS OF INTEREST IN THE GLOBAL NOTES WILL NOT
HAVE NOTES REGISTERED IN THEIR NAMES, WILL NOT RECEIVE PHYSICAL DELIVERY OF     
NOTES IN CERTIFICATED FORM AND WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED THE REGISTERED OWNERS OR  
"HOLDERS" THEREOF UNDER THE INDENTURE FOR ANY PURPOSE.                          

Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and premium and 
additional interest, if any, on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or  
its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered Holder     
under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the      
Trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the Notes, including the Global   
Notes, are registered as the owners of the Notes for the purpose of receiving   
payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the Company, the     
Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the trustee has or will have any        
responsibility or liability for:                                                

    (1) any aspect of DTC's records or any Participant's or Indirect
            Participant's records relating to or payments made on account of
     beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for
             maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC's records or any
           Participant's or Indirect Participant's records relating to the
  beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes; or

        (2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or
any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.   

   DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment
in respect of securities such as the Notes (including principal and interest),  
is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the  
payment date unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on    
such payment date. Each relevant Participant is credited with an amount         
proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount
of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the        
Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of Notes    
will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be   
the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not
be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee or the Company. Neither the Company   
nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its Participants  
in identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes, and the Company and the      
Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on            
instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.                          

  DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Holder of Notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to 
whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in    
respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as to    
which                                                                           
  81

S-4/A
88th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 88th
such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction. However, if  
there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange
the Global Notes for legended Notes in certificated form, and to distribute such
Notes to its Participants.                                                      

     Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers
of interests in the Global Notes among participants in DTC, they are under no   
obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and may        
discontinue such procedures at any time. Neither the Company nor the Trustee nor
any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance 
by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective         
obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.          

SAME DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT                                                 

   The Company will make payments in respect of the Notes represented by the
Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and additional     
interest, if any) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the        
accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. The Company will make all payments
of principal, interest and premium and additional interest, if any, with respect
to Certificated Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the    
accounts specified by the Holders of the Certificated Notes or, if no such      
account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder's registered       
address. The Notes represented by the Global Notes are expected to be eligible  
to trade in the PORTAL market and to trade in DTC's Same-Day Funds Settlement   
System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, 
therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. The 
Company expects that secondary trading in any Certificated Notes will also be   
settled in immediately available funds.                                         

CHANGE OF CONTROL                                                               

Upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each a "Change of 
Control"), each Holder shall have the right to require that the Company         
repurchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the 
principal amount thereof on the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid        
interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of   
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant      
interest payment date):                                                         

         (1) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
              the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or
         becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and
          13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this
      clause (1) such person shall be deemed to have "beneficial
          ownership" of all shares that any such person has the right to
          acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only
            after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than
              35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent or the
  Company; provided, however, that the Permitted Holders
           beneficially own (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the
            Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a lesser
              percentage of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent
             or the Company, as the case may be, than such other person and do
      not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or
          otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the
           Board of Directors of Parent or the Company, as the case may be
             (such person shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock
              of a Person (the "specified person") held by any other Person (the
        "parent entity"), if such person is the beneficial owner (as
              defined above in this clause (1)), directly or indirectly, of more
           than 35% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent
entity);                                            

  (2) individuals who on the Issue Date constituted the Board of
     Directors of the Company or Parent (together with any new
              directors whose election by such Board of Directors of the Company
              or Parent, as the case may be, or whose nomination for election by
              the stockholders of the Company or Parent, as the case may be, was
            approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Company
           or of Parent, as the case may be, then still in office who were
              either directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination
for election was previously so approved)            

  82

S-4/A
89th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 89th
 cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company or Parent then in office;          

         (3) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution
of the Company or Parent; or                        

         (4) the merger or consolidation of Parent or the Company with or into
              another Person or the merger of another Person with or into Parent
              or the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets
            of Parent or the Company (determined on a consolidated basis) to
           another Person, other than a transaction following which (A) in
         the case of a merger or consolidation transaction, holders of
             securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of Parent or
       the Company immediately prior to such transaction (or other
          securities into which such securities are converted as part of
     such merger or consolidation transaction) own directly or
            indirectly at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting
         Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation
 transaction immediately after such transaction and in
           substantially the same proportion as before the transaction and
           (B) in the case of a sale of assets transaction, the transferee
    Person becomes the obligor in respect of the Notes and a
Subsidiary of the transferor of such assets.        

  Within 30 days following any Change of Control, we will mail a notice to
each Holder with a copy to the Trustee (the "Change of Control Offer") stating: 

          (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the
             right to require us to purchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase
              price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the
          date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, or
             premium, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of
             Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest
due on the relevant interest payment date);         

     (2) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of
Control;                                            

     (3) the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor
        later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

  (4) the instructions, as determined by us, consistent with the
            covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow in order
to have its Notes purchased.                        

We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a 
Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the     
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and         
purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of     
Control Offer.                                                                  

    We will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section
14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in       
connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control,     
including the filing, disclosure and dissemination requirements of Rule 13e-4   
under the Exchange Act, and other requirements in Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange 
Act. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations    
conflict with the provisions of the covenant described hereunder, we will comply
with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to  
have breached our obligations under the covenant described hereunder by virtue  
of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations.                     

     The Company's default in the payment of the principal of the Notes when the
same becomes due and payable upon a Change of Control constitutes an Event of   
Default under the Indenture. The Company's failure to comply with any of the    
other provisions of the Change of Control covenant will constitute an Event of  
Default under the Indenture only after the holders of at least 25% in principal 
amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company of the default and the       
Company does not cure such default within thirty days after receipt of such     
notice.                                                                         

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain    
circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of the Parent
and the Company and, thus, the removal of incumbent                             

  83

S-4/A
90th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 90th
management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations  
between the Company and the Initial Purchasers. Neither the Company nor the     
Parent has the present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change  
of Control, although it is possible that we or it could decide to do so in the  
future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we or the Parent could, in  
the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions,            
refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of  
Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness 
outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit    
ratings. Restrictions on our ability to Incur additional Indebtedness are       
contained in the covenants described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation  
on Indebtedness," "-- Limitation on Liens" and "-- Limitation on Sale/Leaseback 
Transactions." Such restrictions can only be waived with the consent of the     
holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except 
for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not
contain any covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the Notes        
protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.                      

The Credit Agreement will prohibit repurchases of Notes prior to the  
termination of the Credit Agreement and payment in full of all obligations      
thereunder. The occurrence of a Change of Control will constitute a default     
under the Credit Agreement. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time   
when we are prohibited from purchasing Notes under the terms of the Credit      
Agreement or other Senior Indebtedness of the Company, we may seek the consent  
of our lenders to the purchase of Notes or may attempt to refinance the         
borrowings that contain such prohibition. If we do not obtain such a consent or 
refinance such borrowings, we will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In  
such case, our failure to offer to purchase Notes would constitute a Default    
under the Indenture, which would, in turn, constitute a default under the Credit
Agreement.                                                                      

Future indebtedness that we may incur may contain prohibitions on the 
occurrence of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or       
require the repurchase of such indebtedness upon a Change of Control. Moreover, 
the exercise by the holders of their right to require us to repurchase the Notes
could cause a default under such indebtedness, even if the Change of Control    
itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on us. Finally, 
our ability to pay cash to the holders of Notes following the occurrence of a   
Change of Control may be limited by our then existing financial resources. There
can be no assurance that we will have sufficient funds available when necessary 
to make any required repurchases.                                               

The definition of "Change of Control" includes a disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company or Parent to certain Persons.    
Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting "substantially all,"  
there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law.  
Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to
whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of "all or         
substantially all" of the assets of the Company or Parent. As a result, it may  
be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder  
of the Notes may require the Company to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as
described above.                                                                

  The provisions under the Indenture relative to our obligation to make an
offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived  
or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal  
amount of the Notes. Neither the Board of Directors nor the Trustee may waive or
modify this right.                                                              

CERTAIN COVENANTS                                                               

  The Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:

LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS                                                  

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the    
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be entitled to Incur Indebtedness if,
on the date of such Incurrence and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma   
basis no Default has occurred and is continuing and the Consolidated Coverage   
Ratio exceeds 2.00 to 1 if such Indebtedness is Incurred prior to May 15, 2003  
or 2.25 to 1 if such Indebtedness is Incurred thereafter.                       
  84

S-4/A
91st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 91st
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and the  
Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to Incur any or all of the following   
Indebtedness:                                                                   

         (1) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor
           pursuant to any Credit Facility; provided, however, that, after
         giving effect to any such Incurrence, the aggregate principal
           amount of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (1) and
              then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (i) $175.0 million
       less the sum of all principal payments with respect to such
        Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(A) of the covenant
            described under "-- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
       Stock" and (ii) the sum of (x) 60% of the book value of the
            inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (y)
            80% of the book value of the accounts receivables of the Company
           and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case at the end of the
         most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are
publicly available;                                 

    (2) Indebtedness owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted
              Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or
              transfer of any Capital Stock which results in any such Restricted
              Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent
         transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company or a
    Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to
         constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the obligor
 thereon and (B) if the Company is the obligor on such
            Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the
            prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to
the Notes;                                          

          (3)the Notes and the Exchange Notes (other than any Additional Notes);

          (4)Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness
described in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this covenant);

          (5)Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on
           or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by the
             Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or to
            provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized
          to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions
      pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was
          acquired by the Company); provided, however, that on the date of
         such acquisition and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the
            Company would have been able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional
  Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of this covenant;

    (6) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred
              pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant to clause (3), (4) or (5) or
       this clause (6); provided, however, that to the extent such
      Refinancing Indebtedness directly or indirectly Refinances
              Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Incurred pursuant to clause (5), such
   Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Incurred only by such
Subsidiary;                                         

         (7) Hedging Obligations directly related to Indebtedness permitted to
            be Incurred by the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant
          to the Indenture or directly related to the ordinary course of
    business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

       (8) obligations in respect of performance, bid and surety bonds and
           completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;      

 (9) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other
         financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument
      drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of
  business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is
     extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence;

    (10) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the Subsidiary Guaranty of a
               Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) a Guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary
            that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent it Guarantees
              Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under the Indenture by any
       other Restricted Subsidiary that is also not a Subsidiary
            Guarantor and (iii) any Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of
            Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant to
clause (1), (2),                                  
  85

S-4/A
92nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 92nd
        (3) or (4) or pursuant to clause (6) to the extent the Refinancing
        Indebtedness Incurred thereunder directly or indirectly Refinances
    Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant to
clauses (3) or (4);                                       

 (11) Indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors
               represented by Capital Lease Obligations Incurred for the purpose
           of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of
              construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used
           in a Related Business in an aggregate principal amount which,
          when added together with the amount of Indebtedness Incurred
         pursuant to this clause (11) and then outstanding, does not
              exceed $5.0 million (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with
respect thereto);                                 

(12) Lift Truck Financing Guarantees;                       

         (13) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified
            Receivables Transaction that is not recourse to the Company or
         any of its Subsidiaries (except for Standard Securitization
            Undertakings) in an amount which, when added together with the
            aggregate amount of all Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this
             clause (13) and then outstanding, does not exceed the lesser of
         (i) $175.0 million and (ii) the maximum principal amount of
              Indebtedness that could be Incurred pursuant to clause (1) above
     at such time after taking into account all Indebtedness
        theretofore Incurred pursuant to clause (1) above and then
outstanding;                                      

 (14) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
             consisting of reimbursement obligations with respect to letters
             of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including,
           without limitation, letters of credit in response to worker's
            compensation claims or self-insurance or similar requirements;

         (15) Indebtedness consisting of customary indemnification, adjustment
               of purchase price or similar obligations, including insurance, of
             the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case Incurred
             in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any assets
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;      

   (16) Indebtedness Incurred by any Foreign Subsidiary; provided,
            however, that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence, the
              aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness then outstanding
         does not exceed the sum of (x) 60% of the book value of the
        inventory of all Foreign Subsidiaries and their Restricted
        Subsidiaries and (y) 80% of the book value of the accounts
          receivables of all Foreign Subsidiaries and their Restricted
             Subsidiaries, in each case at the end of the most recent fiscal
            quarter for which financial statements are publicly available;
and                                               

       (17) Indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors in an
            aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with all
            other Indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors
    outstanding on the date of such Incurrence (other than
         Indebtedness permitted by clauses (1) through (16) above or
paragraph (a)) does not exceed $40.0 million.     

   (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
Guarantor will incur any Indebtedness pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (b) if
the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to Refinance any         
Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor unless such 
Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary    
Guaranty to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations.          

   (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (1) in the
event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the   
types of Indebtedness described above, the Company, in its sole discretion, will
classify such item of Indebtedness at the time of Incurrence and only be        
required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the above
clauses and (2) the Company will be entitled at the time of such Incurrence to  
divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of    
Indebtedness described above.                                                   

     (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar restriction
on the Incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness Incurred is denominated
in a different currency, the amount of such                                     
  86

S-4/A
93rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 93rd
Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the   
Incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that if any such            
Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a Currency       
Agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, 
and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness      
expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such Currency Agreement. The   
principal amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in the same currency  
as the Indebtedness being Refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the  
Indebtedness Refinanced, except to the extent that (i) such U.S. Dollar         
Equivalent was determined based on a Currency Agreement, in which case the      
Refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding    
sentence, and (ii) the principal amount of the Refinancing Indebtedness exceeds 
the principal amount of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, in which case the    
U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess, as appropriate, will be determined on the
date such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred.                                 

LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS                                           

  (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary,
directly or indirectly, to make a Restricted Payment if at the time the Company 
or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:                    

        (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result
therefrom);                                         

   (2) the Company is not entitled to Incur an additional $1.00 of
            Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described
under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness;" or           

     (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other
            Restricted Payments since the Issue Date would exceed the sum of
(without duplication):                              

          (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period
              (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the
                fiscal quarter immediately following the fiscal quarter during
           which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent
                 fiscal quarter prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for
              which financial statements have been made publicly available
               (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit,
minus 100% of such deficit); plus             

             (B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company
            from the issuance or sale of its Capital Stock (other than
                 Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the Issue Date (other than an
                issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company and other than
                 an issuance or sale to an employee stock ownership plan or to a
                 trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for
              the benefit of their employees) and 100% of any cash capital
            contribution received by the Company from its stockholders
subsequent to the Issue Date; plus            

           (C) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company is reduced on
             the Company's balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange
               (other than by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the
              Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company convertible or
                exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
                of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the fair value
             of any other property, distributed by the Company upon such
conversion or exchange); plus                 

        (D) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the net reduction in the
            Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the
              Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person resulting
                 from repurchases, repayments or redemptions of such Investments
       by such Person, proceeds realized on the sale of such
            Investment and proceeds representing the return of capital
                (excluding dividends and distributions), in each case received
            by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (y) to the
               extent such Person is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the portion
         (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such
                Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such
       Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted
             Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that the                             
  87

S-4/A
94th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 94th
             foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case of any such Person or
         Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments (excluding
    Permitted Investments) previously made (and treated as a
              Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary.             

(b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit:                       

       (1) any Restricted Payment made out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the
              substantially concurrent sale of, or made by exchange for, Capital
              Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than
             Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or an
          employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the
       Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their
              employees) or a substantially concurrent cash capital contribution
             received by the Company from its stockholders; provided, however,
     that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be excluded in the
            calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and (B) the Net
              Cash Proceeds from such sale or such cash capital contribution (to
             the extent so used for such Restricted Payment) shall be excluded
            from the calculation of amounts under clause (3)(B) of paragraph
(a) above;                                          

 (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
              acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Obligations of
            the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or
        out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of,
          Indebtedness which is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the
     covenant described under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness;"
          provided, however, that such purchase, repurchase, redemption,
            defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value shall be
             excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 (3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
              acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Obligations of
           the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor using any Net Available
        Cash remaining after compliance with the requirements of the
          covenant described under "-- Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary Stock;"                                  

   (4) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration
           thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have
            complied with this covenant; provided, however, that at the time
             of payment of such dividend, no other Default shall have occurred
      and be continuing (or result therefrom); provided further,
            however, that such dividend shall be included in the calculation
of the amount of Restricted Payments;               

 (5) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the
             repurchase or other acquisition of shares of Capital Stock of the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries from employees, former
             employees, directors or former directors of the Company or any of
         its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such employees,
             former employees, directors or former directors), pursuant to the
              terms of the agreements (including employment agreements) or plans
             (or amendments thereto) approved by the Board of Directors of the
        Company under which such individuals purchase or sell or are
          granted the option to purchase or sell, shares of such Capital
       Stock; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of such
            repurchases and other acquisitions shall not exceed $2.0 million
      in any calendar year; provided further, however, that such
       repurchases and other acquisitions shall be excluded in the
calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;   

       (6) dividends or other distributions to Parent consistent with past
            practices (i) to pay franchise taxes and other amounts allocable
       to the Company required by Parent to maintain its corporate
             existence, (ii) to pay for all operating and overhead expenses of
           Parent allocable to the Company (including, without limitation,
             salaries and other compensation of employees, directors' fees and
        expenses, and travel and entertainment expenses) incurred by
              Parent in the ordinary course of its business, (iii) to pay Parent
          fees for services provided by Parent to the Company that would
     otherwise have been performed by third parties (including
      accounting, treasury, tax, legal, strategic consulting and
corporate development services) and (iv) to         

  88

S-4/A
95th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 95th
    reimburse Parent for the payment of amounts relating to services
          (including, without limitation, legal, consulting, software, insurance
          and accounting services) provided by third parties on the Company's or
    any Restricted Subsidiary's behalf; provided, however, that such
         dividends or other distributions shall be excluded in the calculation
        of the amount of Restricted Payments, except for dividends and other
        distributions described in clause (ii) above which shall be included
in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;    

         (7) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, payments to
          Parent in an amount not in excess of $5.0 million per calendar
            year; provided, however, that such payments shall be included in
 the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 (8) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, any
            Investments in joint ventures or similar Persons, including NMHG
            Financial Services, Inc., Sumitomo-NACCO Materials Handling Co.,
       Ltd., Shanghai Hyster Forklift Ltd., in Related Businesses;
           provided, however, that the aggregate amount of all Investments
              made pursuant to this clause (8) to the extent they shall not have
             at the time been repaid, repurchased, redeemed, sold or returned,
              does not exceed $5.0 million; provided further, however, that such
          payments shall be included in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted Payments;                                

        (9) payments or repayments of advances to Parent pursuant to the tax
             sharing agreement among the Company, Parent and Parent's domestic
      subsidiaries and consistent with past practices; provided,
            however, that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation
of the amount of Restricted Payments; or            

         (10) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, Restricted
       Payments in an amount which, when added together with all
          Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) to the
              extent they shall not have at the time been repaid, repurchased,
        redeemed, sold or returned, does not exceed $10.0 million;
           provided, however, that such payment shall be included in the
calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments. 

LIMITATION ON RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS FROM RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES    

 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual 
encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a)   
pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the       
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company, 
(b) make any loans or advances to the Company or (c) transfer any of its        
property or assets to the Company, except:                                      

(1) with respect to clause (a), (b) and (c),                

        (i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in
                effect at or entered into on the Issue Date or any encumbrance
           or restriction pursuant to any term sheets for financings
attached to the Indenture;                    

          (ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted
       Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any
             Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary on or
             prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was
                acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as
             consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the
       funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the
             transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to
        which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted
                 Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and outstanding on
such date;                                  

       (iii) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement
                  effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
                  an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of clause (1)
               of this covenant or this clause (iii) or contained in any
                 amendment to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii)
          of clause (1) of this covenant or this clause (iii);
               provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions
with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary

  89

S-4/A
96th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 96th
             contained in any such refinancing agreement or amendment are no
     less favorable to the Noteholders than encumbrances and
               restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained
in such predecessor agreements;                   

             (iv) applicable by reason of law, rule, regulation, order, grant or
governmental permit;                        

        (v) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to contractual
               requirements of a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a
                 Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided, however, that such
             restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary; and

      (vi) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary
                 imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or
                disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or
               assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of
such sale or disposition; and               

(2) with respect to clause (c) only,                        

         (i) any such encumbrance or restriction consisting of customary
                 nonassignment provisions of any contract, license or lease with
       any of our Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such
             provisions restrict the transfer of the property subject to
such contract, license or lease; and          

         (ii) restrictions contained in security agreements or mortgages
                  securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent
           such restrictions restrict the transfer of the property
     subject to such security agreements or mortgages.

LIMITATION ON SALES OF ASSETS AND SUBSIDIARY STOCK                          

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
  directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Disposition unless:

        (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration
            at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair
   market value (including as to the value of all non-cash
     consideration), as determined in good faith by the senior
             management of the Company or, in the case of an Asset Disposition
       in excess of $5.0 million, by the Board of Directors of the
   Company, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset
Disposition;                                        

         (2) at least 75% of the consideration thereof received by the Company
        or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or cash
equivalents; and                                    

         (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset
     Disposition is applied by the Company (or such Restricted
          Subsidiary, as the case may be) pursuant to one or more of the
following:                                          

           (A) to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms
            of any Indebtedness), to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase
                 Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor or
       Indebtedness (other than any Disqualified Stock) of a
             Restricted Subsidiary (in each case other than Indebtedness
                owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) within one
              year from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or
the receipt of such Net Available Cash;       

             (B) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects,
                to acquire Additional Assets within one year from the later of
               the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net
Available Cash; and                           

           (C) to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after
                application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B), to make an
            offer to the holders of the Notes (and to holders of other
               Senior Indebtedness of the Company designated by the Company)
              to purchase Notes (and such other Senior Indebtedness of the
                 Company) pursuant to and subject to the conditions contained in
the Indenture;                                

provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase
of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A) or (C) above, the Company or such        
Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently retire such                             

  90

S-4/A
97th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 97th
Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be         
permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid,      
repaid or purchased.                                                            

    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this covenant, the Company and
the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required to apply any Net Available Cash
in accordance with this covenant except to the extent that the aggregate Net    
Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions which are not applied in accordance  
with this covenant exceeds $10.0 million. Pending application of Net Available  
Cash pursuant to this covenant, such Net Available Cash shall be invested in    
Temporary Cash Investments or applied to temporarily reduce revolving credit    
indebtedness.                                                                   

   For the purposes of this covenant, the following are deemed to be cash or
cash equivalents:                                                               

       (1) the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
        Subsidiary and the release of the Company or such Restricted
            Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection
with such Asset Disposition; and                    

       (2) securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
             from the transferee that are promptly converted by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary into cash.               

(b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of
Notes (and other Senior Indebtedness of the Company) pursuant to clause         
(a)(3)(C) above, the Company will purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer  
by the Company for the Notes (and such other Senior Indebtedness of the Company)
at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount (or, in the event such    
other Senior Indebtedness of the Company was issued with significant original   
issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof) without premium, plus       
accrued but unpaid interest (or, in respect of such other Senior Indebtedness of
the Company, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of  
such Senior Indebtedness) in accordance with the procedures (including prorating
in the event of oversubscription) set forth in the Indenture. If the aggregate  
purchase price of the securities tendered exceeds the Net Available Cash        
allotted to their purchase, the Company will select the securities to be        
purchased on a pro rata basis but in round denominations, which in the case of  
the Notes will be denominations of $1,000 principal amount or multiples thereof.
The Company shall not be required to make such an offer to purchase Notes (and  
other Senior Indebtedness of the Company) pursuant to this covenant if the Net  
Available Cash available therefor is less than $10.0 million (which lesser      
amount shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether such an     
offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent    
Asset Disposition).                                                             

(c) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the       
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws 
or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this      
covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or           
regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Company will comply  
with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to   
have breached its obligations under this clause by virtue of its compliance with
such securities laws or regulations.                                            

LIMITATION ON AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS                                        

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale,    
lease or exchange of any property, employee compensation arrangements or the    
rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the     
Company (an "Affiliate Transaction") unless:                                    

       (1) the terms of the Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to
              the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be
             obtained at the time of the Affiliate Transaction in arm's-length
dealings with a Person who is not an Affiliate;     

     (2) if such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of
         $10.0 million, the terms of the Affiliate Transaction are set
          forth in writing and a majority of the members of the Board of
       Directors of the Company disinterested with respect to such
        Affiliate Transaction have determined in good faith that the
            criteria set forth in clause (1) are satisfied and have approved

  91

S-4/A
98th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 98th
          the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of the
          Board of Directors of the Company; provided, that for purposes of this
       paragraph only, in the event of any Affiliate Transaction involving
          Parent, those members of the Board of Directors of the Company who are
      not Permitted Holders, whether or not they are also members of the
    Board of Directors of Parent, shall be deemed disinterested; and

         (3) if such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of (i)
          $10.0 million in the case of any Affiliate Transaction between
      Parent, on the one hand, and the Company or any Restricted
            Subsidiary, on the other hand, or (ii) $20.0 million in the case
             of any other Affiliate Transaction, the Board of Directors of the
      Company shall also have received a written opinion from an
         Independent Qualified Party to the effect that such Affiliate
            Transaction is fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Company
        and its Restricted Subsidiaries or not less favorable to the
            Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than could reasonably be
              expected to be obtained at the time in an arm's-length transaction
with a Person who was not an Affiliate.             

(b) The provisions of the preceding paragraph (a) will not prohibit:  

   (1) any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) or other
             Restricted Payment, in each case permitted to be made pursuant to
     the covenant described under "-- Limitation on Restricted
Payments;"                                          

          (2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in
          cash, securities (including securities of Parent) or otherwise
          pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock
      options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company;                           

         (3) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business
       in accordance with the past practices of the Company or its
        Restricted Subsidiaries, but in any event not to exceed $6.0
 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

          (4) reasonable fees and compensation paid to and indemnity provided on
             behalf of officers, directors and employees of the Company or any
             of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business
or as required by law;                              

        (5) any transaction with a Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or
          similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction
         solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an
    equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted
Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity;        

          (6) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company;                              

        (7) the purchase of or the payment of Indebtedness of or monies owed
             by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for goods or
             materials purchased, or services received, in the ordinary course
of business;                                        

    (8) any Qualified Receivables Transaction, and the Incurrence of
           obligations and acquisitions of Permitted Investments and other
       rights or assets in connection with a Qualified Receivables
Transaction; and                                    

        (9) any agreement as in effect or entered into on the Issue Date and
            described in the Offering Circular or any renewals or extensions
             of any such agreement (so long as such renewals or extensions are
             not less favorable to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries)
and the transactions evidenced thereby.             

  92

S-4/A
99th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 99th
  LIMITATION ON THE SALE OR ISSUANCE OF CAPITAL STOCK OF RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES

The Company                                                           

         (1) will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell,
            lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of any
             Restricted Subsidiary to any Person (other than to the Company or
a Wholly Owned Subsidiary), and                     

     (2) will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any of its
          Capital Stock (other than, if necessary, shares of its Capital
              Stock constituting directors' or other legally required qualifying
              shares) to any Person (other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary),                                        

unless                                              

             (A) immediately after giving effect to such issuance, sale or other
              disposition, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
         own any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary; or

             (B) immediately after giving effect to such issuance, sale or other
         disposition, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer
               constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such
              Person remaining after giving effect thereto is treated as a
             new Investment by the Company and such Investment would not
      have been prohibited by the covenant described under
               "-- Limitation on Restricted Payments" if made on the date of
such issuance, sale or other disposition.     

LIMITATION ON LIENS                                                         

 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, Incur or permit to exist any Lien (the "Initial Lien")  
of any nature whatsoever on any of its properties (including Capital Stock of a 
Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, 
securing any Indebtedness, other than Permitted Liens, without effectively      
providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to)
the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured.      

  Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to
the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be       
automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and  
discharge of the Initial Lien.                                                  

LIMITATION ON SALE/LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS                                   

 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property unless:  

          (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to (A)
          Incur Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt
           with respect to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to the
            covenant described under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness" and (B)
          create a Lien on such property securing such Attributable Debt
          without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to the
covenant described under "-- Limitation on Liens;"  

  (2) the net proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted
             Subsidiary in connection with such Sale/Leaseback Transaction are
         at least equal to the fair value (as determined by our senior
         management or, in the case of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction in
             excess of $5.0 million, by the Board of Directors of the Company)
of such property; and                               

          (3) the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance
              with the covenant described under "-- Limitation on Sale of Assets
and Subsidiary Stock."                              

  93

S-4/A
100th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 100th
MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION                                                    

 The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey,
transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, directly or  
indirectly, all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:         

     (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the "Successor
             Company") shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws
              of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District
            of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall
            expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental thereto, executed
            and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to
           the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes
and the Indenture;                                  

          (2) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction (and
        treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the
   Successor Company or any Subsidiary as a result of such
            transaction as having been Incurred by such Successor Company or
              such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing;                    

          (3) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, the
           Successor Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of
            Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described
under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness;"              

    (4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
         Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
             consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture
(if any) comply with the Indenture; and             

     (5) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
             Counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income,
            gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such
             transaction and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same
           amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have
been the case if such transaction had not occurred; 

provided, however, that clause (3) will not be applicable to (A) a Restricted   
Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or transferring all or part of its  
properties and assets to the Company or (B) the Company merging with an         
Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose and with the sole effect of     
reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction.                            

The Successor Company will be the successor to the Company and shall  
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of,  
the Company under the Indenture, and the predecessor Company, except in the case
of a lease, shall be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and   
interest on the Notes.                                                          

     The Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or
merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series
of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless:   

  (1) except in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor that has been
            disposed of in its entirety to another Person (other than to the
              Company or an Affiliate of the Company), whether through a merger,
              consolidation or sale of Capital Stock or assets, if in connection
          therewith the Company provides an Officers' Certificate to the
       Trustee to the effect that the Company will comply with its
            obligations under the covenant described under "-- Limitation on
    Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" in respect of such
              disposition, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not
      such Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be a Person organized and
        existing under the laws of the jurisdiction under which such
              Subsidiary Guarantor was organized or under the laws of the United
      States of America, or any State thereof or the District of
           Columbia, and such Person shall expressly assume, by a Guaranty
            Agreement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all
           the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, under its
Subsidiary Guaranty;                                

  94

S-4/A
101st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 101st
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or  
            transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness
      which becomes an obligation of the resulting, surviving or
            transferee Person as a result of such transaction as having been
              issued by such Person at the time of such transaction), no Default
shall have occurred and be continuing; and          

        (3) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and
        an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation,
            merger or transfer and such Guaranty Agreement, if any, complies
with the Indenture.                                 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with
or merge with or into or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a     
series of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary.                                                  

FUTURE GUARANTORS                                                           

    The Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary organized under the laws
of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia that        
Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary   
to, at the same time, execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guaranty Agreement   
pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will Guarantee payment of the Notes
on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the Indenture.           

SEC REPORTS                                                                     

Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting  
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will file  
with the SEC and provide the Trustee and Noteholders with such annual reports   
and such information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections  
13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to
such Sections, such information, documents and other reports to be so filed and 
provided at the times specified for the filings of such information, documents  
and reports under such Sections.                                                

   In addition, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of the Notes and to
prospective investors, upon the requests of such Holders, any information       
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so
long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.         

DEFAULTS                                                                        

Each of the following is an Event of Default:                         

   (1) a default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due,
continued for 30 days;                              

         (2) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due at its
              Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required purchase,
upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;      

       (3) the failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under
     "-- Certain Covenants -- Merger and Consolidation" above;

          (4) the failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with
         any of its obligations in the covenants described above under
           "Change of Control" (other than a failure to purchase Notes) or
under "-- Certain Covenants" under "-- Limitation on
  Indebtedness," "-- Limitation on Restricted Payments,"
           "-- Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted
           Subsidiaries," "-- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
              Stock" (other than a failure to purchase Notes), "-- Limitation on
              Affiliate Transactions," "-- Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of
           Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries," or "-- Limitation on
              Liens," "-- Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions," "-- Future
Guarantors," or "-- SEC Reports;"                   

          (5) the failure by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for
           60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the
Indenture;                                          

  95

S-4/A
102nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 102nd
    (6) Indebtedness of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any
          Significant Subsidiary is not paid within any applicable grace
        period after final maturity or is accelerated by the holders
     thereof because of a default and the total amount of such
         Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $10.0 million (the
"cross acceleration provision");                    

         (7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the
            Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary (the
"bankruptcy provisions");                           

       (8) any judgment or decree for the payment of money, the portion of
              which is not covered by insurance is in excess of $10.0 million is
    entered against the Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor or a
          Significant Subsidiary, remains outstanding for a period of 60
           consecutive days following such judgment and is not discharged,
   waived or stayed (the "judgment default provision"); or

          (9) a Subsidiary Guaranty ceases to be in full force and effect (other
             than in accordance with the terms of such Subsidiary Guaranty) or
             a Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under
its Subsidiary Guaranty.                            

However, a default under clauses (4) or (5) will not constitute an Event of     
Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of the      
outstanding Notes notify the Company of the default and the Company does not    
cure such default within the time specified after receipt of such notice.       

     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the    
principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and     
payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and  
payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of       
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs and is           
continuing, the principal of and interest on all the Notes will ipso facto      
become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act  
on the part of the Trustee or any holders of the Notes. Under certain           
circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding 
Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its       
consequences.                                                                   

  Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will 
be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the        
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless 
such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security       
against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive  
payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder of a Note
may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:        

         (1) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event
of Default is continuing;                                             

      (2) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding
  Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

    (3) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or
indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;   

     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days
             after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity;
and                                                 

          (5) holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes
         have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such
request within such 60-day period.                  

Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount  
of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and     
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however,   
may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or  
that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other    
holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.       

     If a Default occurs, is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee
must mail to each holder of the Notes notice of the Default within 90 days after
it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment                       

  96

S-4/A
103rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 103rd
of principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and 
so long as a committee of its trust officers determines that withholding notice 
is not opposed to the interest of the holders of the Notes. In addition, we are 
required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal
year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default  
that occurred during the previous year. We are required to deliver to the       
Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any     
event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action we  
are taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.                              

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS                                                          

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture may be amended with the  
consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then      
outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or   
exchange for the Notes) and any past default or noncompliance with any          
provisions may also be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in  
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. However, without the consent of 
each holder of an outstanding Note affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may 
not, among other things:                                                        

   (1) reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an
amendment;                                                            

        (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on
any Note;                                                             

          (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

    (4) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or
          change the time at which any Note may be redeemed as described
under "-- Optional Redemption" above;               

          (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

         (6) impair the right of any holder of the Notes to receive payment of
            principal of and interest on such holder's Notes on or after the
              due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any
payment on or with respect to such holder's Notes;  

      (7) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each
holder's consent or in the waiver provisions;       

         (8) make any change in the ranking or priority of any Note that would
adversely affect the Noteholders; or                

       (9) make any change in any Subsidiary Guaranty that would adversely
affect the Noteholders.                             

 Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of the
Notes, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Trustee may amend the         
Indenture:                                                                      

 (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

       (2) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the
            obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the
Indenture;                                          

         (3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
          certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are
           issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the
       Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are
described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);     

  (4) to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, including any
Subsidiary Guaranties, or to secure the Notes;      

        (5) to add to the covenants of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor
           for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or to surrender any
     right or power conferred upon the Company or a Subsidiary
Guarantor;                                          

       (6) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of
any holder of the Notes; or                         

  97

S-4/A
104th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 104th
        (7) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the
         qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

The consent of the holders of the Notes is not necessary under the    
Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is       
sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.    

   After an amendment under the Indenture becomes effective, we are required
to mail to holders of the Notes a notice briefly describing such amendment.     
However, the failure to give such notice to all holders of the Notes, or any    
defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.        

TRANSFER                                                                        

   The Notes will be issued in registered form and will be transferable only
upon the surrender of the Notes being transferred for registration of transfer. 
We may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other
governmental charge payable in connection with certain transfers and exchanges. 

DEFEASANCE                                                                      

At any time, we may terminate all our and the Subsidiary Guarantors'  
obligations under the Notes and the Indenture ("legal defeasance"), except for  
certain obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust and        
obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the Notes, to replace       
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and to maintain a registrar and      
paying agent in respect of the Notes.                                           

    In addition, at any time we may terminate our obligations under "-- Change
of Control" and under the covenants described under "-- Certain Covenants"      
(other than the covenant described under "-- Merger and Consolidation"), the    
operation of the cross acceleration provision, the bankruptcy provisions with   
respect to Significant Subsidiaries and the judgment default provision described
under "-- Defaults" above and the limitations contained in clause (3) of the    
first paragraph under "-- Certain Covenants -- Merger and Consolidation" above  
("covenant defeasance").                                                        

We may exercise our legal defeasance option notwithstanding our prior 
exercise of our covenant defeasance option. If we exercise our legal defeasance 
option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of      
Default with respect thereto. If we exercise our covenant defeasance option,    
payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default      
specified in clause (4), (5), (6), (7) (with respect only to Significant        
Subsidiaries), (8) or (9) under "-- Defaults" above or because of the failure of
the Company to comply with clause (3) of the first paragraph under "-- Certain  
Covenants -- Merger and Consolidation" above. If we exercise our legal          
defeasance option or our covenant defeasance option, each Subsidiary Guarantor  
will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Subsidiary     
Guaranty.                                                                       

    In order to exercise either of our defeasance options, we must irrevocably
deposit in trust (the "defeasance trust") with the Trustee money or U.S.        
Government Obligations or a combination thereof for the payment of principal and
interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must   
comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of an   
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that holders of the Notes will not recognize   
income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit
and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts and
in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such    
deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and, in the case of legal defeasance   
only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue 
Service or other change in applicable Federal income tax law).                  

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE                                                          

     U.S. Bank National Association is to be the Trustee under the Indenture. We
have appointed the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the     
Notes.                                                                          

  The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee,
should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in      
certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect            

  98

S-4/A
105th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 105th
of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to    
engage in other transactions; provided, however, if it acquires any conflicting 
interest it must either eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC
for permission to continue or resign.                                           

     The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will
have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain          
exceptions. If an Event of Default occurs (and is not cured), the Trustee will  
be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a       
prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the  
Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers     
under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder   
shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it     
against any loss, liability or expense and then only to the extent required by  
the terms of the Indenture.                                                     

NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS        

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder (including
Parent) of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor will have any liability for  
any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes, any 
Subsidiary Guaranty or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of,  
or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by 
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release 
are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release
may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. Federal securities     
laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

GOVERNING LAW                                                                   

The Indenture and the Notes will be governed by, and construed in     
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to     
applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of 
the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.                      

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS                                                             

"Additional Assets" means:                                            

         (1) any property, plant or equipment or other tangible assets used in
or useful in the operation of a Related Business;   

          (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
       as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the
Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or        

         (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that
at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;            

provided, however, that any such Restricted Subsidiary described in clause (2)  
or (3) above is primarily engaged in a Related Business.                        

 "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or
indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common     
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,        
"control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the    
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through 
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms     
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For  
purposes of the covenants described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on
Restricted Payments," "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Affiliate          
Transactions" and "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of Assets and    
Subsidiary Stock" only, "Affiliate" shall also mean any beneficial owner of     
Capital Stock representing 5% or more of the total voting power of the Voting   
Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Company or of rights or warrants to     
purchase such Capital Stock (whether or not currently exercisable) and any      
Person who would be an Affiliate of any such beneficial owner pursuant to the   
first sentence hereof.                                                          

  99

S-4/A
106th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 106th
  "Asset Disposition" means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition
(or series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) by the Company  
or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger,   
consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this 
definition as a "disposition"), of:                                             

          (1) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than
             directors' qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law
         to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary);                                        

      (2) all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of
    business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

    (3) any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
             outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary                               

other than, in the case of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above,                      

           (A) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by
          the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary;                                   

      (B) for purposes of the covenant described under "-- Certain
           Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
              Stock" only, (x) a disposition that constitutes a Restricted
               Payment permitted by the covenant described under "-- Certain
                Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments" or a Permitted
              Investment and (y) a disposition of all or substantially all
           the assets of the Company in accordance with the covenant
     described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Merger and
Consolidation;"                               

           (C) a disposition of assets with a fair market value of less than
$2.0 million;                                 

         (D) sales of accounts receivable and related assets of the type
      specified in the definition of Qualified Receivables
             Transaction to a Receivables Subsidiary for the fair market
value thereof;                                

          (E) disposals of equipment in connection with reinvestment in or
               the replacement of its equipment and disposals of worn-out or
            obsolete equipment, in each case in the ordinary course of
         business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (F) the grant in the ordinary course of business of the Company or
        its Restricted Subsidiaries of any license of patents,
            trademarks, registrations therefor or similar intellectual
property;                                     

  (G) any sale, transfer or other disposition of defaulted
receivables for collection; and               

        (H) any sale, transfer or other disposition of lift trucks and
         related products in which the Company or its Restricted
               Subsidiaries holds a security interest in connection with its
              granting of a guarantee or recourse or repurchase obligation
                 under any Lift Truck Financing Guarantee; provided that the net
                proceeds of any such sale, transfer or other disposition shall
           be applied to repay the outstanding Indebtedness, if any,
          associated with such guarantee or recourse or repurchase
obligation.                                   

     "Attributable Debt" in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as of
the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate   
borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee 
for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such     
Sale/ Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been 
extended); provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in
a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby with 
be determined in accordance with the definition of "Capital Lease Obligation."  

 100

S-4/A
107th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 107th
    "Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing:                                

        (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of
             determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal
            payment of or redemption or similar payment with respect to such
    Indebtedness multiplied by the amount of such payment by

(2) the sum of all such payments.                           

     "Board of Directors" means with respect to a Person, the Board of Directors
of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such
Board.                                                                          

"Business Day" means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.           

"Capital Lease Obligation" means an obligation that is required to be 
classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes
in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such     
obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in     
accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the  
last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first
date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a 
penalty.                                                                        

   "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights
to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or       
interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred
Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.          

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.           

 "Consolidated Coverage Ratio" as of any date of determination means the
ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the period of the most recent   
four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been made  
publicly available prior to the date of such determination to (y) Consolidated  
Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided, however, that:        

    (1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any
        Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains
        outstanding or if the transaction giving rise to the need to
         calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of
           Indebtedness, or both, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense
            for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro
             forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been
Incurred on the first day of such period;           

(2) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, 
          repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness
              since the beginning of such period or if any Indebtedness is to be
          repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (in each
            case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit
             facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and
             has not been replaced) on the date of the transaction giving rise
            to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, EBITDA
      and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be
             calculated on a pro forma basis as if such discharge had occurred
         on the first day of such period and as if the Company or such
             Restricted Subsidiary has not earned the interest income actually
          earned during such period in respect of cash or Temporary Cash
       Investments used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise
discharge such Indebtedness;                        

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any
        Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition,
         EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to
              EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are
     the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period, or
          increased by an amount equal to EBITDA (if negative), directly
          attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest
              Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the
      Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any
            Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid,
             repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the
 Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in

 101

S-4/A
108th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 108th
      connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the
        Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated
 Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the
        Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company
       and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for
such Indebtedness after such sale);                         

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any
             Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an
        Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any person which
         becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets,
              including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a
           transaction requiring a calculation to be made hereunder, which
          constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a
              business, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period
     shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto
     (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such
       Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such
period; and                                         

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that  
             subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or
             into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning
      of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition, any
           Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an
         adjustment pursuant to clause (3) or (4) above if made by the
             Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, EBITDA and
             Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated
  after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset
            Disposition, Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day
of such period.                                     

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an 
acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the
amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness        
Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined
in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company.  
If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro    
forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the   
rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the
entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to    
such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess
of 12 months).                                                                  

   "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the total interest
expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to   
the extent not included in such total interest expense, and to the extent       
incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, without duplication:    

          (1) interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations and the
          interest expense attributable to leases constituting part of a
Sale/Leaseback Transaction;                         

(2) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost;   

(3) capitalized interest;                                   

(4) non-cash interest expenses;                             

   (5) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with
           respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing;

     (6) net payments pursuant to Interest Rate Agreements and, to the
          extent entered into in connection with financing transactions,
currency hedging transactions;                      

        (7) Preferred Stock dividends in respect of all Preferred Stock held
          by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary
             (other than dividends payable solely in Capital Stock (other than
       Disqualified Stock) of the issuer of such Preferred Stock);

        (8) interest incurred in connection with Investments in discontinued
operations;                                         

        (9) interest accruing on any Indebtedness of any other Person to the
        extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by (or secured by the
    assets of) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 102

S-4/A
109th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 109th
       (10) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or
             similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such
             plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than
           the Company) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such
plan or trust.                                    

"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income of the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries; provided, however, that there shall  
not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:                                

     (1) any net income of any Person (other than the Company) if such
Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that: 

         (A) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (4) below, the
                Company's equity in the net income of any such Person for such
                period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to
           the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such
          Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted
                 Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the
               case of a dividend or other distribution paid to a Restricted
                Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (3) below);
and                                           

            (B) the Company's equity in a net loss of any such Person for such
               period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net
           Income but only to the extent the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary funded such net loss with cash;    

         (2) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or
             a Subsidiary in a pooling of interests transaction for any period
prior to the date of such acquisition;              

      (3) any net income of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted
             Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on
           the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such
          Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company,
except that:                                        

         (A) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (4) below, the
           Company's equity in the net income of any such Restricted
      Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such
                 Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that
           could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary
         during such period to the Company or another Restricted
                 Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the
          case of a dividend or other distribution paid to another
            Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this
clause); and                                  

       (B) the Company's equity in a net loss of any such Restricted
             Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining
                 such Consolidated Net Income but only to the extent the Company
            or a Restricted Subsidiary funded such net loss with cash;

       (4) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of
           any assets of the Company, its consolidated Subsidiaries or any
      other Person (including pursuant to any sale-and-leaseback
          arrangement) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the
              ordinary course of business and any gain or loss realized upon the
         sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

(5) extraordinary gains or losses; and                      

   (6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of the covenant described under 
"Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments" only, there shall be   
excluded from Consolidated Net Income any repurchases, repayments or redemptions
of Investments, proceeds realized on the sale of Investments or return of       
capital to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such            
repurchases, repayments, redemptions, proceeds or returns increase the amount of
Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (a)(3)(D)  
thereof.                                                                        

    "Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the
Issue Date by and among the Company, certain of its Subsidiaries, the lenders   
referred to therein, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and 
Credit Suisse First Boston, as Syndication Agent, together with the related     

 103

S-4/A
110th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 110th
documents thereto (including the term loans and revolving loans thereunder, any 
guarantees and security documents), as such Credit Agreement and/or related     
documents may be replaced, amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount,   
terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions and whether or not with the   
same agent, trustee or lenders) from time to time, and any agreement (and       
related document) governing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance, in whole or in  
part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be        
outstanding under such Credit Agreement or a successor Credit Agreement, whether
by the same or any other lender or group of lenders.                            

   "Credit Facility" means one or more debt facilities (including the Credit
Agreement), with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving   
credit loans, term loans, receivables financing or letters of credit, in each   
case, as amended, extended, renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented or        
otherwise modified in whole or in part from time to time (including any increase
in principal amount).                                                           

"Currency Agreement" means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange
contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement designed to protect
such Person against fluctuations in currency values.                            

   "Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or
both would be, an Event of Default.                                             

   "Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock
which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible
or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the        
happening of any event:                                                         

       (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise;                            

      (2) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder for
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; or              

          (3) is mandatorily redeemable or must be purchased upon the occurrence
of certain events or otherwise, in whole or in part;

in each case on or prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the 
Notes; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute      
Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right  
to require such Person to purchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the        
occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change of control" occurring prior to the     
first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute      
Disqualified Stock if:                                                          

        (1) the "asset sale" or "change of control" provisions applicable to
            such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such
              Capital Stock than the terms applicable to the Notes and described
            under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of Assets and
              Subsidiary Stock" and "-- Certain Covenants -- Change of Control";
and                                                 

         (2) any such requirement only becomes operative after compliance with
             such terms applicable to the Notes, including the purchase of any
Notes tendered pursuant thereto.                    

The amount of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed redemption,     
repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of
such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were redeemed, repaid or  
repurchased on any date on which the amount of such Disqualified Stock is to be 
determined pursuant to the Indenture; provided, however, that if such           
Disqualified Stock could not be required to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased  
at the time of such determination, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price
will be the book value of such Disqualified Stock as reflected in the most      
recent financial statements of such Person.                                     

 104

S-4/A
111th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 111th
"EBITDA" for any period means the sum of Consolidated Net Income, plus
Consolidated Interest Expense, plus the following to the extent deducted in     
calculating such Consolidated Net Income:                                       

  (1) all income tax expense of the Company and its consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries;                            

    (2) depreciation and amortization expense of the Company and its
        consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding amortization
              expense attributable to a prepaid operating activity item that was
paid in cash in a prior period);                    

 (3) all non-recurring gains and losses of the Company and its
consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries; and           

      (4) all other non-cash charges of the Company and its consolidated
              Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any such non-cash charge to the
       extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash
expenditures in any future period);                 

in each case for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for  
taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization  
and non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated 
Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion)    
that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating   
Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at
the date of determination to be dividended or distributed to the Company or     
another Restricted Subsidiary by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior       
approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and 
all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and    
governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its        
stockholders.                                                                   

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

    "Foreign Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized
and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof  
or the District of Columbia.                                                    

    "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in:     

          (1) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board
      of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants;

 (2) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board;                                    

   (3) such other statements by such other entity as approved by a
 significant segment of the accounting profession; and

       (4) the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of
              financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in
           periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of
            the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff
        accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the
accounting staff of the SEC.                        

  "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any Person and any      
obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:        

          (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or
            payment of) such Indebtedness of such Person (whether arising by
              virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well,
             to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay
           or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

        (2) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the
             obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect
        such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in
part);                                              

 105

S-4/A
112th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 112th
provided, however, that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for 
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee"  
used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term "Guarantor" shall mean any 
Person Guaranteeing any obligation.                                             

     "Guaranty Agreement" means a supplemental indenture, in a form satisfactory
to the Trustee, pursuant to which a Subsidiary Guarantor guarantees the         
Company's obligations with respect to the Notes on the terms provided for in the
Indenture.                                                                      

  "Hedging Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such Person
pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.                  

"Holder" or "Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Note is     
registered on the Registrar's books.                                            

  "Incur" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable
for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person      
existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by    
merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred 
by such Person at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary. The term         
"Incurrence" when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. Solely for   
purposes of determining compliance with "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on  
Indebtedness," (1) amortization of debt discount or the accretion of principal  
with respect to a non-interest bearing or other discount security and (2) the   
payment of regularly scheduled interest in the form of additional Indebtedness  
of the same instrument or the payment of regularly scheduled dividends on       
Capital Stock in the form of additional Capital Stock of the same class and with
the same terms will not be deemed to be the Incurrence of Indebtedness.         

"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person on any date of       
determination (without duplication):                                            

       (1) the principal in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for
   money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes,
             debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of
          which such Person is responsible or liable, including, in each
             case, any premium on such indebtedness to the extent such premium
has become due and payable;                         

         (2) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable
           Debt in respect of Sale/ Leaseback Transactions entered into by
such Person;                                        

        (3) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred
           purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of
          such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title
             retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising
in the ordinary course of business);                

   (4) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any
           obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar
              credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters
            of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described
          in clauses (1) through (3) above) entered into in the ordinary
           course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of
          credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon,
           such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day
following payment on the letter of credit);         

        (5) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the
         redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified
           Stock of such Person or, with respect to any Preferred Stock of
       any Subsidiary of such Person, the principal amount of such
             Preferred Stock to be determined in accordance with the Indenture
 (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

          (6) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (5)
       of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the
           payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or
    liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or
otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee;     

          (7) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6)
            of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of
     such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by
 106

S-4/A
113th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 113th
      such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the
        lesser of the value of such property or assets and the amount of the
obligation so secured; and                                  

        (8) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging
Obligations of such Person.                         

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of any business or other assets, the term             
"Indebtedness" will exclude indemnification or post-closing payment adjustments 
to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined
by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of  
such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of        
closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent  
such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 
60 days thereafter.                                                             

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the     
outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described  
above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving  
rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided,   
however, that in the case of Indebtedness sold at a discount, the amount of such
Indebtedness at any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time.       

    "Independent Qualified Party" means an investment banking firm, accounting
firm or appraisal firm of national standing; provided, however, that such firm  
is not an Affiliate of the Company.                                             

  "Interest Rate Agreement" means in respect of a Person any interest rate
swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other similar financial agreement
or arrangement.                                                                 

"Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan 
(other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are   
recorded as accounts receivable or deposits on the balance sheet of the lender) 
or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar         
arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or    
other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account
or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness
or other similar instruments issued by such Person. Except as otherwise provided
for herein, the amount of an Investment shall be its fair value at the time the 
Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.    

     For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary", the definition
of "Restricted Payment" and the covenant described under "-- Certain            
Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments":                                

    (1) "Investment" shall include the portion (proportionate to the
            Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market
           value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the
   time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted
            Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such
              Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed
           to continue to have a permanent "Investment" in an Unrestricted
        Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to (A) the
         Company's "Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time of such
              redesignation less (B) the portion (proportionate to the Company's
           equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of
 the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such
redesignation; and                                  

      (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary
        shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such
     transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the
           Company's senior management or, in the case of an Investment in
             excess of $5.0 million, by the Board of Directors of the Company.

"Issue Date" means the date on which the Notes are originally issued. 

"Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking  
institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.              

    "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or
charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention     
agreement or lease in the nature thereof).                                      
 107

S-4/A
114th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 114th
     "Lift Truck Financing Guarantee" means guarantees or repurchase or recourse
obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in the ordinary 
course of business consistent with past practice, of Indebtedness Incurred by a 
dealer or customer of a dealer, for the purchase or lease of lift trucks        
substantially all of which are manufactured or sold by the Company or a         
Restricted Subsidiary, the proceeds of which Indebtedness is used by such dealer
or customer primarily to pay the purchase price of such lift trucks and any     
related reasonable fees and expenses (including financing fees), provided,      
however, that (1)(A) with respect to lift trucks located in the United States,  
the Indebtedness so guaranteed is secured by a perfected first priority Lien on 
such lift trucks in favor of the holder of such Indebtedness, the Company or a  
Restricted Subsidiary and (B) with respect to lift trucks located outside of the
United States, the Indebtedness so guaranteed is secured by a lien or other     
similar security interest in favor of the holder of such Indebtedness, the      
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent commercially practicable in the
jurisdiction in which such lift trucks are located and (2) if the Company or    
such Restricted Subsidiary is required to make payment with respect to such     
guarantee, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will have the right to     
either (a) the title to such lift trucks, (b) a valid assignment of a perfected 
first priority Lien or other similar security interest in the lift trucks, or   
(c) the net proceeds of any resale of such lift trucks.                         

     "Net Available Cash" from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received
therefrom (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of   
principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and proceeds
from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, 
but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in
the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other         
obligations relating to such properties or assets or received in any other      
noncash form), in each case net of:                                             

          (1) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other
      fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel,
          accountants and investment bankers) incurred, and all Federal,
             state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued
     as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset
Disposition;                                        

     (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any
            assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the
          terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind
          with respect to such assets, or which must by its terms, or in
             order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or
            by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset
Disposition;                                        

   (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to
            minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result
of such Asset Disposition;                          

        (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the seller as a
     reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities
         associated with the property or other assets disposed in such
           Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; and        

        (5) in the case of an Asset Disposition that involves the sale of an
          owned dealer or dealers, payments required to be made to third
       parties (other than as set forth in paragraph (3) above) in
            respect of terminations of lease obligations, dealer exclusivity
            arrangements or similar obligations necessary, in the good faith
        judgment of the Company, to complete such Asset Disposition.

     "Net Cash Proceeds", with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock,
means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys' fees,        
accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, discounts or        
commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in       
connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a     
result thereof.                                                                 

"Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice    
President, the Treasurer, the Controller or the Secretary of the Company.       

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Officers.   

 108

S-4/A
115th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 115th
"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is
acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the  
Company or the Trustee.                                                         

"Parent" means NACCO Industries, Inc. or its successors.              

   "Permitted Holders" means, collectively, the parties to the Stockholders'
Agreement, dated as of March 15, 1990, as amended from time to time, by and     
among National City Bank, (Cleveland, Ohio), as depository, the Participating   
Stockholders, as defined therein, and Parent; provided, however, that for       
purposes of this definition only, the definition of Participating Stockholders  
contained in the Stockholders' Agreement shall be such definition in effect on  
the Issue Date.                                                                 

     "Permitted Investment" means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in:                                                                  

        (1) the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person that will, upon
          the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;
           provided, however, that the primary business of such Restricted
Subsidiary is a Related Business;                   

          (2) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person
           is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys
    all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a
        Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Person's
primary business is a Related Business;             

(3) cash and Temporary Cash Investments;                    

        (4) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if
              created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable
      or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;
     provided, however, that such trade terms may include such
           concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted
Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

      (5) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are
             expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as
              expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary
course of business;                                 

     (6) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of
          business consistent with past practices of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary;                              

        (7) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts
       created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the
      Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of
judgments;                                          

        (8) any Person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash
             portion of the consideration received for an Asset Disposition as
          permitted pursuant to the covenant described under "-- Certain
             Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock;"

       (9) any Person where such Investment was acquired by the Company or
            any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other
             Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such
        Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a
          bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the
              issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (b) as a
           result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted
        Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other
       transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in
default;                                            

    (10) a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables
               Subsidiary in any other Person, in each case in connection with a
            Qualified Receivables Transaction, provided, however, that any
            Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of (a) a
              Purchase Money Note; (b) any equity interest; (c) obligations of
             the Receivables Subsidiary to pay the purchase price for assets
        transferred to it; or (d) interests in accounts receivable
     generated by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and
      transferred to any Person in connection with a Qualified
             Receivables Transaction or any such Person owning such accounts
receivable;                                       

 109

S-4/A
116th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 116th
(11) Hedging Obligations;                                   

     (12) negotiable instruments held for deposit or collection in the
ordinary course of business;                      

(13) any Investment in existence on the Issue Date;         

         (14) Investments in independently held lift truck dealers (consisting
         of not more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of
              Voting Stock of any such dealer) which do not exceed, at any one
time, $5.0 million; and                           

        (15) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market
           value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and
               without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) which, when
             taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this
           clause (15) that are at the time outstanding (measured on the
        date such Investment was made and without giving effect to
          subsequent changes in value), does not exceed $20.0 million.

"Permitted Liens" means, with respect to any Person:                  

      (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under worker's compensation
             laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good
             faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other
         than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such
        Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory
           obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States
           government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such
             Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or
              import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in
the ordinary course of business;                    

   (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's and
        mechanics' Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being
             contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens
       arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with
         respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an
              appeal or other proceedings for review and Liens arising solely by
       virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to
            banker's Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies
            as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor
            depository institution; provided, however, that (A) such deposit
         account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not
              subject to restrictions against access by the Company in excess of
             those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve
             Board and (B) such deposit account is not intended by the Company
     or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the
depository institution;                             

 (3) Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for
     non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings;                            

      (4) Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds or letters of credit
         issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such
             Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however,
       that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness;

 (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or
              reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way,
           sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other
              similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of
            real property or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business
           of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were
            not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in
       the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said
             properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the
business of such Person;                            

         (6) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred to finance the construction,
           purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to,
           property, plant or equipment of such Person; provided, however,
            that the Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such
             Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien
              is Incurred (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant
            thereto), and the Indebtedness (other than any interest thereon)
secured                                             

 110

S-4/A
117th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 117th
         by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the later of
     the acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement,
         addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject to
the Lien;                                                   

   (7) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under the provisions
     described in clauses (b)(1) and (b)(16) under "-- Certain
             Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness;" provided, however, that
             with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred under clause
         (b)(16), such Liens exclude Liens on real property, plant and
equipment;                                          

(8) Liens existing on the Issue Date;                       

         (9) Liens on property or shares of Capital Stock of another Person at
           the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person;
         provided, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other
  property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted
   Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or
appurtenant thereto);                               

(10) Liens on property at the time such Person or any of its
              Subsidiaries acquires the property, including any acquisition by
              means of a merger or consolidation with or into such Person or a
              Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that the Liens may
             not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of
         its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than assets and property
affixed or appurtenant thereto);                  

         (11) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary
              of such Person owing to such Person or a wholly owned Subsidiary
of such Person;                                   

   (12) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as such Hedging
             Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is, and is permitted to
            be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property
securing such Hedging Obligations;                

 (13) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code
              financing statement filings relating to operating leases entered
             into by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course
or business;                                      

         (14) Liens on assets held by Company-owned dealers in connection with
             Lift Truck Financing Guarantees and limited in each case to the
          property subject to such Lift Truck Financing Guarantee; and

          (15) Liens to secure any Refinancing (or successive Refinancings) as a
        whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien
        referred to in the foregoing clause (6), (8), (9) or (10);
provided, however, that:                          

       (A) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same
        property and assets that secured or, under the written
             agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could
                secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to,
          such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

       (B) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not
         increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the
               outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount
             of the Indebtedness described under clause (6), (8), (9) or
                (10) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien and
                 (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including
              premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension,
renewal or replacement.                       

Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Permitted Liens" will not include any Lien      
described in clauses (6), (9) or (10) above to the extent such Lien applies to  
any Additional Assets acquired directly or indirectly from Net Available Cash   
pursuant to the covenant described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on 
Sale of Assets and Subsidiary Stock." For purposes of this definition, the term 
"Indebtedness" shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.        

 111

S-4/A
118th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 118th
    "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated 
organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any  
other entity.                                                                   

 "Preferred Stock", as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means
Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as
to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of      
assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such     
Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.         

    "principal" of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if
any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the     
relevant time.                                                                  

   "Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten primary public offering of
common stock of Parent or the Company pursuant to an effective registration     
statement under the Securities Act.                                             

    "Purchase Money Note" means a promissory note evidencing a line of credit,
which may be irrevocable, from, or evidencing other Indebtedness owed to, the   
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables 
Transaction, which note shall be repaid from cash available to the maker of such
note, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to     
agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and     
other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the   
purchase of newly generated receivables.                                        

"Qualified Receivables Transaction" means any transaction or series of
transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any Restricted          
Subsidiary pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, 
convey or otherwise transfer to (1) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a  
transfer by the Company or any Restated Subsidiary), and (2) any other Person   
(in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security
interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the    
future) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and any     
assets related thereto, including all collateral securing such accounts         
receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of 
such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets 
that are customarily transferred, or in respect of which security interests are 
customarily granted, in connection with asset securitization transactions       
involving accounts receivable.                                                  

 "Receivables Subsidiary" means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company
that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of    
accounts receivable and that is designated by the Board of Directors of the     
Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and (1) has no          
Indebtedness or other obligations (contingent or otherwise) that (a) are        
guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than contingent   
liabilities pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) are recourse  
to or obligate the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any   
way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (c) subjects 
any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the        
Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction 
thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; (2) has no
contract, agreement, arrangement or undertaking (except in connection with a    
Purchase Money Note or Qualified Receivables Transaction) with the Company or   
its Restricted Subsidiaries other than on terms no less favorable to the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiaries than those that might be obtained at the time   
from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in 
the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts           
receivable; and (3) neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any   
obligation to maintain or preserve the Receivables Subsidiary's financial       
condition or cause the Receivables Subsidiary to achieve certain levels of      
operating results.                                                              

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be
evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the     
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such       
designation and an Officer's Certificate certifying, to the best of such        
officer's knowledge and belief after consulting with counsel, that such         
designation complied with the foregoing conditions.                             

 112

S-4/A
119th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 119th
  "Refinance" means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend,
renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other      
Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such indebtedness. "Refinanced" and
"Refinancing" shall have correlative meanings.                                  

"Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that Refinances any     
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue  
Date or Incurred in compliance with the Indenture, including Indebtedness that  
Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:                   

      (1) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier
          than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

          (2) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such
            Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater
           than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and

       (3) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount
            (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue
        price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal
              amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate
        accreted value) then outstanding or committed (plus fees and
           expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs) under the
Indebtedness being Refinanced;                      

provided further, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (A)  
Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or (B) 
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances          
Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.                                     

 "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights Agreement
dated May 9, 2002, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, Credit Suisse  
First Boston Corporation and Salomon Smith Barney Inc.                          

"Related Business" means any business in which the Company or its     
Subsidiaries was engaged on the Issue Date and any business related, ancillary  
or complementary to any business of the Company or its Subsidiaries in which the
Company or its Subsidiaries was engaged on the Issue Date or a reasonable       
extension, development or expansion of the business in which the Company or its 
Subsidiaries was engaged as of the Issue Date.                                  

"Restricted Payment" with respect to any Person means:                

(1) the declaration or payment of any dividends or any other
     distributions of any sort in respect of its Capital Stock
   (including any payment in connection with any merger or
          consolidation involving such Person) or similar payment to the
       direct or indirect holders of its Capital Stock (other than
          dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock
          (other than Disqualified Stock) and dividends or distributions
         payable solely to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and
          other than pro rata dividends or other distributions made by a
        Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to minority
              stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a
    Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation));

       (2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
              value of any Capital Stock of the Company held by any Person or of
              any Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary held by any Affiliate
              of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary), including the
            exercise of any option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than
              into Capital Stock of the Company that is not Disqualified Stock);

 (3) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
             acquisition or retirement for value, prior to scheduled maturity,
        scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment of any
             Subordinated Obligations of such Person (other than the purchase,
       repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations
              purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation,
            principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within
      one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase or other
acquisition); or                                    

 113

S-4/A
120th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 120th
        (4) the making of any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment)
in any Person.                                      

    "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.                                                        

"Sale/Leaseback Transaction" means an arrangement relating to property
owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date or thereafter 
acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a     
Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a  
Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than Sale/Leaseback     
Transactions involving lift trucks placed into the owned operations of the      
Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries for use or lease.                        

"SEC" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.              

"Senior Indebtedness" means with respect to any Person:               

          (1) Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date
or thereafter Incurred; and                         

      (2) accrued and unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or
 after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for
             reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing
     interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of (A)
  indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (B)
       indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other
       similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is
responsible or liable                               

unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or       
evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided
that such obligations are subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the   
Subsidiary Guaranty of such Person, as the case may be; provided, however, that 
Senior Indebtedness shall not include:                                          

(1) any obligation of such Person to any Subsidiary;        

      (2) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or
owing by such Person;                               

          (3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising
            in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof
or instruments evidencing such liabilities);        

         (4) any Indebtedness or Guarantee of such Person (and any accrued and
              unpaid interest in respect thereof) which is subordinate or junior
          in any respect to any other Indebtedness or Guarantee or other
obligation of such Person; or                       

        (5) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of Incurrence
is Incurred in violation of the Indenture.          

  "Significant Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
"Significant Subsidiary" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under   
Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.                                          

   "Standard Securitization Undertakings" means representations, warranties,
covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted         
Subsidiary that are reasonably customary in securitization transactions         
involving accounts receivables in connection with any servicing obligations     
assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such accounts 
receivable.                                                                     

   "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the date specified
in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of   
such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption
provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such     
security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any          
contingency unless such contingency has occurred).                              

     "Subordinated Obligation" means, with respect to a Person, any Indebtedness
of such Person (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred)   
which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or a Subsidiary 
Guaranty of such Person, as the case may be, pursuant to a written agreement to 
that effect.                                                                    

 114

S-4/A
121st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 121st
"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,      
association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the 
total voting power of shares of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled,
directly or indirectly, by:                                                     

(1) such Person;                                            

   (2) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or

(3) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.                

   "Subsidiary Guarantor" means NMHG Distribution Co., Hyster-Yale Materials
Handling, Inc., NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc., NMHG Oregon, Inc. and     
Hyster Overseas Capital Corporation, LLC and each other Subsidiary of the       
Company that executes the Indenture as a guarantor and each other Subsidiary of 
the Company that thereafter guarantees the Notes pursuant to the terms of the   
Indenture.                                                                      

  "Subsidiary Guaranty" means a Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the
Company's obligations with respect to the Notes.                                

"Temporary Cash Investments" means any of the following:              

    (1) any investment in direct obligations of the United States of
          America or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the
United States of America or any agency thereof;     

         (2) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and
         money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of
          acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company which is
         organized under the laws of the United States of America, any
         state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United
           States of America, and which bank or trust company has capital,
        surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $50.0
        million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has
           outstanding debt which is rated "A" (or such similar equivalent
   rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized
             statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the
              Securities Act) or any money-market fund sponsored by a registered
broker dealer or mutual fund distributor;           

       (3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for
            underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above
            entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in
clause (2) above;                                   

       (4) investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 90 days
              after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than
             an Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the
       laws of the United States of America or any foreign country
           recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the
        time as of which any investment therein is made of "P-1" (or
             higher) according to Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or
       higher) according to Standard and Poor's Ratings Group; and

       (5) investments in securities with maturities of six months or less
          from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any
             state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America,
            or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and
           rated at least "A" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or "A" by
Moody's Investors Service, Inc.                     

"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means:                                      

       (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination
          shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of
      Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.           

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the       
Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an      
Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns  
any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or holds any Lien on any property of, the 
Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the  
Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that either (A) the          
Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or            
 115

S-4/A
122nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 122nd
(B) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be
permitted under the covenant described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Restricted Payments."                                                        

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted  
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately   
after giving effect to such designation (A) the Company could Incur $1.00 of    
additional Indebtedness under paragraph (a) of the covenant described under     
"-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness" and (B) no Default shall   
have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors 
of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the    
Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving
effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such    
designation complied with the foregoing provisions.                             

 "U.S. Dollar Equivalent" means with respect to any monetary amount in a
currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the    
amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in 
such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S.    
dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street    
Journal in the "Exchange Rates" column under the heading "Currency Trading" on  
the date two Business Days prior to such determination.                         

Except as described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on      
Indebtedness," whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Company has    
complied with any covenant in the Indenture or a Default has occurred and an    
amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be  
treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is  
initially determined in such currency.                                          

 "U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations (or certificates
representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of 
America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of    
which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and  
which are not callable at the issuer's option.                                  

"Voting Stock" of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other
interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and 
normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote 
in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.                     

 "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary all the Capital
Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) is owned by the Company
or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.                                       

 116

S-4/A
123rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 123rd
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     In the opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue, counsel to NMHG Holding, Co.,
the following discussion sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax        
consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and        
disposition of the exchange notes. This summary is based upon existing U.S.     
federal income tax law, which is subject to change, possibly retroactively. This
discussion is limited to exchange notes held as capital assets within the       
meaning of Section 1221 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code"). 
This summary does not discuss all of the U. S. federal income tax consequences  
that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of such holder's  
specific circumstances or to holders subject to special tax rules, such as      
certain financial institutions, insurance companies, securities dealers,        
tax-exempt organizations, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment   
companies, grantor trusts or persons holding exchange notes in connection with a
hedging, straddle, conversion or other integrated transaction. This summary also
does not address the tax consequences that may be relevant to persons who have  
ceased to be United States citizens or who are no longer subject to tax as      
resident aliens or that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar,  
all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those    
summarized below. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with regard to
the application of U.S. federal income tax laws to their particular situations, 
as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or   
foreign taxing jurisdiction.                                                    

   As used herein, the term "non-U.S. holder" means a beneficial owner of an
exchange note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:                    

- a nonresident alien individual;                                     

- a foreign corporation;                                              

- a foreign estate; or                                                

- a foreign trust.                                                    

Foreign partnerships, including other foreign entities taxable as     
partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are subject to special U.S.  
income and withholding tax rules. The tax treatment of a partner in a foreign   
partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the          
activities of the foreign partnership. Prospective investors that are foreign   
partnerships or partners in a foreign partnership are urged to consult their tax
advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and
disposition of the exchange notes.                                              

PAYMENT OF INTEREST                                                             

    Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, payments of
interest on the exchange notes by us or our paying agent to any non-U.S. holder 
should qualify as portfolio interest under the Code and should not be subject to
U.S. federal income or withholding tax, provided that:                          

     - the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct by such holder
of a trade or business in the United States;                      

   - the holder (1) does not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of
     the total combined voting power of all our classes of stock entitled to
    vote, (2) is not a controlled foreign corporation related, directly or
indirectly, to us through stock ownership, and (3) is not a bank  
   receiving interest from us under a loan agreement entered into in the
ordinary course of the bank's business; and                       

 - the certification requirement, as described below, has been fulfilled
with respect to the beneficial owner.                             

  The certification requirement referred to above will be fulfilled if the
beneficial owner of exchange notes certifies on Internal Revenue Service ("IRS")
Form W-8BEN (or successor form) under penalties of perjury that it is not a     
United States person and provides its name and address and:                     

    - such beneficial owner files such Form W-8BEN with the withholding agent;

    - in the case of exchange notes held on behalf of the beneficial owners by
     a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution
holding customers' securities in the ordinary course of           

 117

S-4/A
124th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 124th
its trade or business, such financial institution files with the  
      withholding agent IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form) certifying that it
       has received certifications from the beneficial owners of exchange notes,
furnishes the withholding agent with copies thereof and otherwise 
complies with applicable IRS requirements; or                     

     - in the case of exchange notes held by a foreign partnership, such foreign
partnership (1) files with the withholding agent IRS Form W-8IMY  
       certifying that it has received certifications from its partners that are
 non-U.S. holders, furnishes the withholding agent with the required
withholding statement, and otherwise complies with applicable IRS 
   requirements, or (2) enters into a withholding agreement with the IRS
  under which it assumes certain U.S. withholding responsibilities and
otherwise complies with applicable IRS requirements.              

Alternatively, these certification requirements will not apply if the 
beneficial owner of the exchange note holds such exchange note directly through 
a "qualified intermediary" (which is a non-U.S. office of a bank, securities    
dealer or similar intermediary that has signed an agreement with the IRS        
concerning withholding tax procedures), the qualified intermediary has          
sufficient information in its files to indicate that the holder is a non-U.S.   
holder and the intermediary complies with IRS requirements. Special intermediary
rules apply with respect to exchange notes held by a foreign partnership.       
Prospective investors, including foreign partnerships and their partners and    
holders who hold their exchange notes through a qualified intermediary, are     
urged to consult their tax advisors regarding possible reporting and withholding
requirements.                                                                   

Except to the extent that an applicable treaty otherwise provides, a  
non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed with respect to interest in the same    
manner as a holder that is a U.S. person if the interest is effectively         
connected with a United States trade or business of the non-U.S. holder.        
Effectively connected interest income received or accrued by a corporate        
non-U.S. holder may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an         
additional "branch profits" tax at a 30% rate (or, if applicable, at a lower tax
rate specified by a treaty). Even though such effectively connected income is   
subject to income tax, and may be subject to branch profits tax, it is not      
subject to withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder delivers a properly executed  
IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) to the withholding agent.                   

  The gross amount of any payments of interest that do not qualify for the
exception from withholding described above and that are not effectively         
connected with the conduct by such holder of a trade or business in the United  
States will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% unless a treaty 
applies to reduce or eliminate withholding and the non-U.S. holder properly     
certifies on IRS Form W-8BEN that it is entitled to such treaty benefits.       

SALE, EXCHANGE, REDEMPTION, OR DISPOSITION OF NOTES                             

   Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, a non-U.S.
holder of an exchange note generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income 
tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of  
such exchange note, unless:                                                     

    - such holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183
days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other 
conditions exist; or                                              

   - such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such holder of a
trade or business in the United States; or                        

   - the holder is subject to the special rules applicable to certain former
citizens and residents of the United States.                      

UNITED STATES FEDERAL ESTATE TAX                                                

If interest on the exchange notes is exempt from withholding of U.S.  
federal income tax under the portfolio interest exemption (without regard to the
certification requirement), the exchange notes will not be included in the      
estate of a deceased non-U.S. holder for U.S. federal estate tax purposes.      

 118

S-4/A
125th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 125th
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING                                    

     We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder any interest
paid to the non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns may also be    
made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or other agreement with
the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides.        

    Under current U.S. federal income tax law, backup withholding tax will not
apply to payments of interest by us or our paying agent on an exchange note if  
the certifications are received or the qualified intermediary requirements are  
met as described above under "-- Payment of interest" provided that we or such  
paying agent, as the case may be, do not have actual knowledge or reason to know
that the payee is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption   
are not in fact satisfied.                                                      

 Payments on the sale, exchange or other disposition of an exchange note
made to or through a foreign office of a foreign broker generally will not be   
subject to backup withholding or information reporting. However, if such broker 
is for U.S. federal income tax purposes a U.S. person, a controlled foreign     
corporation, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively  
connected with a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period or a  
foreign partnership with certain connections to the United States, then         
information reporting will generally be required unless the broker has in its   
records documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person and 
certain other conditions are met or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes  
an exemption. Backup withholding may apply to any payment that such broker is   
required to report if the broker has actual knowledge or reason to know that the
payee is a U.S. person. Payments to or through the U.S. office of a broker will 
be subject to backup withholding and information reporting unless the holder    
certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person or otherwise
establishes an exemption. Treasury Regulations provide certain presumptions     
under which a non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding and         
information reporting unless such holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status or 
otherwise establishes an exemption.                                             

   Any amounts withheld from a payment to a non-U.S. holder under the backup
withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against such holder's U.S. federal
income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the 
required information is furnished to the IRS.                                   

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE

    In the opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue, counsel to NMHG Holding Co.,
because the exchange notes will not differ materially in kind or extent from the
outstanding notes, your exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes will   
not constitute a taxable disposition of the outstanding notes for United States 
federal income tax purposes. As a result, you will not recognize income, gain or
loss on your exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes, your holding     
period for the exchange notes will generally include your holding period for    
outstanding notes, your adjusted tax basis in the exchange notes immediately    
after the exchange will generally be the same as your adjusted tax basis in your
outstanding notes immediately prior to the exchange and, in general, any other  
United States federal income tax consequences associated with owning the        
outstanding notes will continue to apply to the exchange notes.                 

 119

S-4/A
126th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 126th
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account   
pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a          
prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This           
prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used 
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in     
exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a  
result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed  
that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, 
we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any      
broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until    
            , 2002, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may
be required to deliver a prospectus.                                            

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by   
broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account 
pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more     
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through
the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of
resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to 
such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made 
directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive      
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such            
broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer   
that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account        
pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a  
distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within 
the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange 
notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be    
deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of  
transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering
a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an         
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.                         

   For a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer,
we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or 
supplement to the prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents  
in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the
exchange offer, including the expenses of one counsel for the initial purchasers
of the outstanding notes up to $5,000, other than commissions or concessions of 
any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the initial purchasers of the         
outstanding notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities,   
including liabilities under the Securities Act.                                 

 120

S-4/A
127th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 127th
LEGAL MATTERS 

    Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue, Cleveland, Ohio will pass upon the validity of
the exchange notes for us. Dennis W. LaBarre, a director of NMHG Holding Co. and
NACCO Industries, Inc., and a member of our Nominating, Organization and        
Compensation Committee, is a partner in the law firm of Jones, Day, Reavis &    
Pogue.                                                                          

Perkins Coie LLP, Portland, Oregon, will pass upon the validity of the
subsidiary guarantee of NMHG Oregon, Inc. under Oregon law for us.              

EXPERTS 

   The audited consolidated financial statements and schedule as of December
31, 2001 and 2000, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 
31, 2001, included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration         
statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public          
accountants, as indicated in their report with respect thereto, and are included
herein in reliance upon the report of said firm and upon the authority of said  
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.                                     

  Reference is made to the report, which includes an explanatory paragraph
with respect to the change in method of accounting for derivative instruments   
and hedging activities, and the change in method of calculating pension costs   
for a defined benefit pension plan in the United Kingdom, as discussed in Note 2
to the audited consolidated financial statements.                               

    Arthur Andersen LLP has not consented to the incorporation by reference of
their report in this prospectus, and we have dispensed with the requirement to  
file their consent in reliance upon Rule 437a of the Securities Act. Under most 
circumstances a registrant must obtain and file the consent of its accountants  
contemporaneously with the filing of any registration statement that includes   
audited financial statements. By granting such a consent, accounting firms      
become exposed to liability under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act for any   
untrue statements of material fact in, or omissions of material facts from, the 
registration statement. Because we are filing this registration statement       
without the consent of Arthur Andersen, investors may not be able to pursue     
claims against Arthur Andersen under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.       

OTHER MATTERS 

     Our former independent public accountant, Arthur Andersen LLP, has informed
us that on March 14, 2002, an indictment was unsealed charging it with federal  
obstruction of justice arising from the U.S. government's investigation of Enron
Corp. It is possible that events arising out of the indictment may adversely    
affect the ability of Arthur Andersen LLP to satisfy any claims that may arise  
out of Arthur Andersen LLP's audit of our financial statements. See "Risk       
Factors -- Our former public accountants have recently been found guilty of     
obstruction of justice by the U.S. federal government, which may adversely      
affect our ability to comply with our registration obligations, whether         
contractual or statutory, and the ability of Arthur Andersen LLP to satisfy any 
claims that may arise out of Arthur Andersen LLP's audit of our financial       
statements."                                                                    

    Effective May 8, 2002, our Board of Directors, based on the recommendation
of its Audit Review Committee, dismissed Arthur Andersen LLP as independent     
auditor for itself and its subsidiaries, and engaged the services of Ernst &    
Young LLP as its new independent auditors for the fiscal year ending December   
31, 2002. This determination followed the decision by NACCO's Board of Directors
to seek proposals from independent public accounting firms to audit the         
consolidated financial statements of NACCO and its subsidiaries, including us.  
We have continued to utilize Arthur Andersen LLP to perform services as our     
predecessor independent auditor with respect to our financial statements prior  
to May 8, 2002.                                                                 

The audit reports of Arthur Andersen LLP on our consolidated financial
statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 did not contain
any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or        
modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles.              

 121

S-4/A
128th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 128th
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the     
subsequent interim period through May 8, 2002, there were no disagreements      
between us and Arthur Andersen LLP on any matter of accounting principles or    
practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which
disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Arthur Andersen LLP, would
have caused them to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in 
connection with their reports.                                                  

None of the reportable events described under Item 304(a)(1)(v) of    
Regulation S-K occurred within our fiscal years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000
or the subsequent interim period through May 8, 2002.                           

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the     
subsequent interim period through May 8, 2002, neither we nor anyone on our     
behalf consulted with Ernst & Young LLP regarding any of the matters or events  
set forth in Item 304(a)(2)(i) or (ii) of Regulation S-K.                       

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION 

    Following completion of this offering, we will be required to file reports
and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These reports
and other information will be available for reading and copying at the SEC      
Public Reference Room at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,    
Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further       
information on the Public Reference Room. The SEC maintains an Internet site at 
http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and  
other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.      

     We will provide without charge, upon written or oral request, a copy of any
or all of the documents which are incorporated by reference into this           
prospectus. Requests should be directed to: NACCO Materials Handling Group,     
Attention: Vice President Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary, 
650 N.E. Holladay Street Suite 1600, Portland, Oregon 97232, telephone number:  
(503) 721-6060.                                                                 

 122

S-4/A
129th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 129th
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
                                                                  
Audited Financial Statements:                                     
Report of Independent Public Accountants....................   F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive           
  Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000       
  and 1999..................................................   F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2001 and 2000...   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended         
  December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999..........................   F-6
Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the           
  years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999..............   F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................   F-8

Financial Statement Schedules:                                    
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended             
  December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999..........................  F-39

Unaudited Financial Statements:                                   
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2002 and       
  December 31, 2001.........................................   X-1
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations         
  for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001........   X-3
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows         
  for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001........   X-4
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's      
  Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and            
  2001......................................................   X-5
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial               
  Statements................................................   X-6

 F-1

S-4/A
130th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 130th
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS                                        

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of                                    
NMHG Holding Co. and Subsidiaries:                                              

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NMHG  
Holding Co. (a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of NACCO      
Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31,   
2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated statements of operations and        
comprehensive income (loss), stockholder's equity and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2001. These financial statements   
and the schedule referred to below are the responsibility of the Company's      
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial      
statements and schedule based on our audits.                                    

 We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An 
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant    
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial       
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis   
for our opinion.                                                                

    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of NMHG Holding Co. and        
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the results of their         
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted  
in the United States.                                                           

  As explained in Note 2 to the financial statements, effective January 1,
2001, the Company changed its method of accounting for derivative instruments   
and hedging activities, and its method of calculating pension costs for a       
defined benefit pension plan in the United Kingdom.                             

Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic 
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in the index of      
financial statements is presented for purposes of complying with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of the basic financial          
statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied 
in the audit of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly      
states in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth     
therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.         

                       Arthur Andersen LLP

Cleveland, Ohio,                                                                
January 25, 2002.                                                           

 F-2

S-4/A
131st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 131st
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31     
                                                              ------------------------------ 
                                                                2001       2000       1999   
                                                              --------   --------   -------- 
                                                                                             
Revenues....................................................  $1,672.4   $1,932.1   $1,761.4 
Cost of sales...............................................   1,422.8    1,584.6    1,457.9 
                                                              --------   --------   -------- 
Gross Profit................................................     249.6      347.5      303.5 
Selling, general and administrative expenses................     262.4      257.8      233.0 
Amortization of goodwill....................................      12.9       12.6       12.2 
Restructuring charges.......................................       8.8       13.9         -- 
Loss on sale of dealers.....................................      10.4         --         -- 
                                                              --------   --------   -------- 
Operating Profit (Loss).....................................     (44.9)      63.2       58.3 
Other income (expense)                                                                       
  Interest expense..........................................     (23.1)     (21.2)     (19.0)
  Insurance recovery........................................       8.0         --         -- 
  Other -- net..............................................      (3.4)      (4.4)       1.8 
                                                              --------   --------   -------- 
                                                                 (18.5)     (25.6)     (17.2)
                                                              --------   --------   -------- 
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes, Minority Interest, and                                    
  Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes...................     (63.4)      37.6       41.1 
Income tax provision (benefit)..............................     (14.5)      17.4       18.4 
                                                              --------   --------   -------- 
Income (Loss) Before Minority Interest and Cumulative Effect                                 
  of Accounting Changes.....................................     (48.9)      20.2       22.7 
Minority interest income....................................        .8        1.1        1.0 
                                                              --------   --------   -------- 
Income (Loss) Before Cumulative Effect of Accounting                                         
  Changes...................................................     (48.1)      21.3       23.7 
Cumulative effect of accounting changes, net of $0.8 tax                                     
  benefit in 2001...........................................      (1.3)        --         -- 
                                                              --------   --------   -------- 
Net Income (Loss)...........................................  $  (49.4)  $   21.3   $   23.7 
                                                              ========   ========   ======== 
Other comprehensive income (loss)                                                            
  Foreign currency translation adjustment...................  $   (9.2)  $  (15.6)  $  (12.6)
  Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of: ($8.1) tax                                   
     benefit in 2001; ($1.0) tax benefit in 2000; $2.3 tax                                   
     expense in 1999........................................     (13.4)      (1.4)       3.8 
  Current period cash flow hedging activity.................      (3.3)        --         -- 
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting for derivatives                                  
     and hedging, net of ($0.4) tax benefit.................       (.7)        --         -- 
                                                              --------   --------   -------- 
                                                                 (26.6)     (17.0)      (8.8)
                                                              --------   --------   -------- 
Comprehensive Income (Loss).................................  $  (76.0)  $    4.3   $   14.9 
                                                              ========   ========   ======== 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 
 F-3

S-4/A
132nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 132nd
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                                  DECEMBER 31    
                                                              -------------------
                                                                2001       2000  
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                                 
ASSETS                                                                           
Current Assets                                                                   
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $   59.6   $   24.4
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $8.0 in 2001 and                     
     $7.7 in 2000...........................................     165.6      204.0
  Tax advances, parent company..............................      23.1         --
  Notes receivable, parent company..........................        --        3.0
  Inventories...............................................     234.5      283.0
  Deferred income taxes.....................................      32.9       30.5
  Prepaid expenses and other................................      12.2        7.4
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                 527.9      552.3
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net..........................     280.5      286.2
Goodwill, net...............................................     344.2      356.1
Deferred Charges                                                                 
  Deferred costs and other..................................       1.9       12.3
  Deferred income taxes.....................................      15.7        2.7
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                  17.6       15.0
Other Assets................................................      34.9       32.1
                                                              --------   --------
     Total Assets...........................................  $1,205.1   $1,241.7
                                                              ========   ========

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 
 F-4

S-4/A
133rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 133rd
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                                 DECEMBER 31     
                                                             ------------------- 
                                                               2001       2000   
                                                             --------   -------- 
                                                                                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY                                             
Current Liabilities                                                              
  Accounts payable.......................................... $  176.7   $  209.8 
  Revolving credit agreements...............................     36.2       33.1 
  Revolving credit agreement expected to be refinanced                           
     within 12 months.......................................    265.0         -- 
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................     25.5       30.3 
  Notes payable, parent company.............................      8.0         -- 
  Accrued payroll...........................................     20.0       30.3 
  Accrued warranty obligations..............................     34.3       36.8 
  Other current liabilities.................................    112.2      104.6 
                                                             --------   -------- 
                                                                677.9      444.9 
Long-term Debt..............................................     27.7      241.5 
Self-insurance Reserve......................................     52.7       44.7 
Other Long-term Liabilities.................................     62.5       44.5 
Minority Interest...........................................      2.3        3.1 
Stockholder's Equity                                                             
  Common stock, par value $1 per share, 10,000 shares                            
     authorized; 5,599 shares outstanding...................       --         -- 
  Capital in excess of par value............................    198.2      198.2 
  Retained earnings.........................................    229.5      283.9 
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):                                 
       Foreign currency translation adjustment..............    (26.9)     (17.7)
       Minimum pension liability adjustment.................    (14.8)      (1.4)
       Deferred loss on cash flow hedging...................     (3.3)        -- 
       Cumulative effect of change in accounting for                             
        derivatives and hedging.............................      (.7)        -- 
                                                             --------   -------- 
                                                                382.0      463.0 
                                                             --------   -------- 
     Total Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity............. $1,205.1   $1,241.7 
                                                             ========   ======== 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 
 F-5

S-4/A
134th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 134th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31   
                                                             ------------------------- 
                                                              2001     2000     1999   
                                                             ------   ------   ------- 
                                                                                       
OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                                                   
  Net income (loss)......................................... $(49.4)  $ 21.3   $  23.7 
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash                               
    provided by operating activities:                                                  
       Depreciation and amortization........................   60.4     54.6      54.1 
       Deferred income taxes................................   (8.5)   (12.2)      2.3 
       Restructuring charges................................    8.8     13.9        -- 
       Minority interest income.............................   (0.8)    (1.1)     (1.0)
       Cumulative effect of accounting changes..............    1.3       --        -- 
       Loss on sale of assets...............................   10.5      0.7        -- 
       Other non-cash items.................................    1.6     (5.8)       .7 
  Working capital changes, excluding the effect of business                            
    acquisitions:                                                                      
       Intercompany receivable/payable, affiliate...........  (17.4)    (1.5)      (.9)
       Accounts receivable..................................   30.6    (36.3)     12.0 
       Inventories..........................................   38.2    (19.0)    (10.0)
       Accounts payable and other liabilities...............  (45.6)    47.1       8.2 
       Other current assets.................................    1.3       .9      (9.7)
                                                             ------   ------   ------- 
       Net cash provided by operating activities............   31.0     62.6      79.4 
                                                             ------   ------   ------- 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                                   
  Expenditures for property, plant and equipment............  (53.5)   (51.8)    (46.2)
  Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment...   13.0     10.1       (.1)
  Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired..........   (3.9)   (16.6)    (62.4)
  Investments in unconsolidated affiliates..................   (0.3)    (1.4)      1.7 
  Acquisition of minority interest..........................     --       --     (11.3)
  Other -- net..............................................   (2.5)      --       2.2 
                                                             ------   ------   ------- 
       Net cash used for investing activities...............  (47.2)   (59.7)   (116.1)
                                                             ------   ------   ------- 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                                                   
  Additions to long-term debt and revolving credit                                     
    agreements..............................................   68.9     38.6      61.7 
  Reductions of long-term debt and revolving credit                                    
    agreements..............................................  (22.0)   (46.1)    (26.3)
  Cash dividends paid.......................................   (5.0)   (10.0)       -- 
  Capital grants............................................     .1       .4       2.6 
  Notes receivable/payable, parent company..................   11.0      7.0       8.0 
  Deferred financing fees and other.........................   (0.7)      --       1.4 
                                                             ------   ------   ------- 
       Net cash provided by (used for) financing                                       
       activities...........................................   52.3    (10.1)     47.4 
                                                             ------   ------   ------- 
  Effect of exchange rate changes on cash...................   (0.9)      .5      (1.8)
                                                             ------   ------   ------- 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                              
  Increase (decrease) for the year..........................   35.2     (6.7)      8.9 
  Balance at the beginning of the year......................   24.4     31.1      22.2 
                                                             ------   ------   ------- 
    Balance at the end of the year.......................... $ 59.6   $ 24.4   $  31.1 
                                                             ======   ======   ======= 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 
 F-6

S-4/A
135th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 135th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31  
                                                             ------------------------ 
                                                              2001     2000     1999  
                                                             ------   ------   ------ 
                                                                                      
Common Stock................................................ $   --   $   --   $   -- 
                                                             ------   ------   ------ 
Capital in Excess of Par Value..............................  198.2    198.2    198.2 
                                                             ------   ------   ------ 
Retained Earnings                                                                     
  Beginning balance.........................................  283.9    272.6    256.8 
  Net income (loss).........................................  (49.4)    21.3     23.7 
  Reconsolidation of Brazilian subsidiary...................     --       --      3.4 
  Repurchase of minority interest and other.................     --       --    (11.3)
  Cash dividends............................................   (5.0)   (10.0)      -- 
                                                             ------   ------   ------ 
                                                              229.5    283.9    272.6 
                                                             ------   ------   ------ 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)                                         
  Beginning balance.........................................  (19.1)    (2.1)     6.7 
  Foreign currency translation adjustment...................   (9.2)   (15.6)   (12.6)
  Minimum pension liability adjustment......................  (13.4)    (1.4)     3.8 
  Current period cash flow hedge activity...................   (3.3)      --       -- 
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting for derivatives                           
     and hedging............................................    (.7)      --       -- 
                                                             ------   ------   ------ 
                                                              (45.7)   (19.1)    (2.1)
                                                             ------   ------   ------ 
     Total Stockholder's Equity............................. $382.0   $463.0   $468.7 
                                                             ======   ======   ====== 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 
 F-7

S-4/A
136th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 136th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PERCENTAGE DATA) 

NOTE 1 -- PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS                  

    The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of NMHG Holding
Co. ("NMHG Holding," the parent company), a Delaware corporation, and its wholly
owned subsidiaries, NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. ("NMHG Wholesale") and 
NMHG Distribution Co. ("NMHG Retail") (collectively, "NMHG" or the "Company").  
NMHG Holding is a wholly owned subsidiary of NACCO Industries, Inc. ("NACCO").  

     Effective April 1, 1999, NACCO reorganized the Company's legal structure to
align with its strategic plan to segregate its business segments into wholesale 
manufacturing and retail distribution operations. In order to support this new  
alignment, NACCO created NMHG Holding to serve as the parent company to NMHG    
Wholesale and NMHG Retail by contributing its investment in Hyster-Yale         
Materials Handling, Inc. ("H-Y") to NMHG Holding. Also during 1999, NACCO       
acquired the remaining 2 percent minority interest in H-Y.                      

  NMHG designs, engineers, manufactures, sells, services and leases a full
line of lift trucks and service parts marketed worldwide under the Hyster(R) and
Yale(R) brand names. NMHG Wholesale includes the manufacture and sale of lift   
trucks and related service parts, primarily to independent and wholly owned     
Hyster and Yale retail dealerships. NMHG Retail includes the sale, leasing and  
service of Hyster and Yale lift trucks and related service parts by wholly owned
retail dealerships and rental companies. The sale of service parts represents   
approximately 19 percent, 19 percent and 18 percent of the total NMHG revenues  
as reported for 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.                              

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of NMHG's  
majority-owned domestic and international manufacturing and retail subsidiaries.
Also included is Shanghai Hyster Forklift Ltd., a 55 percent owned joint venture
in China in which NMHG Wholesale has a majority voting interest and the         
minority's rights, individually or in the aggregate, are protective in nature   
and do not allow for the minority interest to exercise significant influence    
over operational decisions in the ordinary course of business. All significant  
intercompany accounts and transactions among the consolidated companies are     
eliminated in consolidation.                                                    

The Company applies the equity method of accounting for its 25 percent
ownership in QFS Holdings (Queensland) Pty Limited ("QFS"), a forklift parts    
depot located in Australia, which was purchased in May 2000. Investments in     
Sumitomo NACCO Materials Handling Company, Ltd. ("SN"), a 50 percent owned joint
venture, and NMHG Financial Services, Inc., a 20 percent owned joint venture,   
are also accounted for by the equity method. SN operates manufacturing          
facilities in Japan and the Philippines from which the Company purchases certain
components and internal combustion engine and electric forklift trucks. Sumitomo
Heavy Industries, Inc. owns the remaining 50% interest in SN. Each shareholder  
of SN is entitled to appoint directors representing 50% of SN's board of        
directors. All matters related to policies and programs of operation,           
manufacturing and sales activities require mutual agreement between the Company 
and Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Inc. prior to a vote of SN's board of directors. 
SN has a 30 percent ownership interest in Shanghai Hyster Forklift Ltd. The     
Company's percentage share of the net income or loss from its equity investments
is reported as a component of other-net in the Other Income (Expense) portion of
the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).      

In 1989, NMHG acquired a majority interest in Hyster Brasil, Ltda., a 
Brazilian manufacturer and marketer of Hyster forklift trucks and related       
service parts. In 1990, NMHG deconsolidated this subsidiary because it did not  
have effective control, given the uncertain economic and political environment  
in Brazil at that time. In 1999, management reassessed its ability to influence 
the performance of Hyster Brasil, Ltda. The stability of the economic           
environment in Brazil, NMHG's ability to receive dividends from Hyster Brasil,  
Ltda. during the few years prior to 1999 and NMHG's planned expansion of        
operations in Brazil at that time were among the factors that led NMHG to       
determine that it had significant influence over Hyster Brasil, Ltda.           

 F-8

S-4/A
137th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 137th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

and that it was appropriate to consolidate its operations. Undistributed        
earnings during the periods of deconsolidation, when NMHG did not have effective
control, were credited directly to consolidated retained earnings in the amount 
of $3.4 million at December 31, 1999. The consolidation of Hyster Brasil, Ltda. 
as of December 31, 1999 was not material to the Company's financial position or 
results of operations. During 2001 and 2000, NMHG maintained consolidation of   
this subsidiary, and the Company will periodically assess its ability to control
the operations of Hyster Brasil, Ltda.                                          

NOTE 2 -- ACCOUNTING POLICIES                                                   

USE OF ESTIMATES                                                                

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make  
estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported  
amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and   
liabilities (if any) at the date of the financial statements and the reported   
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results    
could differ from those estimates.                                              

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                       

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in banks and highly liquid     
investments with original maturities of three months or less.                   

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET OF ALLOWANCES                                          

Allowances are maintained against accounts receivable for doubtful    
accounts. Allowances for doubtful accounts are maintained for estimated losses  
resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. These      
allowances are based on both recent trends of certain customers estimated to be 
a greater credit risk as well as general trends of the entire customer pool.    

INVENTORIES                                                                     

   Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined
under the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for manufactured inventories in the  
United States and for certain retail inventories. The first-in, first-out (FIFO)
method is used with respect to all other inventories. Reserves are maintained   
for estimated obsolescence or excess inventory equal to the difference between  
the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon historical      
inventory turnover activity.                                                    

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET                                              

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation and  
amortization are provided in amounts sufficient to amortize the cost of the     
assets, including assets recorded under capital leases, over their estimated    
useful lives using the straight-line method. Buildings are depreciated using a  
40-year life, improvements to land and buildings are depreciated over 20 and 15 
years, respectively, and equipment is depreciated over estimated useful lives   
ranging from 3 to 12 years. Repairs and maintenance costs are generally expensed
when incurred.                                                                  

GOODWILL, NET                                                                   

   Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid over the fair value of
the net assets acquired. The amortization of goodwill is provided on a          
straight-line basis generally over a 40-year period. Accumulated amortization of
goodwill was $147.0 million and $134.2 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000,   
respectively. Management regularly evaluates its accounting for goodwill,       
considering such factors as                                                     

 F-9

S-4/A
138th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 138th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

historical and future profitability, and believes that these assets are         
realizable and the amortization periods remain appropriate.                     

In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, "Goodwill and     
Other Intangible Assets." SFAS No. 142 addresses the accounting for goodwill and
other intangible assets. The Company adopted this statement on January 1, 2002  
as required. Beginning in 2002, goodwill will no longer be amortized in         
accordance with this Statement. During 2002, the Company will begin testing     
goodwill for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 142.                        

SELF-INSURANCE RESERVES                                                         

    The Company is generally self-insured for product liability, environmental
liability, and medical and workers' compensation claims. For product liability, 
catastrophic coverage is retained for potentially significant individual claims.
An estimated provision for claims reported and for claims incurred but not yet  
reported under the self-insurance programs is recorded and revised periodically 
based on historical experience and management judgment. In addition, industry   
trends are considered within management's judgment for valuing reported claims. 
Changes in assumptions for such matters as legal actions, inflation rates,      
medical costs and actual experience could cause estimates to change in the near 
term.                                                                           

REVENUE RECOGNITION                                                             

   Revenues are generally recognized when title transfers as customer orders
are completed and shipped. For National Account customers, revenue is generally 
recognized upon customer acceptance of the product. Based on our historical     
experience, a portion of aftermarket parts sold is estimated to be returned due 
to reasons such as buyer remorse, product failure and excess inventory stocked  
by our dealers, which, subject to certain terms and conditions, we will agree to
accept. We record estimated reductions to revenues at the time of the sale based
upon this historical experience and the limited right of return provided to our 
dealers. We record estimated reductions to revenues for customer programs and   
incentive offerings, including special pricing agreements, price competition,   
promotions and other volume-based incentives. Additionally, we provide for the  
estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenues are recognized.       

ADVERTISING COSTS                                                               

  Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and amounted to $7.6 million,
$10.8 million and $10.3 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.           

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT COSTS                                                       

 Expenses associated with the development of new products and changes to
existing products are charged to expense as incurred. These costs amounted to   
$44.7 million, $43.9 million and $41.4 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999,          
respectively.                                                                   

FOREIGN CURRENCY                                                                

Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into U.S. 
dollars at the fiscal year-end exchange rate. The related translation           
adjustments are recorded as a separate component of stockholder's equity, except
for the Company's Mexican operations. The U.S. dollar is considered the         
functional currency for the Company's Mexican operations and, therefore, the    
effect of translating assets and liabilities from the Mexican peso to the U.S.  
dollar is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and             
Comprehensive Income (Loss). Revenues and expenses of all foreign operations are
translated using the monthly average exchange rates prevailing during the year. 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS                      

Financial instruments held by the Company include cash and cash       
equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, revolving credit agreements,
long-term debt, interest rate swap agreements and forward                       
  F-10

S-4/A
139th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 139th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

foreign currency exchange contracts. The Company does not hold or issue         
financial instruments or derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. 

   The Company uses forward foreign currency exchange contracts to partially
reduce risks related to transactions denominated in foreign currencies. These   
contracts hedge primarily firm commitments and, to a lesser degree, forecasted  
transactions relating to cash flows associated with sales and purchases         
denominated in currencies other than the subsidiaries' functional currency.     
Generally, gains and losses from changes in the market value of these contracts 
are recognized in cost of sales and offset the foreign exchange gains and losses
on the underlying transactions.                                                 

  The Company uses interest rate swap agreements to partially reduce risks
related to floating rate financing agreements which are subject to changes in   
the market rate of interest. Terms of the interest rate swap agreements require 
the Company to receive a variable interest rate and pay a fixed interest rate.  
The Company's interest rate swap agreements and its variable rate financings are
predominately based upon the three-month LIBOR (London Interbank Offered Rate). 
Amounts to be paid or received under the interest rate swap agreements are      
accrued as interest rates change and are recognized over the life of the swap   
agreement as an adjustment to interest expense.                                 

Interest rate swap agreements and forward foreign currency exchange   
contracts held by the Company which qualify as hedges have been designated as   
hedges of forecasted cash flows. The Company does not currently hold any        
nonderivative instruments designated as hedges or any derivatives designated as 
fair value hedges as defined in SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative        
Instruments and Hedging Activities."                                            

NMHG Wholesale holds certain interest rate swap agreements that do not
qualify for hedge accounting treatment according to the guidance of SFAS No.    
133. As such, the change in the mark-to-market amount of these swaps will be    
recognized in the statement of operations every quarter. Although these interest
rate swap agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting, the Company believes  
that these interest rate swap agreements are reasonably effective at            
economically hedging the Company's risk to changes in the variable rate of      
interest. The adjustment to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and       
Comprehensive Income (Loss) for those interest rate swap agreements that did not
qualify for hedge treatment and for the ineffective portion of certain interest 
rate swap agreements was included in other -- net and amounted to a loss of $1.4
million ($0.9 million after-tax) for the year ended December 31, 2001.          

   For those interest rate swap agreements that qualify for hedge accounting
treatment, the mark-to-market effect has been included in the accumulated other 
comprehensive income (loss) section ("OCL") of stockholder's equity. Based upon 
market valuations at December 31, 2001, approximately $2.0 million of the net   
deferred loss in OCL is expected to be reclassified into the statement of       
operations over the next 12 months, as cash flow payments are made in accordance
with the interest rate swap agreements.                                         

For the year ended December 31, 2001, there was no ineffectiveness of 
forward foreign currency exchange contracts that would have resulted in         
recognition in the statement of operations. Forward foreign currency exchange   
contracts are used to hedge transactions expected to occur within the next 12   
months. Based on market valuations at December 31, 2001, the amount of net      
deferred gain included in OCL at December 31, 2001, totaling less than $0.1     
million, is expected to be reclassified into the statement of operations over   
the next 12 months, as those transactions occur.                                

Cash flows from hedging activities are reported in the Consolidated   
Statements of Cash Flows in the same classification as the hedged item,         
generally as a component of cash flows from operations.                         

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS                                                        

  On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, as amended by SFAS
No. 138, "Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging     
Activities." This Statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for  
derivative instruments and for hedging activities. It requires companies to     
  F-11

S-4/A
140th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 140th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet as assets and liabilities,       
measured at fair value. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the values of 
those derivatives are accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and  
whether it qualifies for hedge accounting.                                      

As a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 133, the Company recognized a 
cumulative effect of a change in accounting charge to the Consolidated Statement
of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31,   
2001 of $0.9 million, net of $0.5 million of tax benefit, relating primarily to 
certain interest rate swap agreements held by NMHG Wholesale which did not      
qualify for hedge accounting treatment at January 1, 2001. In addition,         
effective January 1, 2001, the Company recognized a cumulative effect of a      
change in accounting charge against OCL in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at    
December 31, 2001 of $0.7 million, net of $0.4 million of tax benefit, relating 
to net deferred losses on derivative instruments that qualify for hedge         
accounting treatment under SFAS No. 133.                                        

    On January 1, 2001, the Company recognized a cumulative effect of a change
in accounting charge of $0.4 million, net of $0.3 million tax benefit, relating 
to a change in the method of calculating pension costs for the defined benefit  
pension plan in the United Kingdom. Prior to January 1, 2001, actuarially       
determined net gains and losses of the United Kingdom plan were recognized in   
full as a component of net pension cost in the year incurred. However,          
actuarially determined net gains and losses of all other defined benefit pension
plans of the Company are amortized and included as a component of net pension   
cost over the next four years. Both of these methods are permissible pursuant to
SFAS No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions." However, effective January 1,
2001, the Company changed the method of recognition of actuarially determined   
net gains and losses of the United Kingdom plan to conform with the methodology 
utilized by all other defined benefit plans of the Company. This change in      
accounting was made to achieve consistency of application of this accounting    
principle among all members of the consolidated group, which the Company        
believes is the preferred application of accounting principles generally        
accepted in the United States.                                                  

In September 2000, the Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") reached a  
consensus on Issue Number 00-10, "Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and 
Costs" ("EITF 00-10"), which requires shipping and handling amounts billed to a 
customer to be classified as revenue. In addition, the EITF's preference is to  
classify shipping and handling costs as "cost of sales."                        

  For certain shipping and handling fees, the Company netted the charge to
the customer with the cost incurred within its Consolidated Statements of       
Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) on the line cost of sales. In the    
fourth quarter of 2000, the Company changed its method of reporting to comply   
with EITF 00-10.                                                                

    On December 3, 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101 -- Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements
("SAB 101"). SAB 101 summarizes certain of the SEC staff's views in applying    
generally accepted accounting principles to revenue recognition in financial    
statements. The Company has reviewed its revenue recognition policies and       
procedures and believes that it has complied with the requirements of SAB 101.  
No significant changes to the Company's revenue recognition policies were       
necessary to comply with SAB 101.                                               

As of January 1, 1999, the Company adopted the American Institute of  
Certified Public Accountants' ("AICPA") Statement of Position ("SOP") 98-1,     
"Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for        
Internal Use," and SOP 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities."   
SOP 98-1 requires capitalization on a prospective basis of certain development  
costs of software to be used internally. SOP 98-5 requires start-up and         
organization costs to be expensed as incurred and also requires previously      
deferred start-up costs to be recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment in   
the statement of income upon adoption. The change to these new accounting       
standards did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position or 
results of operations.                                                          

  F-12

S-4/A
141st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 141st
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NOT YET ADOPTED                                            

  In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations," and
SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." In August 2001, the FASB  
issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations," and, in     
October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or   
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets."                                                 

  SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations completed after June 30,
2001, to be accounted for under the purchase method. This standard also         
establishes, for all business combinations made after June 30, 2001, specific   
criteria for the recognition of intangible assets separately from goodwill. SFAS
No. 141 also requires that the excess of the fair value of acquired assets over 
cost (negative goodwill) be recognized immediately as an extraordinary gain,    
rather than deferred and amortized. The Company will account for all future     
business combinations under SFAS No. 141.                                       

 SFAS No. 142 addresses the accounting for goodwill and other intangible
assets after an acquisition. Goodwill and other intangibles that have indefinite
lives will no longer be amortized, but will be subject to annual impairment     
tests. All other intangible assets will continue to be amortized over their     
estimated useful lives, which is no longer limited to 40 years. The Company     
adopted this statement effective January 1, 2002, as required. Amortization of  
existing goodwill ceased on the unamortized portion associated with acquisitions
and certain investments accounted for under the equity method. This is expected 
to have a favorable annual impact of approximately $12.8 million, net of tax,   
beginning in 2002. SFAS No. 142 also requires a new methodology for the testing 
of impairment of goodwill and other intangibles that have indefinite lives.     
During 2002, the Company will begin testing goodwill for impairment under the   
new rules, applying a fair-value-based test. The transition adjustment, if any, 
resulting from the adoption of the new approach to impairment testing as        
required by SFAS No. 142 will be reported as a cumulative effect of a change in 
accounting principle. At this time, the Company has not yet determined what     
impact, if any, the change in the required approach to impairment testing will  
have on either its financial position or results of operations.                 

  SFAS No. 143 provides accounting requirements for retirement obligations
associated with tangible long-lived assets, including: (i) the timing of        
liability recognition; (ii) initial measurement of the liability; (iii)         
allocation of asset retirement cost to expense; (iv) subsequent measurement of  
the liability; and (v) financial statement disclosures. SFAS No. 143 requires   
that an asset retirement cost should be capitalized as part of the cost of the  
related long-lived asset and subsequently allocated to expense using a          
systematic and rational method. This standard becomes effective for fiscal years
beginning after June 15, 2002. The Company will adopt the Statement effective   
January 1, 2003. The transition adjustment, if any, resulting from the adoption 
of SFAS No. 143 will be reported as a cumulative effect of a change in          
accounting principle. At this time, the Company does not expect that the        
adoption of this Statement will have an impact on either its financial position 
or results of operations.                                                       

SFAS No. 144 addresses the financial accounting and reporting for the 
impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. This statement supercedes SFAS No. 
121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived     
Assets to be Disposed Of" and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB    
Opinion No. 30, "Reporting the Results of Operations -- Reporting the Effects of
Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently
Occurring Events and Transactions," for the disposal of a segment of a business,
as previously defined in that Opinion. SFAS No. 144 provides a single accounting
model, based on the framework established in SFAS No. 121, for long-lived assets
to be disposed of by sale. Many of the provisions of SFAS No. 121 are retained, 
however, SFAS No. 144 clarifies some of the implementation issues related to    
SFAS No. 121. SFAS No. 144 also broadens the presentation of discontinued       
operations to include more disposal transactions. This Statement is effective   
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001, with early adoption         
encouraged. The Company adopted this Statement effective January 1, 2002, as    
required. The adoption of this Statement did not result in an adjustment to the 
Company's financial statements on January 1, 2002.                              
  F-13

S-4/A
142nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 142nd
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NOTE 3 -- SPECIAL CHARGES                                                       

Restructuring Charges                                                       

During 2001, management committed to the restructuring of certain     
operations in Europe for both the Wholesale and Retail segments of the business.
As such, NMHG Wholesale recognized a restructuring charge of approximately $4.5 
million pre-tax, classified in the 2001 Consolidated Statement of Operations and
Comprehensive Income (Loss) on the line restructuring charges, for severance and
other employee benefits to be paid to approximately 285 manufacturing and       
administrative personnel in Europe. NMHG Retail recognized a restructuring      
charge of approximately $4.7 million pre-tax, classified in the 2001            
Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) on the line
restructuring charges, of which $0.4 million relates to lease termination costs 
and $4.3 million relates to severance and other employee benefits to be paid to 
approximately 140 service technicians, salesmen and administrative personnel at 
wholly owned dealers in Europe. During 2001, total payments of $1.7 million have
been made to approximately 190 employees for both of these European plans.      

During 2000, NMHG made the determination that the consolidation of the
Americas' truck assembly activities from three plants to two plants offers      
significant opportunity to reduce structure costs while further optimizing the  
use of NMHG's global manufacturing capacity. Accordingly, a decision was made to
phase out certain manufacturing activities in the Danville, Illinois, assembly  
plant. In December 2000, the Board of Directors approved management's plan to   
transfer manufacturing activities from NMHG's Danville plant to its other global
manufacturing plants. The adoption of this plan resulted in a charge to         
operations of approximately $13.9 million recognized in the 2000 Consolidated   
Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) on the line             
restructuring charges. This charge is comprised of a $5.1 million curtailment   
loss for retirement benefits under a defined benefit plan, $4.0 million for     
employee severance to be paid to approximately 425 manufacturing and office     
personnel, $2.2 million of asset impairment charges and $2.6 million for other  
costs.                                                                          

As noted above, in connection with the phase-out of activities at the 
Danville, Illinois, assembly plant, NMHG recognized an impairment charge of $2.2
million in accordance with SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of      
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." The impairment  
charge relates to certain fixed assets and leasehold improvements that will     
either be disposed of or sold at fair market value, which was estimated to be   
below the net book value. Fair market value was estimated using current market  
values for similar assets.                                                      

   During 2001, payments of $1.7 million to approximately 350 employees have
been made. Approximately $12.0 million of pre-tax costs associated with the     
Danville phase-out, which were not eligible for accrual as of December 31, 2000,
were expensed during 2001 and classified as cost of sales in the 2001           
Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). In        
addition, the accrual for restructuring was reduced by $0.4 million in 2002.    

  F-14

S-4/A
143rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 143rd
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

The changes to the Company's restructuring accruals are as follows:   

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                      ASSET       LEASE     CURTAILMENT                
                                         SEVERANCE  IMPAIRMENT  IMPAIRMENT     LOSS      OTHER  TOTAL  
                                         ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----  ------ 
                                                                                                       
NMHG WHOLESALE                                                                                         
  Balance at December 31, 1999..........   $  --      $  --       $  --        $  --     $ --   $   -- 
    Provision...........................     4.0        2.2          --          5.1      2.6     13.9 
    Payments............................      --         --          --           --       --       -- 
                                           -----      -----       -----        -----     -----  ------ 
  Balance at December 31, 2000..........   $ 4.0      $ 2.2       $  --        $ 5.1     $2.6   $ 13.9 
    Provision (reversal), net...........     4.2         --          --           --     (0.1)     4.1 
    Payments/assets disposed............    (2.9)      (2.2)         --           --     (0.1)    (5.2)
                                           -----      -----       -----        -----     -----  ------ 
  BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2001..........   $ 5.3      $  --       $  --        $ 5.1     $2.4   $ 12.8 
                                           =====      =====       =====        =====     =====  ====== 
NMHG RETAIL                                                                                            
  Balance at December 31, 2000..........   $  --      $  --       $  --        $  --     $ --   $   -- 
    Provision...........................     4.3         --         0.4           --       --      4.7 
    Payments............................    (0.4)        --          --           --       --     (0.4)
                                           -----      -----       -----        -----     -----  ------ 
  BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2001..........   $ 3.9      $  --       $ 0.4        $  --     $ --   $  4.3 
                                           =====      =====       =====        =====     =====  ====== 

OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS                                                      

    In 2001, NMHG recognized income of $8.0 million classified in other income
(expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income 
(Loss) resulting from the receipt of insurance proceeds relating to flood damage
in September 2000 at NMHG's Sumitomo-NACCO joint venture in Japan.              

NOTE 4 -- ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITION                                          

  In 1998, NMHG announced and began implementation of a strategy to expand
into the retail forklift distribution business. As a result, either 100 percent 
of the stock or substantially all of the assets of several forklift truck retail
dealerships were acquired in 2001, 2000 and 1999. The dealerships acquired were 
either existing independent Hyster or Yale dealerships or were converted to     
Hyster or Yale dealerships at the time of acquisition. The combined purchase    
prices of retail dealerships acquired during 2001, 2000 and 1999 were           
approximately $3.9 million, $16.6 million and $62.4 million, respectively. Funds
for the purchases were provided by either borrowings advanced to NMHG Retail by 
NMHG Wholesale under existing NMHG Wholesale facilities or by internally        
generated cash flows.                                                           

  These acquisitions were accounted for as purchases and, accordingly, the
results of operations of the acquired businesses are included in the            
accompanying financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition.   
Goodwill has been recognized for the amount of the excess of the purchase price 
paid over the fair market value of the net assets acquired and is amortized on a
straight-line basis generally over 40 years. Goodwill recorded in 2001, 2000 and
in 1999 as a result of these acquisitions was $2.5 million, $8.9 million and    
$24.7 million, respectively.                                                    

In 2001, NMHG Retail sold certain of its wholly owned dealers. This   
transaction resulted in initial proceeds of approximately $8.0 million and a    
preliminary charge for the loss on the sale of assets and related wind-down     
costs of $10.4 million, of which approximately $2.1 million related to income   
statement recognition of amounts previously reported in the cumulative          
translation adjustment. The agreement to sell these dealers allows for a final  
determination of the purchase price during the first quarter of 2002 whereby the
preliminary purchase price received for certain assets and liabilities may be   
adjusted. The Company does not expect the proceeds or the loss on the sale to   
change significantly as a result of the final determination of                  

  F-15

S-4/A
144th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 144th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

the purchase price. Revenues for these dealers for the three years ended        
December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $45.1 million, $46.8 million and $47.4    
million, respectively. Net losses for these dealers for the three years ended   
December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $18.2 million, $5.5 million and $2.4      
million, respectively.                                                          

   As a result of the acquisitions by NMHG, certain liabilities were assumed
as follows:                                                                     

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                             2001     2000     1999  
                                                             -----   ------   ------ 
                                                                                     
NONCASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                                                        
  Fair value of assets acquired............................. $ 4.2   $ 49.1   $ 89.6 
  Cash paid for the net assets, net of cash acquired........  (3.9)   (16.6)   (62.4)
                                                             -----   ------   ------ 
     Liabilities assumed.................................... $ 0.3   $ 32.5   $ 27.2 
                                                             =====   ======   ====== 

    On a pro forma basis, as if the businesses had been acquired on January 1,
2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, revenues and net income (loss) would not     
differ materially from the amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated    
financial statements for 2001, 2000 and 1999.                                   

ACQUISITION OF MINORITY INTEREST                                                

  In 1999, NACCO acquired the remaining 2 percent minority interest in H-Y
for its book value of $11.3 million.                                            

NOTE 5 -- ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SECURITIZATION                                    

On December 5, 2001, NMHG Wholesale's domestic accounts receivable    
securitization program (the "Program") was terminated. Prior to the termination 
of the program, the transfer of receivables pursuant to the Program were        
accounted for as a sale in accordance with SFAS No. 140, "Accounting for        
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of              
Liabilities -- a Replacement of FASB Statement No. 125." The agreement to sell  
an undivided percentage ownership interest in certain eligible accounts         
receivable on a revolving basis provided for recourse in the limited            
circumstance in which NMHG granted a discount, credit or other adjustment to its
customer in resolution of a dispute regarding the value of goods underlying the 
account receivable sold. In that case, a compensating adjustment would be made  
to the counterparty.                                                            

    As a result of the termination of the Program, NMHG Wholesale will rely on
its revolving credit facility ("Facility") to finance accounts receivable that  
otherwise would have been sold under the Program prior to December 5, 2001.     
Additional borrowings from the Facility of $33.4 million were used to finance   
the outstanding balance of accounts receivable sold pursuant to the Program on  
December 5, 2001. As a result of the termination of the Program, an increase in 
interest expense arising from increased outstanding borrowings is expected to be
offset by a decrease in the cost of the Program, which is classified in the     
statement of operations as other -- net.                                        

  NMHG Wholesale has agreements with financial institutions outside of the
United States which allow for the sale, without recourse, of undivided interests
in revolving pools of its foreign trade accounts receivable. The maximum        
allowable amount of foreign trade receivables to be sold was $72.4 million and  
$59.6 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.                      

   NMHG Wholesale continues to service the receivables sold and maintains an
allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectibility of all   
NMHG Wholesale accounts receivable, including the portion of receivables sold.  
The servicing liability incurred in connection with these transactions is not   
material.                                                                       

  F-16

S-4/A
145th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 145th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

   Gross proceeds of $855.7 million, $858.2 million, and $655.0 million were
received during 2001, 2000 and 1999 respectively, and the balance of accounts   
receivable sold at December 31, 2001 and 2000 was $27.7 million and $71.6       
million, respectively. The discount and any other transaction gains and losses  
are included in other -- net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and   
Comprehensive Income (Loss) and totaled $4.7 million, $5.5 million and $3.8     
million in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.                                   

NOTE 6 -- INVENTORIES                                                           

Inventories are summarized as follows:                                

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                                DECEMBER 31   
                                                              --------------- 
                                                               2001     2000  
                                                              ------   ------ 
                                                                              
Manufactured inventories:                                                     
  Finished goods and service parts..........................  $ 99.6   $103.1 
  Raw materials and work in process.........................   111.4    157.9 
                                                              ------   ------ 
     Total manufactured inventories.........................   211.0    261.0 
Retail inventories..........................................    35.8     36.8 
                                                              ------   ------ 
     Total inventories at FIFO..............................   246.8    297.8 
LIFO reserve................................................   (12.3)   (14.8)
                                                              ------   ------ 
                                                              $234.5   $283.0 
                                                              ======   ====== 

     The cost of certain manufactured and retail inventories has been determined
using the LIFO method. At December 31, 2001 and 2000, 68 and 72 percent of total
inventories, respectively, were determined using the LIFO method.               

NOTE 7 -- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT                                         

Property, plant and equipment, net includes the following:            

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                                DECEMBER 31  
                                                              ---------------
                                                               2001     2000 
                                                              ------   ------
                                                                             
Land and land improvements..................................  $ 15.8   $ 16.8
Plant and equipment:                                                         
  NMHG Wholesale............................................   413.2    386.3
  NMHG Retail...............................................   109.1     95.7
                                                              ------   ------
                                                               522.3    482.0
                                                              ------   ------
Property, plant and equipment, at cost......................   538.1    498.8
Less allowances for depreciation and amortization...........   257.6    212.6
                                                              ------   ------
                                                              $280.5   $286.2
                                                              ======   ======

Total depreciation and amortization expense on property, plant and    
equipment was $47.0 million, $41.9 million and $41.8 million during 2001, 2000  
and 1999, respectively.                                                         

  F-17

S-4/A
146th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 146th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NOTE 8 -- REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENTS                                           

The following table summarizes the Company's available and outstanding
borrowings under revolving credit agreements.                                   

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                                DECEMBER 31   
                                                              --------------- 
                                                               2001     2000  
                                                              ------   ------ 
                                                                              
Available borrowings, net of limitations....................  $450.5   $389.6 
Current portion of borrowings outstanding...................  $301.2   $ 33.1 
Unused availability*........................................  $149.3   $147.5 
Weighted average stated interest rate.......................     2.8%     7.1%
Weighted average effective interest rate                                      
  (including interest rate swap agreements).................     5.8%     6.4%

---------------                                                                 

* Unused availability is determined using the available borrowings, net of      
  limitations, reduced by the current portion and long-term portion (see Note 9)
of revolving credit agreements outstanding.                                 

NMHG Wholesale's credit agreement provides for an unsecured revolving 
credit facility (the "Facility") that permits advances up to $350.0 million and 
expires in June 2002. The Facility has performance-based pricing which sets     
interest rates based upon the achievement of certain financial performance      
targets. The Facility currently provides for, at NMHG Wholesale's option,       
Euro-Dollar Loans which bear interest at LIBOR plus 0.20 percent and Money      
Market Loans which bear interest at Auction Rates (as defined in the agreement) 
and requires a 0.10 percent fee on the available borrowings. The Facility       
permits NMHG Wholesale to advance funds to NMHG Retail. Advances from NMHG      
Wholesale are the primary sources of financing for NMHG Retail.                 

Because the Facility expires in June 2002, NMHG anticipates that a new
credit facility will be obtained in or before June 2002. While there can be no  
assurances as to the specific terms of the refinancing, including the nature of 
the covenants and restrictions, NMHG expects that interest rates under the new  
facility will be higher based on its evaluation of the generally higher interest
rate spreads charged today versus interest rate spreads in effect when NMHG     
Wholesale's Facility was structured in 1995. NMHG Wholesale expects that the    
outstanding balance under the Facility at the time of refinancing will be       
financed with a combination of short-term and long-term financing. However, in  
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., the       
outstanding balance under the Facility will be classified as a current liability
until the Facility is refinanced. The amount outstanding that is classified as a
current liability at December 31, 2001 is $265.0 million.                       

    NMHG also has separate facilities totaling $76.3 million and $66.4 million
at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Outstanding letters of credit      
reduce amounts available under these facilities. A portion of these facilities  
is denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the British pound sterling and  
the Australian dollar. At December 31, 2001 and 2000, unused availability, net  
of limitations, under these facilities was $34.3 million and $26.5 million,     
respectively. NMHG also maintains various uncommitted lines of credit, which    
permitted funding up to $30.0 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000. Under these
facilities, unused availability was $30.0 million and $6.0 million at December  
31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.                                                

  F-18

S-4/A
147th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 147th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NOTE 9 -- LONG-TERM DEBT                                                        

Long-term debt is as follows:                                         

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                                DECEMBER 31   
                                                              --------------- 
                                                               2001     2000  
                                                              ------   ------ 
                                                                              
Long-term portion of revolving credit agreements............  $   --   $209.0 
Capital lease obligations and other term loans..............    53.2     62.8 
                                                              ------   ------ 
  Total long-term debt......................................    53.2    271.8 
Less: current portion of capital leases and term loans......   (25.5)   (30.3)
                                                              ------   ------ 
                                                              $ 27.7   $241.5 
                                                              ======   ====== 

Annual maturities of revolving lines of credit and term loans are as  
follows: $314.2 million in 2002, $1.4 million in 2003 and $1.6 million in 2004. 
Interest paid on revolving credit agreements and long-term debt was $25.4       
million, $19.8 million and $18.8 million during 2001, 2000 and 1999,            
respectively. Interest capitalized was $0.8 million in 2001.                    

   The Facility contains certain covenants and restrictions. These covenants
require, among other things, maintenance of minimum amounts of net worth, and   
specified ratios of debt to capitalization and interest coverage. At December   
31, 2001, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.                   

NOTE 10 -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS           

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS                                                           

    The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and
accounts payable approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of     
these instruments. The fair values of revolving credit agreements and long-term 
debt were determined using current rates offered for similar obligations. The   
fair value of outstanding borrowings against the Facility was approximately     
$258.1 million at December 31, 2001 compared with a carrying value of $265.0    
million, while the fair value of outstanding borrowings against the Facility    
approximated carrying value at December 31, 2000. The fair value of other       
revolving credit agreements, long-term debt and notes with NACCO approximated   
carrying values at December 31, 2001 and 2000. Financial instruments that       
potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist         
principally of accounts receivable and derivatives. The large number of         
customers comprising the Company's customer base and their dispersion across    
many different industries and geographies mitigates concentration of credit risk
on accounts receivable. To further reduce credit risk associated with accounts  
receivable, the Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers,  
but does not generally require advance payments or collateral. The Company      
enters into derivative contracts with high-quality financial institutions and   
limits the amount of credit exposure to any one institution.                    

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS                                                

FOREIGN CURRENCY DERIVATIVES:  NMHG held forward foreign currency exchange      
contracts with a total notional amount of $101.6 million at December 31, 2001,  
primarily denominated in euros, British pounds sterling, Japanese yen, Canadian 
dollars, Australian dollars, and Mexican pesos. NMHG held forward foreign       
currency exchange contracts with a total notional amount of $92.2 million at    
December 31, 2000, primarily denominated in British pounds sterling, euros,     
Japanese yen, Canadian dollars, and Australian dollars. The amount of deferred  
gain at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, was not material. The fair    
market value of these contracts was estimated based on quoted market prices and 
approximated a net payable of $0.8 million and $0.6 million at December 31, 2001
and 2000, respectively.                                                         

  F-19

S-4/A
148th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 148th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES:  The following table summarizes the notional amounts,
related rates (including applicable margins) and remaining terms on interest    
rate swap agreements active at December 31:                                     

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                           AVERAGE                                      
                        NOTIONAL AMOUNT  FIXED RATE                                     
                        ---------------  -----------          REMAINING TERM AT         
                         2001     2000   2001   2000          DECEMBER 31, 2001         
                        ------   ------  ----   ----          -----------------         
                                                                                        
NMHG................... $225.0   $215.0  5.8%   6.3%  Various, extending to January 2005

Interest rate swap agreements held by NMHG have terms that vary from  
one-year to seven-year periods from inception. In addition to the active swaps, 
NMHG has entered into certain interest rate swap agreements with dates that     
begin subsequent to December 31, 2001 ("delayed-start" agreements). These       
interest rate swap agreements are intended to replace agreements that were      
active as of December 31, 2001, but will expire in the near term. The notional  
amount of these delayed-start agreements was $110.0 million at December 31,     
2001. The fair market value of all interest rate swap agreements, including     
delayed-start agreements, which was based on quotes obtained from the Company's 
counterparties, was a net payable of $10.7 million and $2.5 million at December 
31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. At December 31, 2001, the total notional amount
for both active and delayed-start agreements of $335.0 million and the fair     
market value of a $10.7 million net payable balance include certain interest    
rate swap agreements that do not qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with
SFAS No. 133. The notional amount and fair market value of the interest rate    
swap agreements that do not qualify for hedge accounting at December 31, 2001   
was $35.0 million and a net payable of $1.6 million, respectively.              

NOTE 11 -- LEASING ARRANGEMENTS                                                 

    The Company leases certain office, manufacturing and warehouse facilities,
retail stores and machinery and equipment under noncancellable capital and      
operating leases that expire at various dates through 2012. NMHG Retail also    
leases certain forklift trucks that are held for sale or sublease to customers. 
Many leases include renewal and/or purchase options.                            

  Future minimum capital and operating lease payments at December 31, 2001
are:                                                                            

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                             CAPITAL  OPERATING
                                                             LEASES    LEASES  
                                                             -------  ---------
                                                                               
2002........................................................ $ 12.5    $ 40.4  
2003........................................................   12.7      32.1  
2004........................................................    7.3      26.0  
2005........................................................    4.6      19.0  
2006........................................................    2.5      13.3  
Subsequent to 2006..........................................    1.1      10.8  
                                                             ------    ------  
Total minimum lease payments................................   40.7    $141.6  
                                                                       ======  
Amounts representing interest...............................   (3.5)           
                                                             ------            
Present value of net minimum lease payments.................   37.2            
Current maturities..........................................  (12.5)           
                                                             ------            
Long-term capital lease obligation.......................... $ 24.7            
                                                             ======            

Aggregate future minimum rentals to be received under noncancellable  
subleases of forklift trucks as of December 31, 2001 are $29.8 million.         

  F-20

S-4/A
149th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 149th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

Rental expense for all operating leases consists of the following:    

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                              2001    2000    1999 
                                                             ------   -----   -----
                                                                                   
Minimum rentals............................................. $ 30.3   $20.2   $10.5
Sublease income.............................................  (15.7)   (7.8)     --
                                                             ------   -----   -----
Rent expense, net........................................... $ 14.6   $12.4   $10.5
                                                             ======   =====   =====

  Assets recorded under capital leases are included in property, plant and
equipment and consist of the following:                                         

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                               DECEMBER 31 
                                                              -------------
                                                              2001    2000 
                                                              -----   -----
                                                                           
Plant and equipment.........................................  $60.8   $55.4
Less accumulated amortization...............................   26.3    17.9
                                                              -----   -----
                                                              $34.5   $37.5
                                                              =====   =====

During 2001, 2000 and 1999, capital lease obligations of $5.4 million,
$22.3 million and $13.6 million, respectively, were incurred in connection with 
lease agreements to acquire plant and equipment.                                

NOTE 12 -- CONTINGENCIES                                                        

   Various legal proceedings and claims have been or may be asserted against
the Company relating to the conduct of its business, including product          
liability, environmental and other claims. These proceedings are incidental to  
the ordinary course of business of the Company. Management believes that it has 
meritorious defenses and will vigorously defend itself in these actions. Any    
costs that management estimates will be paid as a result of these claims are    
accrued when the liability is considered probable and the amount can be         
reasonably estimated. Although the ultimate disposition of these proceedings is 
not presently determinable, management believes, after consultation with its    
legal counsel, that the likelihood is remote that material costs will be        
incurred in excess of accruals already recognized.                              

Under various financing arrangements for certain customers, including 
independently owned retail dealerships, NMHG provides guarantees of the residual
values of the lift trucks, or recourse or repurchase obligations such that NMHG 
would be obligated in the event of default by the customer. Generally, NMHG     
retains a security interest in the related assets financed such that, in the    
event that NMHG would become obligated under the terms of the recourse or       
repurchase obligations, NMHG would take title to the assets financed. Total     
guarantees and amounts subject to recourse or repurchase obligations at December
31, 2001 and 2000 were $158.0 million and $172.8 million, respectively. The     
security interest is generally expected to equal or exceed the amount of the    
recourse or repurchase obligation. Losses anticipated under the terms of the    
guarantees, recourse or repurchase obligations are not significant and have been
reserved for in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.             

  F-21

S-4/A
150th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 150th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NOTE 13 -- INCOME TAXES                                                         

The components of income (loss) before income taxes and provision for 
income taxes for the year ended December 31 are as follows:                     

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                              2001    2000    1999  
                                                             ------   -----   ----- 
                                                                                    
Income (loss) before income taxes, minority interest and                            
  cumulative effect of accounting changes:                                          
Domestic.................................................... $(19.3)  $45.5   $50.9 
Foreign.....................................................  (44.1)   (7.9)   (9.8)
                                                             ------   -----   ----- 
                                                             $(63.4)  $37.6   $41.1 
                                                             ======   =====   ===== 
Income tax provision (benefit)                                                      
Current tax provision (benefit):                                                    
  Federal................................................... $ (3.3)  $22.1   $19.8 
  State.....................................................   (0.5)    4.7     3.7 
  Foreign...................................................    0.7     1.6      -- 
                                                             ------   -----   ----- 
     Total current..........................................   (3.1)   28.4    23.5 
                                                             ------   -----   ----- 
Deferred tax provision (benefit):                                                   
  Federal...................................................    0.8    (3.0)   (1.3)
  State.....................................................   (0.3)   (0.9)   (0.7)
  Foreign...................................................  (17.4)   (4.0)   (4.3)
                                                             ------   -----   ----- 
     Total deferred.........................................  (16.9)   (7.9)   (6.3)
                                                             ------   -----   ----- 
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance..................    5.5    (3.1)    1.2 
                                                             ------   -----   ----- 
                                                             $(14.5)  $17.4   $18.4 
                                                             ======   =====   ===== 

Substantially all of the Company's interest expense and goodwill      
amortization has been allocated to domestic income (loss) before income taxes.  

  The Company made income tax payments of $22.7 million, $34.6 million and
$36.7 million during 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. During the same period, 
income tax refunds totaled $6.6 million, $6.9 million and $6.9 million,         
respectively.                                                                   

    A reconciliation of the federal statutory and effective income tax for the
year ended December 31 is as follows:                                           

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                              2001    2000    1999  
                                                             ------   -----   ----- 
                                                                                    
Income (loss) before income taxes, minority interest and                            
  cumulative effect of accounting changes:.................. $(63.4)  $37.6   $41.1 
                                                             ======   =====   ===== 
Statutory taxes at 35.0%.................................... $(22.2)  $13.2   $14.4 
  Valuation allowance.......................................    5.5    (2.3)    1.2 
  Amortization of goodwill..................................    4.3     4.1     4.1 
  Foreign statutory rate differences........................    0.2      --    (0.2)
  Tax credits and capital grants............................   (0.4)   (0.7)   (1.1)
  Earnings reported net of taxes............................   (0.9)    0.1    (0.2)
  State income taxes........................................   (0.3)    2.3     2.1 
  Export benefits...........................................   (0.5)   (1.0)   (1.3)
  Other -- net..............................................   (0.2)    1.7    (0.6)
                                                             ------   -----   ----- 
Income tax provision (benefit).............................. $(14.5)  $17.4   $18.4 
                                                             ======   =====   ===== 
Effective rate..............................................   22.9%   46.3%   44.8%
                                                             ======   =====   ===== 

  F-22

S-4/A
151st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 151st
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

The Company does not provide for deferred taxes on certain unremitted 
foreign earnings. Management has decided that the earnings of NMHG's foreign    
subsidiaries have been and will be indefinitely reinvested in NMHG's foreign    
operations and, therefore, a reserve for unremitted foreign earnings is not     
required. As of December 31, 2001, the cumulative unremitted earnings of the    
Company's foreign subsidiaries are $147.4 million. It is impracticable to       
determine the amount of unrecognized deferred taxes with respect to these       
earnings; however, foreign tax credits would be available to reduce U.S. income 
taxes in the event of a distribution.                                           

    A detailed summary of the total deferred tax assets and liabilities in the
Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets resulting from differences in the book and
tax basis of assets and liabilities follows:                                    

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                               DECEMBER 31  
                                                              --------------
                                                               2001    2000 
                                                              ------   -----
                                                                            
Deferred tax assets                                                         
  Accrued expenses and reserves.............................  $ 51.5   $49.4
  Accrued pension benefits..................................     9.7      --
  Other employee benefits...................................    23.7    22.3
  Net operating loss carryforwards..........................    16.1    12.5
  Other.....................................................     5.8     3.6
                                                              ------   -----
     Total deferred tax assets..............................   106.8    87.8
     Less: Valuation allowance..............................    10.1     4.6
                                                              ------   -----
                                                              $ 96.7   $83.2
                                                              ------   -----
Deferred tax liabilities                                                    
  Depreciation and amortization.............................  $ 24.1   $21.1
  Inventories...............................................     9.4    10.1
  Pension...................................................      --     5.6
  Other.....................................................    14.6    15.3
                                                              ------   -----
     Total deferred tax liabilities.........................    48.1    52.1
                                                              ------   -----
       Net deferred tax asset...............................  $ 48.6   $31.1
                                                              ======   =====

     The Company periodically reviews the need for a valuation allowance against
certain deferred tax assets and recognizes these assets to the extent that      
realization is more likely than not. Based on a review of earnings history and  
trends, forecasted earnings and expiration of carryforwards, the Company        
believes that the valuation allowance provided is appropriate. In 2001, the     
valuation allowance increased to $10.1 million from $4.6 million at December 31,
2000. At December 31, 2001, the Company had $5.9 million of net operating loss  
carryforwards which expire, if unused, in years 2002 through 2021 and $10.2     
million which are not subject to expiration.                                    

  The tax returns of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries are being
examined by various taxing authorities. The Company has not been informed of any
material assessment resulting from these examinations and will vigorously       
contest any material assessment. Management believes that any potential         
adjustment would not materially affect the Company's financial condition or     
results of operations.                                                          

NOTE 14 -- RETIREMENT AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS                    

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS                                                           

    The Company participates in the combined defined benefit plan of NACCO for
certain employee groups. The Company also maintains a defined benefit plan for  
those employees who are covered under collective bargaining agreements. The     
Company's policy is to make contributions to fund these plans within the range  
allowed by the applicable regulations. Plan assets consist primarily of publicly
traded stocks, investment contracts and government and corporate bonds.         

  F-23

S-4/A
152nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 152nd
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

  In 1996, pension benefits were frozen for employees covered under NMHG's
United States plans, except for those NMHG employees participating in collective
bargaining agreements. As a result, in the United States only certain NMHG      
employees covered under collective bargaining agreements will earn retirement   
benefits under defined benefit pension plans. Other employees of the Company,   
including NMHG employees whose pension benefits were frozen as of December 31,  
1996, will receive retirement benefits under defined contribution retirement    
plans.                                                                          

 As a result of management's decision to phase out certain manufacturing
activities in the NMHG Danville, Illinois, assembly plant, the Company          
recognized a curtailment loss of $5.1 million in 2000. See also Note 3.         

  Set forth below is a detail of the net periodic pension (income) expense
and the assumptions used in accounting for the United States and the United     
Kingdom defined benefit plans for the years ended December 31.                  

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                              2001    2000    1999  
                                                             ------   -----   ----- 
                                                                                    
UNITED STATES PLANS                                                                 
  Service cost.............................................. $  0.1   $ 0.5   $ 0.6 
  Interest cost.............................................    4.2     3.5     3.6 
  Expected return on plan assets............................   (5.3)   (4.8)   (4.7)
  Net amortization and deferral.............................    0.4     0.4     0.6 
  Curtailment loss..........................................     --     5.1      -- 
                                                             ------   -----   ----- 
     Net periodic pension (income) expense.................. $ (0.6)  $ 4.7   $ 0.1 
                                                             ======   =====   ===== 
  Assumptions:                                                                      
     Weighted average discount rates........................   7.50%   8.00%   7.75%
     Rate of increase in compensation levels................   3.75%   4.25%   4.25%
     Expected long-term rate of return on assets............   9.00%   9.00%   9.00%
UNITED KINGDOM PLAN                                                                 
  Service cost.............................................. $  2.0   $ 2.0   $ 2.4 
  Interest cost.............................................    3.2     3.0     3.1 
  Expected return on plan assets............................   (5.2)   (4.3)   (3.7)
  Amortization of transition asset..........................   (0.1)   (0.1)   (0.1)
  Amortization of prior service cost........................    0.1     0.1     0.1 
  Recognized actuarial (gain) loss..........................   (0.5)   (0.4)    0.4 
                                                             ------   -----   ----- 
     Net periodic pension (income) expense.................. $ (0.5)  $ 0.3   $ 2.2 
                                                             ======   =====   ===== 
  Assumptions:                                                                      
     Weighted average discount rates........................   6.25%   6.75%   6.25%
     Rate of increase in compensation levels................   3.75%   4.25%   3.50%
     Expected long-term rate of return on assets............   9.00%   9.00%   7.50%

  F-24

S-4/A
153rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 153rd
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

     The following sets forth the changes in the benefit obligation and the plan
assets during the year and reconciles the funded status of the defined benefit  
plans with the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December
31:                                                                             

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                  2001              2000      
                                                            ----------------  ----------------
                                                            UNITED   UNITED   UNITED   UNITED 
                                                            STATES   KINGDOM  STATES   KINGDOM
                                                            PLANS     PLAN    PLANS     PLAN  
                                                            ------   -------  ------   -------
                                                                                              
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION                                                                  
  Benefit obligation at beginning of year.................. $54.7     $49.7   $46.7     $51.4 
  Service cost.............................................   0.1       2.0     0.5       2.0 
  Interest cost............................................   4.2       3.2     3.5       3.0 
  Actuarial (gain) loss....................................   1.9       5.5     5.2      (0.6)
  Benefits paid............................................  (3.9)     (1.4)   (2.8)     (2.1)
  Plan amendments..........................................    --        --     1.6        -- 
  Foreign currency exchange rate changes...................    --      (1.4)     --      (4.0)
                                                            -----     -----   -----     ----- 
     Benefit obligation at end of year..................... $57.0     $57.6   $54.7     $49.7 
                                                            =====     =====   =====     ===== 
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS                                                                         
  Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year........... $60.9     $65.2   $56.5     $59.5 
  Actual return on plan assets.............................  (8.0)    (14.0)    6.0      10.4 
  Employer contributions...................................    --       1.5     1.2       1.7 
  Employee contributions...................................    --       0.5      --       0.5 
  Benefits paid............................................  (3.9)     (1.4)   (2.8)     (2.1)
  Foreign currency exchange rate changes...................    --      (1.9)     --      (4.8)
                                                            -----     -----   -----     ----- 
     Fair value of plan assets at end of year.............. $49.0     $49.9   $60.9     $65.2 
                                                            =====     =====   =====     ===== 
NET AMOUNT RECOGNIZED                                                                         
  Plan assets in excess of obligation...................... $(8.0)    $(7.7)  $ 6.2     $15.5 
  Unrecognized prior service cost..........................   0.3       0.7     0.8       0.8 
  Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss.......................  11.0      19.1    (4.0)     (5.2)
  Unrecognized net transition asset........................    --      (0.2)     --      (0.3)
  Contributions in fourth quarter..........................    --       0.3      --       0.3 
                                                            -----     -----   -----     ----- 
     Net amount recognized................................. $ 3.3     $12.2   $ 3.0     $11.1 
                                                            =====     =====   =====     ===== 
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS                                         
  CONSIST OF:                                                                                 
  Prepaid benefit cost..................................... $ 5.1     $  --   $ 4.0     $11.1 
  Accrued benefit liability................................  (8.9)     (5.6)   (4.1)       -- 
  Intangible asset.........................................   0.3       0.7     0.7        -- 
  Accumulated other comprehensive income...................   4.2      10.6     1.4        -- 
  Deferred tax asset.......................................   2.6       6.5     1.0        -- 
                                                            -----     -----   -----     ----- 
     Net amount recognized................................. $ 3.3     $12.2   $ 3.0     $11.1 
                                                            =====     =====   =====     ===== 

During 2001, 2000 and 1999, other comprehensive income (loss) in the  
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)     
includes ($13.4) million, ($1.4) million and $3.8 million, respectively,        
resulting from changes in the minimum pension liability adjustments, which were 
determined in accordance with SFAS No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions."
The minimum pension liability adjustment, which is a component of accumulated   
other comprehensive income (loss) in the stockholder's equity section of the    
Consolidated Balance Sheet, represents the net loss not yet recognized as net   
periodic pension cost determined by an actuarial calculation of the funded      
status of the pension plan at the end of each measurement period.               

  F-25

S-4/A
154th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 154th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH AND LIFE INSURANCE:  The Company also maintains 
health care and life insurance plans (other benefit plans) which provide        
benefits to eligible retired employees. The Company funds these benefits on a   
"pay as you go" basis, with the retirees paying a portion of the costs.         

  The assumed health care cost trend rate for measuring the postretirement
benefit cost was 10.00% in 2001 and 7.50% in 2000, gradually reducing to 5.0%   
through years 2010 and after. If the assumed health care trend rate were        
increased or decreased by one percentage point, the effect would be to increase 
or decrease the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation by approximately  
$0.2 million.                                                                   

     Set forth below is a detail of the net periodic expense and the assumptions
used in accounting for the postretirement health and life insurance plans for   
the years ended December 31.                                                    

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                           2001    2000    1999  
                                                           -----   -----   ----- 
                                                                                 
Service cost.............................................. $ 0.1   $ 0.1   $ 0.2 
Interest cost.............................................   0.8     0.6     0.6 
Curtailment loss..........................................   0.3     2.5      -- 
                                                           -----   -----   ----- 
   Net periodic expense................................... $ 1.2   $ 3.2   $ 0.8 
                                                           =====   =====   ===== 
Assumptions:                                                                     
   Weighted average discount rates........................  7.50%   8.00%   7.75%
   Rate of increase in compensation levels................  3.75%   4.25%   4.25%

The following sets forth the changes in the benefit obligation and    
reconciles the funded status of the postretirement health and life insurance    
plans with the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December
31:                                                                             

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                               2001     2000  
                                                              ------   ------ 
                                                                              
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION                                                  
  Benefit obligation at beginning of year...................  $ 11.0   $  8.1 
  Service cost..............................................     0.1      0.1 
  Interest cost.............................................     0.8      0.6 
  Actuarial (gain) loss.....................................     1.4      3.8 
  Benefits paid.............................................    (2.8)    (1.6)
                                                              ------   ------ 
     Benefit obligation at end of year......................  $ 10.5   $ 11.0 
                                                              ------   ------ 
NET AMOUNT RECOGNIZED                                                         
  Benefit obligation in excess of plan assets...............  $(10.5)  $(11.0)
  Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss........................     3.4      2.2 
                                                              ------   ------ 
     Net amount recognized..................................  $ (7.1)  $ (8.8)
                                                              ======   ====== 
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE CONSOLIDATED                                        
BALANCE SHEETS CONSIST OF:                                                    
Accrued benefit liability...................................  $ (7.1)  $ (8.8)

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS                                                      

   The Company has defined contribution (401(k)) plans for substantially all
U.S. employees and similar plans for employees outside of the U.S. NMHG matches 
employee contributions based on plan provisions. In addition, NMHG has defined  
contribution retirement plans whereby the applicable company's contribution to  
participants is determined annually based on a formula which includes the effect
of actual compared to                                                           

  F-26

S-4/A
155th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 155th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

targeted operating results and the age and compensation of the participants.    
Total costs, including Company contributions, for these plans were $12.7        
million, $14.2 million and $14.6 million in 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.  

NOTE 15 -- BUSINESS SEGMENTS                                                    

     Financial information for each of NMHG's reportable segments, as defined by
SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related          
Information," is presented in the following table. See Note 1 for a discussion  
of the Company's operating segments and product lines.                          

    The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in
Note 2 -- Accounting Policies. NMHG Wholesale derives a portion of its revenues 
from transactions with NMHG Retail. The amount of these revenues, which are     
based on current market prices on similar third-party transactions, are         
indicated in the following table on the line "NMHG Eliminations" in the revenues
section.                                                                        

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                               2001       2000       1999   
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                                                            
REVENUES FROM EXTERNAL CUSTOMERS                                                            
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $1,463.3   $1,750.0   $1,618.9 
  NMHG Retail...............................................    298.8      280.3      228.1 
  NMHG Eliminations.........................................    (89.7)     (98.2)     (85.6)
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $1,672.4   $1,932.1   $1,761.4 
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 
GROSS PROFIT                                                                                
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $  189.9   $  292.9   $  255.7 
  NMHG Retail...............................................     54.8       54.1       49.3 
  NMHG Eliminations.........................................      4.9        0.5       (1.5)
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $  249.6   $  347.5   $  303.5 
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES                                                
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $  179.9   $  188.9   $  169.6 
  NMHG Retail...............................................     84.7       69.8       63.9 
  NMHG Eliminations.........................................     (2.2)      (0.9)      (0.5)
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $  262.4   $  257.8   $  233.0 
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 
AMORTIZATION OF GOODWILL                                                                    
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $   11.4   $   11.6   $   11.6 
  NMHG Retail...............................................      1.5        1.0        0.6 
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $   12.9   $   12.6   $   12.2 
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 
OPERATING PROFIT (LOSS)                                                                     
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $   (5.5)  $   78.5   $   74.5 
  NMHG Retail...............................................    (46.5)     (16.7)     (15.2)
  NMHG Eliminations.........................................      7.1        1.4       (1.0)
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $  (44.9)  $   63.2   $   58.3 
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 
OPERATING PROFIT (LOSS) EXCLUDING GOODWILL AMORTIZATION                                     
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $    5.9   $   90.1   $   86.1 
  NMHG Retail...............................................    (45.0)     (15.7)     (14.6)
  NMHG Eliminations.........................................      7.1        1.4       (1.0)
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $  (32.0)  $   75.8   $   70.5 
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 

  F-27

S-4/A
156th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 156th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                               2001       2000       1999   
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                                                            
INTEREST EXPENSE                                                                            
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $  (12.9)  $  (13.4)  $  (16.9)
  NMHG Retail...............................................     (5.0)      (4.6)      (3.0)
  NMHG Eliminations.........................................     (5.2)      (3.2)        .9 
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $  (23.1)  $  (21.2)  $  (19.0)
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 
INTEREST INCOME                                                                             
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $    3.4   $    2.2   $    8.2 
  NMHG Retail...............................................      0.2        0.1        0.2 
  NMHG Eliminations.........................................       --         --       (3.6)
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $    3.6   $    2.3   $    4.8 
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 
OTHER -- NET, INCOME (EXPENSE) -- (EXCLUDING INTEREST                                       
  INCOME)                                                                                   
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $    0.8   $   (6.8)  $   (3.4)
  NMHG Retail...............................................      0.2        0.2        0.3 
  NMHG Eliminations.........................................       --       (0.1)       0.1 
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $    1.0   $   (6.7)  $   (3.0)
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT)                                                              
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $   (0.6)  $   24.6   $   24.4 
  NMHG Retail...............................................    (14.6)      (6.7)      (4.9)
  NMHG Eliminations.........................................      0.7       (0.5)      (1.1)
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $  (14.5)  $   17.4   $   18.4 
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                                           
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $  (14.1)  $   37.0   $   39.0 
  NMHG Retail...............................................    (36.5)     (14.3)     (12.8)
  NMHG Eliminations.........................................      1.2       (1.4)      (2.5)
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $  (49.4)  $   21.3   $   23.7 
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 
TOTAL ASSETS                                                                                
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $1,164.9   $1,167.2   $1,040.5 
  NMHG Retail...............................................    215.6      232.8      185.0 
  NMHG Eliminations.........................................   (175.4)    (158.3)     (46.9)
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $1,205.1   $1,241.7   $1,178.6 
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE                                                       
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $   47.0   $   40.6   $   39.9 
  NMHG Retail...............................................     13.4       14.0       14.2 
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $   60.4   $   54.6   $   54.1 
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES                                                                        
  NMHG Wholesale............................................ $   46.6   $   43.3   $   44.7 
  NMHG Retail...............................................      6.9        8.5        1.5 
                                                             --------   --------   -------- 
                                                             $   53.5   $   51.8   $   46.2 
                                                             ========   ========   ======== 

  F-28

S-4/A
157th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 157th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

DATA BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA                                                         

     No single country outside of the United States comprised 10 percent or more
of the Company's revenues from unaffiliated customers. The Other category below 
includes Canada, Mexico, South America and Asia-Pacific. In addition, no single 
customer comprised 10 percent or more of the Company's revenues from            
unaffiliated customers.                                                         

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                EUROPE,                        
                                                     UNITED   AFRICA AND                       
                                                     STATES   MIDDLE EAST  OTHER   CONSOLIDATED
                                                    --------  -----------  ------  ------------
                                                                                               
                       2001                                                                    
Revenues from unaffiliated customers, based on the                                             
  customers' location.............................. $  934.5    $470.7     $267.2    $1,672.4  
                                                    ========    ======     ======    ========  
Long-lived assets.................................. $  367.9    $184.8     $ 90.1    $  642.8  
                                                    ========    ======     ======    ========  
                       2000                                                                    
Revenues from unaffiliated customers, based on the                                             
  customers' location.............................. $1,268.9    $491.9     $171.3    $1,932.1  
                                                    ========    ======     ======    ========  
Long-lived assets.................................. $  381.8    $199.1     $ 89.1    $  670.0  
                                                    ========    ======     ======    ========  
                       1999                                                                    
Revenues from unaffiliated customers, based on the                                             
  customer's location.............................. $1,181.7    $489.3     $ 90.4    $1,761.4  
                                                    ========    ======     ======    ========  
Long-lived assets.................................. $  413.3    $189.8     $ 58.6    $  661.7  
                                                    ========    ======     ======    ========  

NOTE 16 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS                                           

   NMHG has a 20 percent ownership interest in NMHG Financial Services, Inc.
("NFS"), a joint venture with GE Capital Corporation, formed primarily for the  
purpose of providing financial services to independent and wholly owned Hyster  
and Yale lift truck dealers and national account customers in the United States.
NMHG's ownership in NFS is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. 

Generally, NMHG sells lift trucks directly to its customer and that   
customer may enter into a financing transaction with NFS or another unrelated   
party. However, for certain customer transactions, NMHG sells directly to NFS so
that the customer can obtain operating lease financing from NFS. Sales to NFS   
related to these types of transactions for the years ended December 31, 2001,   
2000 and 1999 were $31.2 million, $17.5 million and $8.5 million, respectively. 
Amounts receivable from NFS at December 31, 2001 and 2000 were immaterial. Also,
from time to time, NMHG provides recourse or repurchase obligations or          
guarantees the residual values of the lift trucks purchased by customers and    
financed through NFS. See further discussion in Note 12. At December 31, 2001,  
approximately $127.1 million of the Company's total guarantees, recourse or     
repurchase obligations related to transactions with NFS. For these transactions,
NFS generally retains a security interest in the lift truck, such that NMHG     
would be able to take possession of the lift truck in the event that NMHG would 
become liable under the terms of the guarantees or standby recourse or          
repurchase obligations.                                                         

   In addition to providing financing to NMHG's customers, NFS provides both
lease and debt financing to NMHG. Operating lease obligations relate to specific
sale-leaseback-sublease transactions for certain NMHG customers whereby NMHG    
sells lift trucks to NFS, NMHG leases these lift trucks back under an operating 
lease agreement and NMHG subleases those lift trucks to customers under an      
operating lease agreement. Debt financing includes long-term notes payable to   
NFS primarily to finance certain of NMHG's long-term notes receivable from Latin
American customers which arise in the ordinary course of business. In addition, 
NFS                                                                             

  F-29

S-4/A
158th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 158th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

provides, on NMHG's behalf, installment billings to the Latin American          
customers, account balance tracking and an inventory management system to track 
the equipment covered by the notes. Total obligations to NFS under the operating
lease agreements and notes payable were $20.3 million and $14.7 million at      
December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.                                       

  In addition, NMHG is reimbursed annually for certain services, primarily
administrative functions, provided to NFS. The amount of NMHG's expenses        
reimbursable by NFS were $1.8 million, $1.5 million and $1.1 million for 2001,  
2000 and 1999, respectively.                                                    

NMHG has a 50 percent ownership interest in Sumitomo NACCO Materials  
Handling Group, Inc. ("SN"), a limited liability company which was formed       
primarily for the manufacture and distribution of Sumitomo-Yale branded lift    
trucks in Japan and the export of Hyster and Yale branded lift trucks and       
related components and service parts outside of Japan. Sumitomo Heavy           
Industries, Inc. owns the remaining 50% interest in SN. Each shareholder of SN  
is entitled to appoint directors representing 50% of SN's board of directors.   
All matters related to policies and programs of operation, manufacturing and    
sales activities require mutual agreement between NMHG and Sumitomo Heavy       
Industries, Inc. prior to a vote of SN's board of directors. Therefore, NMHG's  
ownership in SN is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. NMHG    
purchases products from SN under normal trade terms. In 2001, 2000 and 1999,    
purchases from SN were $63.7 million, $90.5 million and $91.2 million,          
respectively. Amounts payable to SN at December 31, 2001 and 2000 were $16.1    
million and $23.6 million, respectively.                                        

     On January 1, 2000, NACCO began charging fees to its operating subsidiaries
for services provided by the corporate headquarters. NACCO charged fees of $7.7 
million and $7.4 million in 2001 and 2000, respectively, which are included as a
component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated   
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).                       

  The Company expensed $0.8 million, $0.9 million, and $2.5 million in the
years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, for legal services  
rendered by a firm having a partner who is also a director of the Company.      

  F-30

S-4/A
159th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 159th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NOTE 17 -- CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING GUARANTOR AND NON-GUARANTOR FINANCIAL        
INFORMATION                                                                     

  The following tables set forth the condensed consolidating statements of
operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended       
December 31, 2001 and the condensed consolidating balance sheets as of December 
31, 2001 and December 31, 2000. The following information is included as a      
result of the guarantee of the notes by each of NMHG's wholly owned U.S.        
subsidiaries ("Guarantor Companies"). None of NMHG Holding's other subsidiaries 
will guarantee any of these notes. Each of the guarantees is joint and several  
and full and unconditional. "NMHG Holding" includes the consolidated financial  
results of NMHG Holding only, with all of its wholly owned subsidiaries         
accounted for under the equity method.                                          

NMHG HOLDING CO.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                           NON-GUARANTOR                             
                                             GUARANTOR       COMPANIES                               
                                 NMHG        COMPANIES       (FOREIGN     CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                              HOLDING CO.  (US COMPANIES)   COMPANIES)    ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                              -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                     
Revenues.....................   $   --       $ 1,100.2        $ 835.4        $(263.2)     $ 1,672.4  
  Cost of sales..............       --           968.3          722.6         (268.1)       1,422.8  
  Restructuring..............       --            (0.4)           9.2             --            8.8  
  Loss on sale of dealers....       --             0.6           11.4           (1.6)          10.4  
  All other operating                                                                                
     expenses................       --           144.0          131.9           (0.6)         275.3  
                                ------       ---------        -------        -------      ---------  
Operating profit.............       --           (12.3)         (39.7)           7.1          (44.9) 
  Interest expenses..........     (0.9)          (13.2)          (3.8)          (5.2)         (23.1) 
  Other income...............       --             1.3            0.7             --            2.0  
                                ------       ---------        -------        -------      ---------  
Income (loss) before income                                                                          
  taxes, minority interest,                                                                          
  equity in consolidated                                                                             
  subsidiaries and                                                                                   
  unconsolidated affiliates                                                                          
  and cumulative effect of                                                                           
  accounting                                                                                         
  changes....................     (0.9)          (24.2)         (42.8)           1.9          (66.0) 
  Income tax (expense)                                                                               
     benefit.................      2.6             3.6            9.0           (0.7)          14.5  
  Minority interest income...       --              --            0.8             --            0.8  
  Equity in consolidated                                                                             
     subsidiaries and                                                                                
     unconsolidated                                                                                  
     affiliates..............    (51.1)            2.6             --           51.1            2.6  
                                ------       ---------        -------        -------      ---------  
Income (loss) before                                                                                 
  cumulative effect of                                                                               
  accounting changes.........    (49.4)          (18.0)         (33.0)          52.3          (48.1) 
  Cumulative effect of                                                                               
     accounting changes......       --            (0.9)          (0.4)            --           (1.3) 
                                ------       ---------        -------        -------      ---------  
Net income (loss)............   $(49.4)      $   (18.9)       $ (33.4)       $  52.3      $   (49.4) 
                                ======       =========        =======        =======      =========  

  F-31

S-4/A
160th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 160th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NMHG HOLDING CO.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                           NON-GUARANTOR                             
                                             GUARANTOR       COMPANIES                               
                                 NMHG        COMPANIES       (FOREIGN     CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                              HOLDING CO.  (US COMPANIES)   COMPANIES)    ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                              -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                     
Revenues.....................    $  --        $1,374.2        $859.0         $(301.1)      $1,932.1  
  Cost of sales..............       --         1,162.7         723.5          (301.6)       1,584.6  
  Restructuring..............       --            13.0           0.9              --           13.9  
  All other operating                                                                                
     expenses................       --           133.2         138.1            (0.9)         270.4  
                                 -----        --------        ------         -------       --------  
Operating profit.............       --            65.3          (3.5)            1.4           63.2  
  Interest expenses..........     (1.1)          (12.9)         (4.0)           (3.2)         (21.2) 
  Other expenses.............       --            (2.9)         (1.3)             --           (4.2) 
                                 -----        --------        ------         -------       --------  
Income (loss) before income                                                                          
  taxes, minority interest                                                                           
  and equity in consolidated                                                                         
  subsidiaries and                                                                                   
  unconsolidated                                                                                     
  affiliates.................     (1.1)           49.5          (8.8)           (1.8)          37.8  
  Income tax (expense)                                                                               
     benefit.................      0.5           (17.2)         (1.2)            0.5          (17.4) 
  Minority interest income...       --              --           1.1              --            1.1  
  Equity in consolidated                                                                             
     subsidiaries and                                                                                
     unconsolidated                                                                                  
     affiliates..............     21.9            (0.3)          0.1           (21.9)          (0.2) 
                                 -----        --------        ------         -------       --------  
Net income (loss)............    $21.3        $   32.0        $ (8.8)        $ (23.2)      $   21.3  
                                 =====        ========        ======         =======       ========  

  F-32

S-4/A
161st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 161st
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NMHG HOLDING CO.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                           NON-GUARANTOR                             
                                             GUARANTOR       COMPANIES                               
                                 NMHG        COMPANIES       (FOREIGN     CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                              HOLDING CO.  (US COMPANIES)   COMPANIES)    ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                              -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                     
Revenues.....................    $  --        $1,249.2        $760.2         $(248.0)      $1,761.4  
  Cost of sales..............       --         1,064.9         639.5          (246.5)       1,457.9  
  All other operating                                                                                
     expenses................       --           124.1         121.6            (0.5)         245.2  
                                 -----        --------        ------         -------       --------  
Operating profit.............       --            60.2          (0.9)           (1.0)          58.3  
  Interest expenses..........     (0.6)          (12.1)         (4.2)           (2.1)         (19.0) 
  Other income (expenses)....      0.2             3.0          (1.9)             --            1.3  
                                 -----        --------        ------         -------       --------  
Income (loss) before income                                                                          
  taxes, minority interest                                                                           
  and equity in consolidated                                                                         
  subsidiaries and                                                                                   
  unconsolidated                                                                                     
  affiliates.................     (0.4)           51.1          (7.0)           (3.1)          40.6  
  Income tax (expense)                                                                               
     benefit.................      0.1           (21.5)          2.1             0.9          (18.4) 
  Minority interest income...       --              --           1.0              --            1.0  
  Equity in consolidated                                                                             
     subsidiaries and                                                                                
     unconsolidated                                                                                  
     affiliates..............     24.0             0.6          (0.1)          (24.0)           0.5  
                                 -----        --------        ------         -------       --------  
Net income (loss)............    $23.7        $   30.2        $ (4.0)        $ (26.2)      $   23.7  
                                 =====        ========        ======         =======       ========  

  F-33

S-4/A
162nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 162nd
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NMHG HOLDING CO.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                         GUARANTOR        NON-GUARANTOR                                
                             NMHG        COMPANIES          COMPANIES       CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                          HOLDING CO.  (US COMPANIES)  (FOREIGN COMPANIES)  ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                          -----------  --------------  -------------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                       
Cash and cash                                                                                          
  equivalents............   $   --        $   21.9           $ 37.7           $      --      $   59.6  
Accounts and notes                                                                                     
  receivable, net........       --           211.9            225.8              (272.1)        165.6  
Inventories..............       --           136.9             97.8                (0.2)        234.5  
Other current assets.....      2.6            55.4             10.2                  --          68.2  
                            ------        --------           ------           ---------      --------  
     Total current                                                                                     
       assets............      2.6           426.1            371.5              (272.3)        527.9  
Property, plant and                                                                                    
  equipment, net.........       --           163.0            118.0                (0.5)        280.5  
Goodwill, net............       --           307.3             36.9                  --         344.2  
Other assets.............    476.7           849.7             31.6            (1,305.5)         52.5  
                            ------        --------           ------           ---------      --------  
     Total Assets........   $479.3        $1,746.1           $558.0           $(1,578.3)     $1,205.1  
                            ======        ========           ======           =========      ========  
Accounts payable.........   $ 96.3        $  154.4           $200.7           $  (274.7)     $  176.7  
Other current                                                                                          
  liabilities............      0.9           126.8             73.3                (1.0)        200.0  
Revolving credit                                                                                       
  facilities.............       --           265.0             36.2                  --         301.2  
                            ------        --------           ------           ---------      --------  
     Total current                                                                                     
       liabilities.......     97.2           546.2            310.2              (275.7)        677.9  
Long-term debt...........       --             3.2             24.5                  --          27.7  
Other long-term                                                                                        
  liabilities............      0.1            95.0             28.1                (5.7)        117.5  
Stockholder's equity.....    382.0         1,101.7            195.2            (1,296.9)        382.0  
                            ------        --------           ------           ---------      --------  
  Total liabilities and                                                                                
     stockholder's                                                                                     
     equity..............   $479.3        $1,746.1           $558.0           $(1,578.3)     $1,205.1  
                            ======        ========           ======           =========      ========  

  F-34

S-4/A
163rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 163rd
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NMHG HOLDING CO.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2000 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                         GUARANTOR        NON-GUARANTOR                                
                             NMHG        COMPANIES          COMPANIES       CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                          HOLDING CO.  (US COMPANIES)  (FOREIGN COMPANIES)  ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                          -----------  --------------  -------------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                       
Cash and cash                                                                                          
  equivalents............   $   --        $    2.8           $ 21.6           $      --      $   24.4  
Accounts and notes                                                                                     
  receivable, net........       --           212.1            232.5              (237.6)        207.0  
Inventories..............       --           173.1            111.2                (1.3)        283.0  
Other current assets.....       --            28.8              8.6                 0.5          37.9  
                            ------        --------           ------           ---------      --------  
     Total current                                                                                     
       assets............       --           416.8            373.9              (238.4)        552.3  
Property, plant and                                                                                    
  equipment, net.........       --           163.0            121.5                 1.7         286.2  
Goodwill, net............       --           318.2             37.9                  --         356.1  
Other assets.............    480.2           866.9             34.4            (1,334.4)         47.1  
                            ------        --------           ------           ---------      --------  
     Total Assets........   $480.2        $1,764.9           $567.7           $(1,571.1)     $1,241.7  
                            ======        ========           ======           =========      ========  
Accounts payable.........   $ 15.8        $  214.0           $189.5           $  (209.5)     $  209.8  
Other current                                                                                          
  liabilities............      1.3           126.6            119.0               (11.8)        235.1  
                            ------        --------           ------           ---------      --------  
     Total current                                                                                     
       liabilities.......     17.1           340.6            308.5              (221.3)        444.9  
Long-term debt...........       --           214.2             27.3                  --         241.5  
Other long-term                                                                                        
  liabilities............      0.1            85.2             22.4               (15.4)         92.3  
Stockholder's equity.....    463.0         1,124.9            209.5            (1,334.4)        463.0  
                            ------        --------           ------           ---------      --------  
     Total liabilities                                                                                 
       and stockholder's                                                                               
       equity............   $480.2        $1,764.9           $567.7           $(1,571.1)     $1,241.7  
                            ======        ========           ======           =========      ========  

  F-35

S-4/A
164th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 164th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NMHG HOLDING CO.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                          GUARANTOR        NON-GUARANTOR                                
                              NMHG        COMPANIES          COMPANIES       CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                           HOLDING CO.  (US COMPANIES)  (FOREIGN COMPANIES)  ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                           -----------  --------------  -------------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                        
NET CASH PROVIDED BY                                                                                    
  OPERATING ACTIVITIES...    $  2.2         $ 18.7            $ 48.8            $(38.7)        $ 31.0   
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                                                    
  Expenditures for                                                                                      
     property, plant and                                                                                
     equipment...........        --          (31.6)            (24.3)              2.4          (53.5)  
  Proceeds from the sale                                                                                
     of property, plant                                                                                 
     and equipment.......        --            6.0               7.0                --           13.0   
  Other -- net...........        --            2.8              (9.5)               --           (6.7)  
                             ------         ------            ------            ------         ------   
     Net cash used for                                                                                  
       investing                                                                                        
       activities........        --          (22.8)            (26.8)              2.4          (47.2)  
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                                                                    
  Additions to long-term                                                                                
     debt and revolving                                                                                 
     credit agreements...        --           68.9                --                --           68.9   
  Reductions of long-term                                                                               
     debt and revolving                                                                                 
     credit agreements...        --           (3.9)            (18.1)               --          (22.0)  
  Notes                                                                                                 
     receivable/payable,                                                                                
     parent company......      80.5          (37.4)            (32.1)               --           11.0   
  Other -- net...........     (82.7)          (4.4)             45.2              36.3           (5.6)  
                             ------         ------            ------            ------         ------   
     Net cash provided by                                                                               
       (used for)                                                                                       
       financing                                                                                        
       activities........      (2.2)          23.2              (5.0)             36.3           52.3   
  Effect of exchange rate                                                                               
     changes on cash.....        --             --              (0.9)               --           (0.9)  
                             ------         ------            ------            ------         ------   
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                                               
  Increase for the                                                                                      
     year................        --           19.1              16.1                --           35.2   
  Balance at the                                                                                        
     beginning of the                                                                                   
     year................        --            2.8              21.6                --           24.4   
                             ------         ------            ------            ------         ------   
  Balance at the end of                                                                                 
     the year............    $   --         $ 21.9            $ 37.7            $   --         $ 59.6   
                             ======         ======            ======            ======         ======   

  F-36

S-4/A
165th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 165th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NMHG HOLDING CO.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                            NON-GUARANTOR                             
                                              GUARANTOR       COMPANIES                               
                                  NMHG        COMPANIES       (FOREIGN     CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                               HOLDING CO.  (US COMPANIES)   COMPANIES)    ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                               -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                      
NET CASH PROVIDED BY                                                                                  
  OPERATING ACTIVITIES.......     $0.2         $  31.9         $ (26.2)       $ 56.7        $  62.6   
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                                                  
  Expenditures for property,                                                                          
     plant and equipment.....       --           (31.0)          (21.6)          0.8          (51.8)  
  Proceeds from the sale of                                                                           
     property, plant and                                                                              
     equipment...............       --             3.1             7.1          (0.1)          10.1   
  Other -- net...............       --              --           (18.3)          0.3          (18.0)  
                                  ----         -------         -------        ------        -------   
     Net cash used for                                                                                
       investing                                                                                      
       activities............       --           (27.9)          (32.8)          1.0          (59.7)  
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                                                                  
  Additions to long-term debt                                                                         
     and revolving credit                                                                             
     agreements..............       --            32.4             6.2            --           38.6   
  Reductions of long-term                                                                             
     debt and revolving                                                                               
     credit agreements.......       --           (43.2)           (2.9)           --          (46.1)  
  Notes receivable/payable,                                                                           
     parent company..........     (0.2)           (5.8)           13.0            --            7.0   
  Other -- net...............       --            12.9            35.2         (57.7)          (9.6)  
                                  ----         -------         -------        ------        -------   
     Net cash provided by                                                                             
       (used for) financing                                                                           
       activities............     (0.2)           (3.7)           51.5         (57.7)         (10.1)  
  Effect of exchange rate                                                                             
     changes on cash.........       --              --             0.5            --            0.5   
                                  ----         -------         -------        ------        -------   
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                                             
  Increase (decrease) for the                                                                         
     year....................       --             0.3            (7.0)           --           (6.7)  
  Balance at the beginning of                                                                         
     the year................       --             2.5            28.6            --           31.1   
                                  ----         -------         -------        ------        -------   
     Balance at the end of                                                                            
       the year..............     $ --         $   2.8         $  21.6        $   --        $  24.4   
                                  ====         =======         =======        ======        =======   

  F-37

S-4/A
166th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 166th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NMHG HOLDING CO.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                            NON-GUARANTOR                             
                                              GUARANTOR       COMPANIES                               
                                  NMHG        COMPANIES       (FOREIGN     CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                               HOLDING CO.  (US COMPANIES)   COMPANIES)    ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                               -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                      
NET CASH PROVIDED BY                                                                                  
  OPERATING ACTIVITIES.......    $(16.1)       $  17.4         $ 80.3          $(2.2)       $  79.4   
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                                                  
  Expenditures for property,                                                                          
     plant and equipment.....        --          (41.2)          (5.7)           0.7          (46.2)  
  Other -- net...............        --          (32.6)         (37.3)            --          (69.9)  
                                 ------        -------         ------          -----        -------   
     Net cash used for                                                                                
       investing                                                                                      
       activities............        --          (73.8)         (43.0)           0.7         (116.1)  
FINANCING ACTIVITIES.........                                                                         
  Additions to long-term debt                                                                         
     and revolving credit                                                                             
     agreements..............        --           49.8            5.9            6.0           61.7   
  Reductions of long-term                                                                             
     debt and revolving                                                                               
     credit agreements.......        --             --          (26.3)            --          (26.3)  
  Notes receivable/payable,                                                                           
     parent company..........      16.1          (17.2)          10.5           (1.4)           8.0   
  Other -- net...............        --           25.4          (18.3)          (3.1)           4.0   
                                 ------        -------         ------          -----        -------   
     Net cash provided by                                                                             
       (used for) financing                                                                           
       activities............      16.1           58.0          (28.2)           1.5           47.4   
  Effect of exchange rate                                                                             
     changes on cash.........        --             --           (1.8)            --           (1.8)  
                                 ------        -------         ------          -----        -------   
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                                             
  Increase for the year......        --            1.6            7.3             --            8.9   
  Balance at the beginning of                                                                         
     the year................        --            0.9           21.3             --           22.2   
                                 ------        -------         ------          -----        -------   
     Balance at the end of                                                                            
       the year..............    $   --        $   2.5         $ 28.6          $  --        $  31.1   
                                 ======        =======         ======          =====        =======   

  F-38

S-4/A
167th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 167th
SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001, 2000 AND 1999

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                 COL A.                      COL B.               COL C.                COL D.        COL E.  
----------------------------------------  ------------  ---------------------------   -----------   ----------
                                                                 ADDITIONS                                    
                                                        ---------------------------                    (C)    
                                           BALANCE AT   CHARGED TO     CHARGED TO                   BALANCE AT
                                          BEGINNING OF  COSTS AND    OTHER ACCOUNTS   DEDUCTIONS      END OF  
              DESCRIPTION                    PERIOD      EXPENSES     -- DESCRIBE     -- DESCRIBE     PERIOD  
----------------------------------------  ------------  ----------   --------------   -----------   ----------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)                        
                                                                                                              
                  2001                                                                                        
Reserves deducted from asset accounts:                                                                        
  Allowance for doubtful accounts.......     $ 7.7        $(0.4)         $ 0.1(B)        $(0.6)(A)    $ 8.0   
  Reserve for losses on inventory.......      17.3          9.4             --             4.2(A)      22.5   
  Valuation allowance against deferred                                                                        
    tax assets..........................       4.6          5.5             --              --         10.1   
                  2000                                                                                        
Reserves deducted from asset accounts:                                                                        
  Allowance for doubtful accounts.......     $ 6.4        $ 1.6          $ 0.2(B)        $ 0.5(A)     $ 7.7   
  Reserve for losses on inventory.......      18.5          2.4            0.8(B)          4.4(A)      17.3   
  Valuation allowance against deferred                                                                        
    tax assets..........................       7.9         (3.1)          (0.2)(B)          --          4.6   
                  1999                                                                                        
Reserves deducted from asset accounts:                                                                        
  Allowance for doubtful accounts.......     $ 5.8        $ 1.8          $ 0.2(B)        $ 1.4(A)     $ 6.4   
  Reserve for losses on inventory.......      19.1          6.2           (0.4)(B)         6.4(A)      18.5   
  Valuation allowance against deferred                                                                        
    tax assets..........................       6.7          1.2             --              --          7.9   

Note (A) -- Write-offs, net of recoveries.                                      
Note (B) -- Subsidiary's foreign currency translation adjustments and other.    
Note (C) -- Balances which are not required to be presented and those which are 
immaterial have been omitted.                                                   

  F-39

S-4/A
168th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 168th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                              MARCH 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                2002          2001    
                                                             -----------  ------------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)   (AUDITED)  
                                                                                      
ASSETS                                                                                
Current Assets                                                                        
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................   $   54.9     $   59.6  
  Accounts receivable, net..................................      194.2        165.6  
  Tax advances, NACCO Industries, Inc.......................        3.0         23.1  
  Inventories...............................................      220.2        234.5  
  Deferred income taxes.....................................       29.1         32.9  
  Prepaid expenses and other................................       12.0         12.2  
                                                               --------     --------  
                                                                  513.4        527.9  
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net..........................      274.3        280.5  
Goodwill, net...............................................      342.8        344.2  
Deferred Charges                                                                      
  Other intangibles, net....................................        1.6           --  
  Deferred costs and other..................................        1.7          1.9  
  Deferred income taxes.....................................       18.0         15.7  
                                                               --------     --------  
                                                                   21.3         17.6  
Other Assets................................................       34.8         34.9  
                                                               --------     --------  
     Total Assets...........................................   $1,186.6     $1,205.1  
                                                               ========     ========  

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. 

 X-1

S-4/A
169th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 169th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                              MARCH 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                2002          2001    
                                                             -----------  ------------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)   (AUDITED)  
                                                                                      
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY                                                  
Current Liabilities                                                                   
  Accounts payable..........................................  $  187.5      $  176.7  
  Revolving credit agreements...............................      34.3          36.2  
  Revolving credit agreement refinanced on May 9, 2002......     265.0         265.0  
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................      23.7          25.5  
  Notes payable, NACCO Industries, Inc......................        --           8.0  
  Accrued payroll...........................................      13.4          20.0  
  Accrued warranty obligations..............................      33.8          34.3  
  Other current liabilities.................................     115.3         112.2  
                                                              --------      --------  
                                                                 673.0         677.9  
Long-term Debt..............................................      26.0          27.7  
Self-insurance Reserves.....................................      52.4          52.7  
Other Long-term Liabilities.................................      61.0          62.5  
Minority Interest...........................................       2.1           2.3  
Stockholder's Equity                                                                  
  Common stock, par value $1 per share, 10,000 shares                                 
     authorized; 5,599 shares outstanding...................        --            --  
  Capital in excess of par value............................     198.2         198.2  
  Retained earnings.........................................     218.8         229.5  
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):                                      
       Foreign currency translation adjustment..............     (27.4)        (26.9) 
       Reclassification of hedging activities into                                    
        earnings............................................       1.2            --  
       Deferred loss on cash flow hedging...................      (3.9)         (3.3) 
       Minimum pension liability adjustment.................     (14.8)        (14.8) 
       Cumulative effect of change in accounting for                                  
        derivatives and hedging.............................        --          (0.7) 
                                                              --------      --------  
                                                                 372.1         382.0  
                                                              --------      --------  
     Total Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity.............  $1,186.6      $1,205.1  
                                                              ========      ========  

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. 

 X-2

S-4/A
170th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 170th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                  MARCH 31,     
                                                              ------------------
                                                               2002       2001  
                                                              -------    -------
                                                                                
Revenues....................................................  $371.8     $495.6 
Cost of sales...............................................   310.1      406.8 
                                                              ------     ------ 
Gross Profit................................................    61.7       88.8 
Selling, general and administrative expenses................    55.1       64.9 
Amortization of goodwill....................................      --        3.2 
                                                              ------     ------ 
Operating Profit............................................     6.6       20.7 
Other expenses                                                                  
  Interest expense..........................................    (5.5)      (5.2)
  Other -- net..............................................     2.1        1.7 
                                                              ------     ------ 
                                                                (3.4)      (3.5)
                                                              ------     ------ 
Income Before Income Taxes, Minority Interest and Cumulative                    
  Effect of Accounting Changes..............................     3.2       17.2 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes........................    (0.9)       7.8 
                                                              ------     ------ 
Income Before Minority Interest and Cumulative Effect of                        
  Accounting Changes........................................     4.1        9.4 
Minority interest income....................................     0.2        0.2 
                                                              ------     ------ 
Income Before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes.......     4.3        9.6 
Cumulative effect of accounting changes (net of $0.8 tax                        
  benefit)..................................................      --       (1.3)
                                                              ------     ------ 
Net Income..................................................  $  4.3     $  8.3 
                                                              ======     ====== 
Comprehensive Income (Loss).................................  $  5.1     $ (6.9)
                                                              ======     ====== 

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. 

 X-3

S-4/A
171st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 171st
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                               THREE MONTHS   
                                                              ENDED MARCH 31, 
                                                              --------------- 
                                                               2002     2001  
                                                              ------   ------ 
                                                                              
OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                                          
  Net income................................................  $  4.3   $  8.3 
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided                    
     by operating activities:                                                 
       Depreciation and amortization........................    10.6     14.7 
       Deferred income taxes................................     3.2     (1.2)
       Minority interest income.............................    (0.2)    (0.2)
       Cumulative effect of accounting changes..............      --      1.3 
       Other non-cash items.................................    (0.8)    (3.7)
  Working capital changes                                                     
       Affiliate receivables/payables.......................    20.4     10.2 
       Accounts receivable..................................   (28.3)     5.3 
       Inventories..........................................    15.0     (9.6)
       Other current assets.................................    (4.0)    (2.0)
       Accounts payable and other liabilities...............     8.4    (10.4)
                                                              ------   ------ 
       Net cash provided by operating activities............    28.6     12.7 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                          
  Expenditures for property, plant and equipment............    (6.2)    (9.7)
  Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment...     0.2      1.4 
  Investments in unconsolidated affiliates..................      --     (0.1)
  Proceeds from unconsolidated affiliates...................     0.6       -- 
  Other -- net..............................................      --     (2.3)
                                                              ------   ------ 
       Net cash used for investing activities...............    (5.4)   (10.7)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                                          
  Additions to long-term debt and revolving credit                            
     agreements.............................................     3.3     30.4 
  Reductions of long-term debt and revolving credit                           
     agreements.............................................    (8.2)   (14.6)
  Cash dividends paid.......................................   (15.0)      -- 
  Notes receivable/payable, NACCO Industries, Inc...........    (8.0)    (7.2)
  Deferred financing costs and other........................      --     (0.5)
                                                              ------   ------ 
       Net cash provided by (used for) financing                              
        activities..........................................   (27.9)     8.1 
  Effect of exchange rate changes on cash...................      --     (0.5)
                                                              ------   ------ 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                     
  Increase (decrease) for the period........................    (4.7)     9.6 
  Balance at the beginning of the period....................    59.6     24.4 
                                                              ------   ------ 
  Balance at the end of the period..........................  $ 54.9   $ 34.0 
                                                              ======   ====== 

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. 

 X-4

S-4/A
172nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 172nd
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                  MARCH 31,     
                                                              ------------------
                                                               2002       2001  
                                                              -------    -------
                                                                                
Common Stock................................................  $   --     $   -- 
                                                              ------     ------ 
Capital in Excess of Par Value..............................   198.2      198.2 
                                                              ------     ------ 
Retained Earnings                                                               
  Beginning balance.........................................   229.5      283.9 
  Net income................................................     4.3        8.3 
  Cash dividends............................................   (15.0)        -- 
                                                              ------     ------ 
                                                               218.8      292.2 
                                                              ------     ------ 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)                                   
  Beginning balance.........................................   (45.7)     (19.1)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment...................    (0.5)     (12.3)
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting for derivatives                     
     and hedging............................................     0.7       (0.7)
  Reclassification from Cumulative effect of change in                          
     accounting for derivatives and hedging to Deferred loss                    
     on cash flow hedging...................................    (0.7)        -- 
  Reclassification of hedging activity into earnings........     1.2         -- 
  Current period cash flow hedging activity.................     0.1       (2.2)
                                                              ------     ------ 
                                                               (44.9)     (34.3)
                                                              ------     ------ 
     Total Stockholder's Equity.............................  $372.1     $456.1 
                                                              ======     ====== 

 X-5

S-4/A
173rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 173rd
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS) 

NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION                                                 

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of NMHG Holding Co. ("NMHG Holding," the parent company), a
Delaware corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, NACCO Materials        
Handling Group, Inc. ("NMHG Wholesale") and NMHG Distribution Co. ("NMHG        
Retail") (collectively, "NMHG" or the "Company"). NMHG Holding is a wholly owned
subsidiary of NACCO Industries, Inc. ("NACCO"). The Company's subsidiaries      
operate in the lift truck industry. NMHG segments its lift truck operations into
two components: wholesale manufacturing and retail distribution. Intercompany   
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.                                 

  NMHG designs, engineers, manufactures, sells, services and leases a full
line of lift trucks and service parts marketed worldwide under the Hyster(R) and
Yale(R) brand names. NMHG Wholesale includes the manufacture and sale of lift   
trucks and related service parts, primarily to independent and wholly owned     
Hyster and Yale retail dealerships. NMHG Retail includes the sale, service and  
rental of Hyster and Yale lift trucks and related service parts by wholly owned 
retail dealerships and rental companies. See "Management's Discussion and       
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in
this prospectus for segment disclosures.                                        

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the     
United States for interim financial information and Article 10 of Regulation    
S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes      
required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In   
the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring      
accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position
of the Company as of March 31, 2002 and the results of its operations, cash     
flows and changes in stockholder's equity for the three month periods ended     
March 31, 2002 and 2001 have been included.                                     

   Operating results for the three month period ended March 31, 2002 are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the remainder of 
the year ended December 31, 2002. For further information, refer to the         
consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto for the fiscal year     
ended December 31, 2001 on pages F-1 to F-37 of this prospectus.                

NOTE 2 -- INVENTORIES                                                           

Inventories are summarized as follows:                                

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                             MARCH 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                               2002          2001    
                                                            -----------  ------------
                                                            (UNAUDITED)   (AUDITED)  
                                                                                     
Manufactured inventories:                                                            
  Finished goods and service parts.........................   $ 99.5        $ 99.6   
  Raw materials and work in process........................     98.6         111.4   
                                                              ------        ------   
     Total manufactured inventories........................    198.1         211.0   
Retail inventories.........................................     33.0          35.8   
                                                              ------        ------   
     Total inventories at FIFO.............................    231.1         246.8   
LIFO reserve...............................................    (10.9)        (12.3)  
                                                              ------        ------   
                                                              $220.2        $234.5   
                                                              ======        ======   

     The cost of certain manufactured and retail inventories has been determined
using the LIFO method. At March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, 67 and 68       
percent of total inventories, respectively, were determined using the LIFO      
method.                                                                         

 X-6

S-4/A
174th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 174th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NOTE 3 -- RESTRUCTURING CHARGES                                                 

     The changes to the Company's restructuring accruals since December 31, 2001
are as follows:                                                                 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                                          CURTAILMENT LOSS --        
                                                                                 OTHER               
                                              LEASE       CURTAILMENT       POST-EMPLOYMENT          
                                 SEVERANCE  IMPAIRMENT  LOSS -- PENSIONS       BENEFITS        TOTAL 
                                 ---------  ----------  ----------------  -------------------  ----- 
                                                                                                     
NMHG WHOLESALE                                                                                       
  Balance at December 31,                                                                            
     2001.......................   $ 5.3      $  --           $5.1               $2.4          $12.8 
     Provision..................      --         --             --                 --             -- 
     Payments...................    (2.4)        --             --                 --           (2.4)
                                   -----      -----           ----               ----          ----- 
  BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2002.....   $ 2.9      $  --           $5.1               $2.4          $10.4 
                                   =====      =====           ====               ====          ===== 
NMHG RETAIL                                                                                          
  Balance at December 31,                                                                            
     2001.......................   $ 3.9      $ 0.4           $ --               $ --          $ 4.3 
     Provision..................      --         --             --                 --             -- 
     Payments...................    (0.7)      (0.1)            --                 --           (0.8)
                                   -----      -----           ----               ----          ----- 
  BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2002.....   $ 3.2      $ 0.3           $ --               $ --          $ 3.5 
                                   =====      =====           ====               ====          ===== 

NMHG WHOLESALE:  The reserve balance at NMHG Wholesale consists of two
restructuring programs: the 2001 closure of the Danville, Illinois facility and 
the restructuring of European wholesale operations initiated in 2001. The       
Danville program, which was approved and accrued in December 2000, was          
essentially completed in 2001. In the first quarter of 2002, severance payments 
of $1.8 million were made to approximately 200 employees which reduced the      
ending severance reserve balance to $0.3 million. The reserve balances for      
curtailment losses relating to pensions and other post-employment benefits also 
relate to the closure of the Danville facility and will not be paid until       
employees reach retirement age. In the first quarter of 2002, NMHG Wholesale    
recognized a charge of approximately $0.6 million, which had not previously been
accrued and is not included in the table above, related to the costs of the idle
Danville facility. Cost savings primarily from reduced employee wages and       
benefits of approximately $3.2 million pre-tax were recognized in the first     
quarter of 2002 related to this program. Cost savings primarily from reduced    
employee wages and benefits, net of idle facility costs, are estimated to be    
$7.6 million pre-tax for the remainder of 2002.                                 

    In 2001, NMHG Wholesale recognized a restructuring charge of approximately
$4.5 million pre-tax for severance and other employee benefits to be paid to    
approximately 285 direct and indirect factory labor and administrative personnel
in Europe. Of this amount, $3.2 million remained unpaid as of December 31, 2001.
Payments of $0.6 million were made in the first quarter of 2002 to approximately
25 employees. The majority of the headcount reductions were made by the end of  
the first quarter of 2002. Pursuant to local country requirements, the remaining
headcount reductions will be initiated in the second and third quarters of 2002,
with the initiation of severance payments thereafter. Cost savings primarily    
from reduced employee wages and benefits of approximately $1.2 million pre-tax  
were recognized in the first quarter of 2002 related to this program. Cost      
savings primarily from reduced employee wages and benefits for the remainder of 
2002 are estimated to be $6.8 million pre-tax.                                  

NMHG RETAIL:  NMHG Retail recognized a restructuring charge of        
approximately $4.7 million pre-tax, in 2001, of which $0.4 million relates to   
lease termination costs and $4.3 million relates to severance and other employee
benefits to be paid to approximately 140 service technicians, salesmen and      
administrative personnel at wholly owned dealers in Europe. During 2001,        
severance payments of $0.4 million were made to approximately 40 employees. In  
the first quarter of 2002, severance payments of $0.7 million were made to      
approximately 10 employees. A majority of the headcount reductions were made by 
the end of the first quarter of 2002. The majority of the severance amount      
accrued is expected to be paid by December 31, 2002.                            

 X-7

S-4/A
175th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 175th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

Cost savings primarily from reduced employee wages, employee benefits and lease 
costs of approximately $0.5 million pre-tax were recognized in the first quarter
of 2002 related to this program. Cost savings primarily from reduced employee   
wages, employee benefits and lease costs for the remainder of 2002 are estimated
to be $2.3 million pre-tax.                                                     

NOTE 4 -- ACCOUNTING CHANGES                                                    

ACCOUNTING FOR GOODWILL                                                         

   On January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." This        
Statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for goodwill and other 
intangible assets and supersedes APB Opinion No. 17, "Intangible Assets."       
Goodwill and other intangibles that have indefinite lives will no longer be     
amortized, but will be subject to annual impairment tests. All other intangible 
assets will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives, which   
are no longer limited to 40 years. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company       
discontinued amortization of its goodwill in accordance with this Statement. The
amortization periods of the Company's other intangible assets were not revised  
as a result of the adoption of this Statement. Pro forma information, assuming  
the adoption of this Statement in the prior year, is as follows:                

                                                                [Download Table]

                                                               THREE MONTHS  
                                                              ENDED MARCH 31 
                                                              ---------------
                                                               2002     2001 
                                                              ------   ------
                                                                             
Reported net income.........................................  $ 4.3    $ 8.3 
Add back: goodwill amortization.............................     --      3.2 
                                                              -----    ----- 
Adjusted net income.........................................  $ 4.3    $11.5 
                                                              =====    ===== 

    The balance of other intangible assets, which are subject to amortization,
acquired in previous years is as follows at March 31, 2002:                     

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                               OTHER INTANGIBLES        
                                                       ---------------------------------
                                                        GROSS                           
                                                       CARRYING   ACCUMULATED      NET  
                                                        AMOUNT    AMORTIZATION   BALANCE
                                                       --------   ------------   -------
                                                                                        
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2001..........................   $  --       $  --        $  -- 
  Transfer from goodwill..............................     1.6          --          1.6 
                                                         -----       -----        ----- 
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2002.............................   $ 1.6       $  --        $ 1.6 
                                                         =====       =====        ===== 

In the first quarter of 2002, $1.6 million that was previously        
preliminarily classified as goodwill relating to an acquisition in 2001 was     
reclassified to other intangibles.                                              

Amortization expense in the first quarter of 2002 was less than $0.1  
million. Expected amortization expense of other intangible assets for the next  
five years is $0.2 million annually.                                            

Following is the a summary of the changes in goodwill during the first
quarter of 2002:                                                                

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                       WHOLESALE  RETAIL  CONSOLIDATED
                                                       ---------  ------  ------------
                                                                                      
Balance at December 31, 2001..........................  $304.6    $39.6      $344.2   
  Reclassification to other intangibles...............      --     (1.6)       (1.6)  
  Foreign currency translation........................      --      0.2         0.2   
                                                        ------    -----      ------   
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2002.............................  $304.6    $38.2      $342.8   
                                                        ======    =====      ======   

 X-8

S-4/A
176th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 176th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

   In addition, this Statement requires goodwill to be tested for impairment
at least annually at a level of reporting defined in the Statement as a         
"reporting unit," using a two-step process. The first step requires comparison  
of the reporting unit's fair market value to its carrying value. If the fair    
market value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, no further       
analysis is necessary and goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying value of the
reporting unit exceeds its fair market value, then the second step, as defined  
in the Statement, must be completed. The second step requires the Company to    
determine the fair market value of each existing asset and liability of the     
applicable reporting unit to enable the Company to derive the "implied" fair    
market value of goodwill. If the implied fair market value of goodwill is less  
than the carrying value of goodwill, then an impairment loss must be recognized.

 This Statement provides that companies have until the second quarter of
fiscal 2002 to complete the first step of the impairment testing and until the  
end of the fiscal year to complete the second step of the impairment testing    
during this initial adoption of SFAS No. 142. In accordance with this provision,
the Company has begun the process of testing its goodwill for impairment, but   
has not yet completed the first step of the two-step testing process. The       
Company does not expect any impairment to goodwill as a result of this          
impairment testing.                                                             

NOTE 5 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS                                                     

     On May 9, 2002, NMHG refinanced its prior financing agreement, an unsecured
floating-rate revolving line of credit with availability of $350.0 million,     
certain other lines of credit with availability of $4.6 million and a program to
sell accounts receivable in Europe with the proceeds from the sale of $250.0    
million of 10% Senior Notes due 2009 and borrowings under a secured,            
floating-rate revolving credit facility which expires in May 2005. Availability 
under the new revolving credit facility is up to $175.0 million, based on a     
formula using certain of NMHG's accounts receivable and inventory balances. At  
May 9, 2002, the borrowing capacity under this facility was $109.7 million and  
the domestic floating rate of interest applicable to this facility was 6.75%    
including the applicable floating rate margin. NMHG will also pay a 0.5% per    
annum fee on the unused commitment. Both the new revolving credit facility and  
terms of the Senior Notes include restrictive covenants which, among other      
things, limit dividends to NACCO. The new revolving credit facility also        
requires NMHG to maintain certain ratios of Debt to EBITDA and EBITDA to        
interest, as defined, and limits capital expenditures.                          

As a result of the refinancing of the prior financing arrangement, a  
significant portion of NMHG's interest rate swap agreements will no longer      
qualify for hedge accounting treatment in accordance with SFAS No. 133,         
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." As such, the    
mark-to-market of these interest rate swap agreements will be recognized in the 
statement of operations. Prior to the refinancing, the mark-to-market of these  
interest rate swap agreements was recognized as a component of other            
comprehensive income (loss) in stockholder's equity. The balance in other       
comprehensive income (loss) for all of NMHG's interest rate swap agreements was 
a loss of $2.4 million at March 31, 2002.                                       

 X-9

S-4/A
177th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 177th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

NOTE 6 -- CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING GUARANTOR AND NON-GUARANTOR FINANCIAL         
INFORMATION                                                 

  The following tables set forth the condensed consolidating statements of
operations and cash flows for each of the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 
2001 and the condensed consolidating balance sheet as of March 31, 2002. The    
following information is included as a result of the guarantee of the new debt  
by each of NMHG's wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries ("Guarantor Companies"). None  
of the company's other subsidiaries will guarantee any of these notes. Each of  
the guarantees is joint and several and full and unconditional. "NMHG Holding"  
includes the consolidated financial results of the parent company only, with all
of its wholly owned subsidiaries accounted for under the equity method.         

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2002 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                             NON-GUARANTOR                             
                                               GUARANTOR       COMPANIES                               
                                   NMHG      COMPANIES (US     (FOREIGN     CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                                HOLDING CO.    COMPANIES)     COMPANIES)    ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                                -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                       
Revenues......................     $  --         $239.1         $181.3         $(48.6)        $371.8   
Cost of sales.................        --          208.2          151.1          (49.2)         310.1   
All other operating                                                                                    
  expenses....................        --           30.7           24.6           (0.2)          55.1   
                                   -----         ------         ------         ------         ------   
Operating profit..............        --            0.2            5.6            0.8            6.6   
Interest expenses.............      (1.8)          (2.5)          (0.1)          (1.1)          (5.5)  
Other income (expenses).......        --            1.4           (0.3)            --            1.1   
                                   -----         ------         ------         ------         ------   
Income (loss) before income                                                                            
  taxes, minority interest and                                                                         
  equity in unconsolidated                                                                             
  affiliates..................      (1.8)          (0.9)           5.2           (0.3)           2.2   
Income tax (expense)                                                                                   
  benefit.....................       0.6            0.1             --            0.2            0.9   
Minority interest income......        --             --            0.2             --            0.2   
Equity in unconsolidated                                                                               
  affiliates..................       5.5            1.0             --           (5.5)           1.0   
                                   -----         ------         ------         ------         ------   
Net income....................     $ 4.3         $  0.2         $  5.4         $ (5.6)        $  4.3   
                                   =====         ======         ======         ======         ======   

  X-10

S-4/A
178th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 178th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2001 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                            NON-GUARANTOR                             
                                              GUARANTOR       COMPANIES                               
                                  NMHG      COMPANIES (US     (FOREIGN     CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                               HOLDING CO.    COMPANIES)     COMPANIES)    ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                               -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                      
Revenues......................    $  --         $349.1         $226.0         $(79.5)        $495.6   
Cost of sales.................       --          294.4          192.6          (80.2)         406.8   
All other operating                                                                                   
  expenses....................       --           36.2           32.2           (0.3)          68.1   
                                  -----         ------         ------         ------         ------   
Operating profit..............       --           18.5            1.2            1.0           20.7   
Interest expenses.............     (0.3)          (3.2)          (0.6)          (1.1)          (5.2)  
Other income..................       --             --            0.3             --            0.3   
                                  -----         ------         ------         ------         ------   
Income (loss) before income                                                                           
  taxes, minority interest,                                                                           
  equity in unconsolidated                                                                            
  affiliates and cumulative                                                                           
  effect of accounting                                                                                
  changes.....................     (0.3)          15.3            0.9           (0.1)          15.8   
Income tax (expense)                                                                                  
  benefit.....................      0.6           (8.4)            --             --           (7.8)  
Minority interest income......       --             --            0.2             --            0.2   
Equity in unconsolidated                                                                              
  affiliates..................      8.0            1.4             --           (8.0)           1.4   
                                  -----         ------         ------         ------         ------   
Income before cumulative                                                                              
  effect of accounting                                                                                
  changes.....................      8.3            8.3            1.1           (8.1)           9.6   
Cumulative effect of                                                                                  
  accounting changes..........       --           (0.9)          (0.4)            --           (1.3)  
                                  -----         ------         ------         ------         ------   
Net income....................    $ 8.3         $  7.4         $  0.7         $ (8.1)        $  8.3   
                                  =====         ======         ======         ======         ======   

  X-11

S-4/A
179th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 179th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET 

AS OF MARCH 31, 2002
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                           NON-GUARANTOR                             
                                             GUARANTOR       COMPANIES                               
                                 NMHG      COMPANIES (US     (FOREIGN     CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                              HOLDING CO.    COMPANIES)     COMPANIES)    ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                              -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                     
Cash and cash equivalents....   $   --        $   17.3        $ 37.6        $      --      $   54.9  
Accounts and notes                                                                                   
  receivable, net............      0.6           231.7         238.9           (274.0)        197.2  
Inventories..................       --           125.5          95.6             (0.9)        220.2  
Other current assets.........      2.4            32.6           6.7             (0.6)         41.1  
                                ------        --------        ------        ---------      --------  
     Total current assets....      3.0           407.1         378.8           (275.5)        513.4  
Property, plant and                                                                                  
  equipment, net.............       --           157.9         116.9             (0.5)        274.3  
Goodwill, net................       --           307.3          35.5               --         342.8  
Other assets.................    467.9           834.3          28.9         (1,275.0)         56.1  
                                ------        --------        ------        ---------      --------  
     Total assets............   $470.9        $1,706.6        $560.1        $(1,551.0)     $1,186.6  
                                ======        ========        ======        =========      ========  
Accounts and notes payable...   $ 97.0        $  150.6        $208.7        $  (268.8)     $  187.5  
Other current liabilities....      1.8           123.7         102.4             (7.4)        220.5  
Revolving credit facility....       --           265.0            --               --         265.0  
                                ------        --------        ------        ---------      --------  
     Total current                                                                                   
       liabilities...........     98.8           539.3         311.1           (276.2)        673.0  
Long-term debt...............       --             3.7          22.3               --          26.0  
Other long-term                                                                                      
  liabilities................       --            95.2          20.7             (0.4)        115.5  
Stockholder's equity.........    372.1         1,068.4         206.0         (1,274.4)        372.1  
                                ------        --------        ------        ---------      --------  
  Total liabilities and                                                                              
     stockholder's equity....   $470.9        $1,706.6        $560.1        $(1,551.0)     $1,186.6  
                                ======        ========        ======        =========      ========  

  X-12

S-4/A
180th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 180th
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                           NON-GUARANTOR                             
                                             GUARANTOR       COMPANIES                               
                                 NMHG      COMPANIES (US     (FOREIGN     CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                              HOLDING CO.    COMPANIES)     COMPANIES)    ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                              -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                     
Cash and cash equivalents....   $   --        $   21.9        $ 37.7        $      --      $   59.6  
Accounts and notes                                                                                   
  receivable, net............       --           211.9         225.8           (272.1)        165.6  
Inventories..................       --           136.9          97.8             (0.2)        234.5  
Other current assets.........      2.6            55.4          10.2               --          68.2  
                                ------        --------        ------        ---------      --------  
     Total current assets....      2.6           426.1         371.5           (272.3)        527.9  
Property, plant and                                                                                  
  equipment, net.............       --           163.0         118.0             (0.5)        280.5  
Goodwill, net................       --           307.3          36.9               --         344.2  
Other assets.................    476.7           849.7          31.6         (1,305.5)         52.5  
                                ------        --------        ------        ---------      --------  
     Total assets............   $479.3        $1,746.1        $558.0        $(1,578.3)     $1,205.1  
                                ======        ========        ======        =========      ========  
Accounts and notes payable...   $ 96.3        $  154.4        $200.7        $  (274.7)     $  176.7  
Other current liabilities....      0.9           126.8          73.3             (1.0)        200.0  
Revolving credit                                                                                     
  facilities.................       --           265.0          36.2               --         301.2  
                                ------        --------        ------        ---------      --------  
     Total current                                                                                   
       liabilities...........     97.2           546.2         310.2           (275.7)        677.9  
Long-term debt...............       --             3.2          24.5               --          27.7  
Other long-term                                                                                      
  liabilities................      0.1            95.0          28.1             (5.7)        117.5  
Stockholder's equity.........    382.0         1,101.7         195.2         (1,296.9)        382.0  
                                ------        --------        ------        ---------      --------  
  Total liabilities and                                                                              
     stockholder's equity....   $479.3        $1,746.1        $558.0        $(1,578.3)     $1,205.1  
                                ======        ========        ======        =========      ========  

  X-13

S-4/A
181st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 181st
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2002 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                           NON-GUARANTOR                             
                                             GUARANTOR       COMPANIES                               
                                 NMHG      COMPANIES (US     (FOREIGN     CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                              HOLDING CO.    COMPANIES)     COMPANIES)    ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                              -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                           (IN MILLIONS)                             
                                                                                                     
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED                                                                           
  FOR) OPERATING                                                                                     
  ACTIVITIES................   $   (0.7)      $   17.8       $   11.1       $    0.4       $   28.6  
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                                                 
  Expenditures for property,                                                                         
     plant and equipment....         --           (0.8)          (5.4)            --           (6.2) 
  Proceeds from the sale of                                                                          
     property, plant and                                                                             
     equipment..............         --            0.3           (0.1)            --            0.2  
  Other -- net..............       14.2            2.5           (2.2)         (13.9)           0.6  
                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------  
     Net cash provided by                                                                            
       (used for) investing                                                                          
       activities...........       14.2            2.0           (7.7)         (13.9)          (5.4) 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                                                                 
  Additions to long-term                                                                             
     debt and revolving                                                                              
     credit agreements......         --             --            3.3             --            3.3  
  Reductions of long-term                                                                            
     debt and revolving                                                                              
     credit agreements......         --           (0.8)          (7.4)            --           (8.2) 
  Notes receivable/payable,                                                                          
     parent company.........        0.7           (3.6)          (5.4)           0.3           (8.0) 
  Other -- net..............      (14.2)         (20.0)           6.0           13.2          (15.0) 
                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------  
     Net cash used for                                                                               
       financing                                                                                     
       activities...........      (13.5)         (24.4)          (3.5)          13.5          (27.9) 
  Effect of exchange rate                                                                            
     changes on cash........         --             --             --             --             --  
                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                                            
  Decrease for the year.....         --           (4.6)          (0.1)            --           (4.7) 
  Balance at the beginning                                                                           
     of the year............         --           21.9           37.7             --           59.6  
                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------  
  Balance at the end of the                                                                          
     year...................   $     --       $   17.3       $   37.6       $     --       $   54.9  
                               ========       ========       ========       ========       ========  

  X-14

S-4/A
182nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 182nd
NMHG HOLDING CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2001 
(IN MILLIONS) 

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                                                           NON-GUARANTOR                             
                                             GUARANTOR       COMPANIES                               
                                 NMHG      COMPANIES (US     (FOREIGN     CONSOLIDATING      NMHG    
                              HOLDING CO.    COMPANIES)     COMPANIES)    ELIMINATIONS   CONSOLIDATED
                              -----------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                     
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED                                                                           
  FOR) OPERATING                                                                                     
  ACTIVITIES................   $    0.4       $  (13.0)      $   24.3       $    1.0       $   12.7  
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                                                 
  Expenditures for property,                                                                         
     plant and equipment....         --           (7.7)          (2.0)            --           (9.7) 
  Proceeds from the sale of                                                                          
     property, plant and                                                                             
     equipment..............         --            0.1            1.3             --            1.4  
  Other -- net..............         --           38.7          (14.9)         (26.2)          (2.4) 
                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------  
     Net cash provided by                                                                            
       (used for) investing                                                                          
       activities...........         --           31.1          (15.6)         (26.2)         (10.7) 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                                                                 
  Additions to long-term                                                                             
     debt and revolving                                                                              
     credit agreements......         --           12.1           18.3             --           30.4  
  Reductions of long-term                                                                            
     debt and revolving                                                                              
     credit agreements......         --          (14.6)            --             --          (14.6) 
  Notes receivable/payable,                                                                          
     parent company.........       (0.4)         (10.8)           4.0             --           (7.2) 
  Other -- net..............         --           (0.3)         (25.4)          25.2           (0.5) 
                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------  
     Net cash used for                                                                               
       financing                                                                                     
       activities...........       (0.4)         (13.6)          (3.1)          25.2            8.1  
  Effect of exchange rate                                                                            
     changes on cash........         --             --           (0.5)            --           (0.5) 
                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                                            
  Increase for the year.....         --            4.5            5.1             --            9.6  
  Balance at the beginning                                                                           
     of the year............         --            2.8           21.6             --           24.4  
                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------  
  Balance at the end of the                                                                          
     year...................   $     --       $    7.3       $   26.7       $     --       $   34.0  
                               ========       ========       ========       ========       ========  

  X-15

S-4/A
183rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 183rd
$250,000,000

NMHG HOLDING CO.

10% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2009 

PROSPECTUS
--------------------------

                                , 2002

S-4/A
184th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 184th
     PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS                             

Delaware law provides that a director of a corporation will not be    
personally liable for monetary damages for breach of that individual's fiduciary
duties as a director except for liability for (1) a breach of the director's    
duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) any act or omission 
not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation
of the law, (3) unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or 
redemptions, or (4) any transaction from which the director derived an improper 
personal benefit.                                                               

  This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under
federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable       
remedies such as injunctive relief or recission.                                

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a   
corporation may indemnify directors and officers, as well as other employees and
individuals, against attorneys' fees and other expenses, judgments, fines and   
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in   
connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or          
proceedings in which such person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer,        
employee or agent of the corporation. The Delaware General Corporation Law      
provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those       
seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of     
stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.                          

ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES                            

  (a) Exhibits. The following is a list of all exhibits filed as a part of
this registration statement on Form S-4, including those incorporated by        
reference.                                                                      

                                                                [Download Table]

  EXHIBIT                                                                 
  NUMBER      DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                      
  -------     ----------------------                                      
                                                                          
*  3.1(i)     Certificate of Incorporation of NMHG Holding Co.            
*  3.1(ii)    By-laws of NMHG Holding Co.                                 
*  4.1        Form of Common Stock Certificate of NMHG Holding Co.        
*  4.2        Indenture, dated as of May 9, 2002, by and among NMHG       
              Holding Co., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and    
              U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (including the   
              form of 10% senior note due 2009)                           
*  4.3        Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2002, by  
              and among NMHG Holding Co., the Guarantors named therein and
              Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Salomon Smith Barney
              Inc., U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc., McDonald Investments 
              Inc., NatCity Investments, Inc. and Wells Fargo Brokerage   
              Services, LLC                                               
*  5.1        Opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue                       
*  5.2        Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP                                 
*  8.1        Tax opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue                   
* 10.1        Credit Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2002, among NMHG       
              Holding Co., NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc., NMHG     
              Distribution Co., NACCO Materials Handling Limited, NACCO   
              Materials Handling B.V., the financial institutions from    
              time to time a party thereto as Lenders, the financial      
              institutions from time to time a party thereto as Issuing   
              Bank, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent 
              for the Lenders and the Issuing Bank thereunder and Credit  
              Suisse First Boston as joint arrangers and joint bookrunners
              and CSFB as syndication agent                               
* 10.2        Operating Agreement, dated July 31, 1979, among Eaton       
              Corporation and Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd.             
* 10.3        Equity joint venture contract, dated November 27, 1997,     
              between Shanghai Perfect Jinqiao United Development Company 
              Ltd., People's Republic of China, NACCO Materials Handling  
              Group, Inc., USA, and Sumitomo-Yale Company Ltd., Japan     

  II-1

S-4/A
185th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 185th
                                                                [Download Table]

  EXHIBIT                                                                 
  NUMBER      DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                      
  -------     ----------------------                                      
                                                                          
* 10.4        Recourse and Indemnity Agreement, dated October 21, 1998,   
              between General Electric Capital Corp., NMHG Financial      
              Services, Inc. and NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc.     
* 10.5        Restated and Amended Joint Venture and Shareholders         
              Agreement, dated April 15, 1998, between General Electric   
              Capital Corp. and NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc.      
* 10.6        Amendment No. 1 to the Restated and Amended Joint Venture   
              and Shareholders Agreement between General Electric Capital 
              Corporation and NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc., dated 
              as of October 21, 1998                                      
* 10.7        International Operating Agreement, dated April 15, 1998,    
              between NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. and General    
              Electric Capital Corp. (the "International Operating        
              Agreement")                                                 
* 10.8        Amendment No. 1 to the International Operating Agreement,   
              dated as of October 21, 1998                                
* 10.9        Amendment No. 2 to the International Operating Agreement,   
              dated as of December 1, 1999                                
* 10.10       Amendment No. 3 to the International Operating Agreement,   
              dated as of May 1, 2000                                     
* 10.11       Letter agreement, dated November 22, 2000, between General  
              Electric Capital Corporation and NACCO Materials Handling   
              Group, Inc. amending the International Operating Agreement  
* 10.12       A$ Facility Agreement, dated November 22, 2000, between GE  
              Capital Australia and National Fleet Network PTY Limited    
* 10.13       Loan Agreement, dated as of June 28, 1996, between NACCO    
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. and NACCO Industries, Inc.   
* 10.14       Business sale agreement, dated November 10, 2000, between   
              Brambles Australia Limited, ACN 094 802 141 Pty Limited and 
              NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc.                        
* 10.15       NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. Annual Incentive       
              Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2002, is      
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxiii) to    
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
* 10.16       NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. Senior Executive       
              Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, effective as of      
              January 1, 2000, is incorporated herein by reference to     
              Exhibit 10(lxiv) to NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report  
              on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000,   
              Commission File Number 1-9172                               
* 10.17       NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. Long-Term Incentive    
              Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2000, is      
              incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(lxv) to NACCO       
              Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
              year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File Number 1-9172 
* 10.18       Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 8, 2001, to the NACCO     
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Senior Executive Long-Term   
              Incentive Compensation Plan (effective as of January 1,     
              2000) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit        
              10(lxvi) to NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form  
              10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission
              File Number 1-9172                                          
* 10.19       Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 8, 2001, to the NACCO     
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Long-Term Incentive          
              Compensation Plan (effective as of January 1, 2000) is      
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxvii) to    
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
* 10.20       Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 19, 2001, to the NACCO
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan (as    
              amended and restated effective September 1, 2000) is        
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxviii) to   
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
* 10.21       NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan  
              (as amended and restated effective as of September 1, 2000) 
              is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxxiii) to
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      

  II-2

S-4/A
186th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 186th
                                                                [Download Table]

  EXHIBIT                                                                 
  NUMBER      DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                      
  -------     ----------------------                                      
                                                                          
* 10.22       Amendment No. 2, dated as of August 6, 2001, to the NACCO   
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan (as    
              amended and restated effective September 1, 2000) is        
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxxix) to    
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
* 10.23       Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 8, 2001, to the NACCO     
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan (as    
              amended and restated effective September 1, 2000) is        
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxxx) to     
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
* 10.24       Amendment No. 4, dated as of November 1, 2001, to the NACCO 
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan (as    
              amended and restated effective September 1, 2000) is        
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxxxi) to    
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
* 10.25       Amendment No. 5, dated as of December 21, 2001, to the NACCO
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan (as    
              amended and restated effective September 1, 2000) is        
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxxxii) to   
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
* 12.1        Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges                          
* 16.1        Letter of Arthur Andersen LLP to the Securities and Exchange
              Commission dated May 24, 2002                               
* 21.1        Subsidiaries of NMHG Holding Co.                            
**23.1        Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP                              
* 23.2        Consent of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue (included in Exhibit  
              5.1 and Exhibit 8.1)                                        
* 23.3        Consent of Perkins Coie LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)       
* 24.1        Powers of attorney                                          
* 25.1        Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of   
              1939 on Form T-1                                            
* 99.1        Letter of Transmittal                                       
* 99.2        Notice of Guaranteed Delivery                               
* 99.3        Letter regarding exchange offer                             
* 99.4        Letter to participants                                      

---------------                                                                 

* Previously filed.                                                       

** Omitted in reliance upon Rule 437a of the Securities Act.                

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for
the Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999                                

(c) Reports. None                                                     

ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKINGS                                                          

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:                     

       (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
  a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

       (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;                           

         (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
             the effective date of the registration statement (or the most
               recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or
       in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the
    information set forth in the registration statement.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in
          volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
              securities offered would not exceed that which was registered)
           and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
      maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
prospectus filed with                           

  II-3

S-4/A
187th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 187th
         the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
               changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change
        in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the
        "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective
registration statement; and                     

           (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
           distribution not previously disclosed in the registration
             statement or any material change to such information in the
            registration statement; provided, however, that paragraphs
               (1)(i) and (1)(ii) do not apply if the registration statement
                is on Form S-3 or Form S-8, and the information required to be
               included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is
              contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the
               SEC by the registrant pursuant to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by
reference in the registration statement.      

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
           Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be
            deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
         offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
     shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

      (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
         any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.                            

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the  
registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the    
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an       
employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the          
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the       
registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement       
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities 
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.      

     (c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of  
the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the          
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange  
SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and   
is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification     
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses  
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant 
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being 
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate     
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public  
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.                                                                     

     (d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to   
Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of   
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or     
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents    
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the
date of responding to the request.                                              

  (e) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the      
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and        
included in the registration statement when it became effective.                

  II-4

S-4/A
188th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 188th
SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this amendment no. 4 to the registration statement to be signed 
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of     
Portland, in the State of Oregon, on August 12, 2002.                           

                    NMHG Holding Co.

                             By: /s/ GEOFFREY D. LEWIS
                                          --------------------------------------
                             Geoffrey D. Lewis
                                           Vice President, General Counsel
                 and Secretary

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
no. 4 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in 
the capacities and on the dates indicated:                                      

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                      NAME                                       TITLE                   DATE   
                      ----                                       -----                   ----   
                                                                                                
                       *                          President, Chief Executive Officer  August 12,
------------------------------------------------   and Director (Principal Executive     2002   
               Reginald R. Eklund                              Officer)                         

                       *                            Treasurer (Principal Financial    August 12,
------------------------------------------------               Officer)                  2002   
               Jeffrey C. Mattern                                                               

                       *                           Controller (Principal Accounting   August 12,
------------------------------------------------               Officer)                  2002   
                Raymond C. Ulmer                                                                

                       *                                       Director               August 12,
------------------------------------------------                                         2002   
             Alfred M. Rankin, Jr.                                                              

                       *                                       Director               August 12,
------------------------------------------------                                         2002   
                Owsley Brown II                                                                 

                       *                                       Director               August 12,
------------------------------------------------                                         2002   
                 Eiichi Fujita                                                                  

                       *                                       Director               August 12,
------------------------------------------------                                         2002   
                Robert M. Gates                                                                 

                       *                                       Director               August 12,
------------------------------------------------                                         2002   
              Leon J. Hendrix, Jr.                                                              

                       *                                       Director               August 12,
------------------------------------------------                                         2002   
                 David H. Hoag                                                                  

                       *                                       Director               August 12,
------------------------------------------------                                         2002   
               Dennis W. LaBarre                                                                

                       *                                       Director               August 12,
------------------------------------------------                                         2002   
             Richard de J. Osborne                                                              

                       *                                       Director               August 12,
------------------------------------------------                                         2002   
              Claiborne R. Rankin                                                               

  II-5

S-4/A
189th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 189th
                                                                [Download Table]

                      NAME                          TITLE      DATE   
                      ----                          -----      ----   

                                                                      
                       *                          Director  August 12,
------------------------------------------------               2002   
                  Ian M. Ross                                         

                       *                          Director  August 12,
------------------------------------------------               2002   
               Britton T. Taplin                                      

                       *                          Director  August 12,
------------------------------------------------               2002   
                David F. Taplin                                       

                       *                          Director  August 12,
------------------------------------------------               2002   
                Frank F. Taplin                                       

                       *                          Director  August 12,
------------------------------------------------               2002   
                 John F. Turben                                       

* The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute this       
Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 pursuant to a Power of
Attorney executed on behalf of the above-indicated officers and directors of
the registrant and previously filed as exhibit 24.1 on behalf of the        
registrant.                                                                 

                             By: /s/ GEOFFREY D. LEWIS
                                            ------------------------------------
                                           Geoffrey D. Lewis, Attorney-in-Fact

  II-6

S-4/A
190th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 190th
SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this amendment no. 4 to the registration statement to be signed 
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of     
Portland, in the State of Oregon, on August 12, 2002.                           

                         NMHG Distribution Co.

                             By: /s/ GEOFFREY D. LEWIS
                                            ------------------------------------
                             Geoffrey D. Lewis
                                        Vice President and Secretary

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
no. 4 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in 
the capacities and on the dates indicated:                                      

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                      NAME                                      TITLE                  DATE   
                      ----                                      -----                  ----   
                                                                                              
                       *                               President and Director       August 12,
------------------------------------------------    (Principal Executive Officer)      2002   
                 Edward W. Ryan                                                               

                       *                           Treasurer (Principal Financial   August 12,
------------------------------------------------  Officer and Principal Accounting     2002   
               Jeffrey C. Mattern                             Officer)                        

                       *                                Chairman and Director       August 12,
------------------------------------------------                                       2002   
               Reginald R. Eklund                                                             

                       *                                      Director              August 12,
------------------------------------------------                                       2002   
               Geoffrey D. Lewis                                                              

* The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute this       
Amendment no. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 pursuant to a Power of
Attorney executed on behalf of the above-indicated officers and directors of
the registrant and previously filed as exhibit 24.1 on behalf of the        
registrant.                                                                 

                             By: /s/ GEOFFREY D. LEWIS
                                            ------------------------------------
                              Geoffrey D. Lewis,
                            Attorney-in-Fact

  II-7

S-4/A
191st Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 191st
SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this amendment no. 4 to the registration statement to be signed 
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of     
Portland, in the State of Oregon, on August 12, 2002.                           

                     NMHG Oregon, Inc.

                             By: /s/ GEOFFREY D. LEWIS
                                            ------------------------------------
                             Geoffrey D. Lewis
                                        Vice President and Secretary

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
no. 4 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in 
the capacities and on the dates indicated:                                      

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                      NAME                                     TITLE                 DATE   
                      ----                                     -----                 ----   
                                                                                            

                       *                              President and Director      August 12,
------------------------------------------------   (Principal Executive Officer)     2002   
               Reginald R. Eklund                                                           

                       *                                     Treasurer            August 12,
------------------------------------------------   (Principal Financial Officer)     2002   
               Jeffrey C. Mattern                                                           

                       *                                    Controller            August 12,
------------------------------------------------  (Principal Accounting Officer)     2002   
                Raymond C. Ulmer                                                            

                       *                                     Director             August 12,
------------------------------------------------                                     2002   
               Geoffrey D. Lewis                                                            

* The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute this       
Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 pursuant to a Power of
Attorney executed on behalf of the above-indicated officers and directors of
the registrant and previously filed as exhibit 24.1 on behalf of the        
registrant.                                                                 

                             By: /s/ GEOFFREY D. LEWIS
                                            ------------------------------------
                              Geoffrey D. Lewis,
                            Attorney-in-Fact

  II-8

S-4/A
192nd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 192nd
SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this amendment no. 4 to the registration statement to be signed 
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of     
Portland, in the State of Oregon, on August 12, 2002.                           

                                        Hyster Overseas Capital Corporation,
       LLC

                             By: /s/ GEOFFREY D. LEWIS
                                            ------------------------------------
                             Geoffrey D. Lewis
                                        Vice President and Secretary

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
no. 4 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in 
the capacities and on the dates indicated:                                      

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                      NAME                                     TITLE                     DATE      
                      ----                                     -----                     ----      
                                                                                                   

                       *                               President and Manager        August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------   (Principal Executive Officer)                   
               Reginald R. Eklund                                                                  

                       *                               Treasurer and Manager        August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------  (Principal Financial Officer and                 
               Jeffrey C. Mattern                  Principal Accounting Officer)                   

                       *                                      Manager               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                   
               Geoffrey D. Lewis                                                                   

* The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute this       
Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 pursuant to a Power of
Attorney executed on behalf of the above-indicated officers and directors of
the registrant and previously filed as exhibit 24.1 on behalf of the        
registrant.                                                                 

                             By: /s/ GEOFFREY D. LEWIS
                                            ------------------------------------
                              Geoffrey D. Lewis,
                            Attorney-in-Fact

  II-9

S-4/A
193rd Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 193rd
SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this amendment no. 4 to the registration statement to be signed 
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of     
Portland, in the State of Oregon, on August 12, 2002.                           

                                        Hyster-Yale Materials Handling, Inc.

                             By: /s/ GEOFFREY D. LEWIS
                                            ------------------------------------
                             Geoffrey D. Lewis
                                           Vice President, General Counsel
                         and Secretary

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
no. 4 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in 
the capacities and on the dates indicated:                                      

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                      NAME                                      TITLE                      DATE      
                      ----                                      -----                      ----      
                                                                                                     

                       *                          President, Chief Executive Officer  August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------  and Director (Principal Executive                  
               Reginald R. Eklund                              Officer)                              

                       *                                      Treasurer               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------    (Principal Financial Officer)                    
               Jeffrey C. Mattern                                                                    

                       *                                      Controller              August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------    (Principal Accounting Officer)                   
                Raymond C. Ulmer                                                                     

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
             Alfred M. Rankin, Jr.                                                                   

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
                Owsley Brown II                                                                      

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
                 Eiichi Fujita                                                                       

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
                Robert M. Gates                                                                      

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
              Leon J. Hendrix, Jr.                                                                   

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
                 David H. Hoag                                                                       

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
               Dennis W. LaBarre                                                                     

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
             Richard de J. Osborne                                                                   

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
              Claiborne R. Rankin                                                                    

 II-10

S-4/A
194th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 194th
                                                                [Download Table]

                      NAME                         TITLE         DATE      
                      ----                         -----         ----      

                                                                           
                       *                          Director  August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                           
                  Ian M. Ross                                              

                       *                          Director  August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                           
               Britton T. Taplin                                           

                       *                          Director  August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                           
                David F. Taplin                                            

                       *                          Director  August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                           
                Frank F. Taplin                                            

                       *                          Director  August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                           
                 John F. Turben                                            

* The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute this       
Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 pursuant to a Power of
Attorney executed on behalf of the above-indicated officers and directors of
the registrant and previously filed as exhibit 24.1 on behalf of the        
registrant.                                                                 

                             By: /s/ GEOFFREY D. LEWIS
                                            ------------------------------------
                              Geoffrey D. Lewis,
                            Attorney-in-Fact

 II-11

S-4/A
195th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 195th
SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this amendment no. 4 to the registration statement to be signed 
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of     
Portland, in the State of Oregon, on August 12, 2002.                           

                                        NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc.

                             By: /s/ GEOFFREY D. LEWIS
                                            ------------------------------------
                             Geoffrey D. Lewis
                                           Vice President, General Counsel
                         and Secretary

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
no. 4 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in 
the capacities and on the dates indicated:                                      

                                                        [Enlarge/Download Table]

                      NAME                                      TITLE                      DATE      
                      ----                                      -----                      ----      
                                                                                                     

                       *                          President, Chief Executive Officer  August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------  and Director (Principal Executive                  
               Reginald R. Eklund                              Officer)                              

                       *                                      Treasurer               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------    (Principal Financial Officer)                    
               Jeffrey C. Mattern                                                                    

                       *                                      Controller              August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------    (Principal Accounting Officer)                   
                Raymond C. Ulmer                                                                     

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
             Alfred M. Rankin, Jr.                                                                   

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
                Owsley Brown II                                                                      

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
                 Eiichi Fujita                                                                       

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
                Robert M. Gates                                                                      

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
              Leon J. Hendrix, Jr.                                                                   

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
                 David H. Hoag                                                                       

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
               Dennis W. LaBarre                                                                     

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
             Richard de J. Osborne                                                                   

                       *                                       Director               August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                                                     
              Claiborne R. Rankin                                                                    

 II-12

S-4/A
196th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 196th
                                                                [Download Table]

                      NAME                         TITLE         DATE      
                      ----                         -----         ----      

                                                                           

                       *                          Director  August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                           
                  Ian M. Ross                                              

                       *                          Director  August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                           
               Britton T. Taplin                                           

                       *                          Director  August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                           
                David F. Taplin                                            

                       *                          Director  August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                           
                Frank F. Taplin                                            

                       *                          Director  August 12, 2002
------------------------------------------------                           
                 John F. Turben                                            

* The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute this       
Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 pursuant to a Power of
Attorney executed on behalf of the above-indicated officers and directors of
the registrant and previously filed as exhibit 24.1 on behalf of the        
registrant.                                                                 

                                  By:      /s/ GEOFFREY D. LEWIS
                                            ------------------------------------
                                           Geoffrey D. Lewis, Attorney-in-Fact

 II-13

S-4/A
197th Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 197th
EXHIBIT INDEX 

                                                                [Download Table]

 EXHIBIT                                                                 
 NUMBER      DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                      
 -------     ----------------------                                      
                                                                         
 *3.1(i)     Certificate of Incorporation of NMHG Holding Co.            
 *3.1(ii)    By-laws of NMHG Holding Co. of NMHG Holding Co.             
 *4.1        Form of Common Stock Certificate                            
 *4.2        Indenture, dated as of May 9, 2002, by and among NMHG       
             Holding Co., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and    
             U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (including the   
             form of 10% senior note due 2009)                           
 *4.3        Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2002, by  
             and among NMHG Holding Co., the Guarantors named therein and
             Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Salomon Smith Barney
             Inc., U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc., McDonald Investments 
             Inc., NatCity Investments, Inc. and Wells Fargo Brokerage   
             Services, LLC                                               
 *5.1        Opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue                       
 *5.2        Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP                                 
 *8.1        Tax opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue                   
*10.1        Credit Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2002, among NMHG       
             Holding Co., NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc., NMHG     
             Distribution Co., NACCO Materials Handling Limited, NACCO   
             Materials Handling B.V., the financial institutions from    
             time to time a party thereto as Lenders, the financial      
             institutions from time to time a party thereto as Issuing   
             Bank, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent 
             for the Lenders and the Issuing Bank thereunder and Credit  
             Suisse First Boston as joint arrangers and joint bookrunners
             and CSFB as syndication agent                               
*10.2        Operating Agreement, dated July 31, 1979, among Eaton       
             Corporation and Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd.             
*10.3        Equity joint venture contract, dated November 27, 1997,     
             between Shanghai Perfect Jinqiao United Development Company 
             Ltd., People's Republic of China, NACCO Materials Handling  
             Group, Inc., USA, and Sumitomo-Yale Company Ltd., Japan     
*10.4        Recourse and Indemnity Agreement, dated October 21, 1998,   
             between General Electric Capital Corp., NMHG Financial      
             Services, Inc. and NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc.     
*10.5        Restated and Amended Joint Venture and Shareholders         
             Agreement, dated April 15, 1998, between General Electric   
             Capital Corp. and NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc.      
*10.6        Amendment No. 1 to the Restated and Amended Joint Venture   
             and Shareholders Agreement between General Electric Capital 
             Corporation and NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc., dated 
             as of October 21, 1998                                      
*10.7        International Operating Agreement, dated April 15, 1998,    
             between NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. and General    
             Electric Capital Corp. (the "International Operating        
             Agreement")                                                 
*10.8        Amendment No. 1 to the International Operating Agreement,   
             dated as of October 21, 1998                                
*10.9        Amendment No. 2 to the International Operating Agreement,   
             dated as of December 1, 1999                                
*10.10       Amendment No. 3 to the International Operating Agreement,   
             dated as of May 1, 2000                                     
*10.11       Letter agreement, dated November 22, 2000, between General  
             Electric Capital Corporation and NACCO Materials Handling   
             Group, Inc. amending the International Operating Agreement  
*10.12       A$ Facility Agreement, dated November 22, 2000, between GE  
             Capital Australia and National Fleet Network PTY Limited    
*10.13       Loan Agreement, dated as of June 28, 1996, between NACCO    
             Materials Handling Group, Inc. and NACCO Industries, Inc.   
*10.14       Business sale agreement, dated November 10, 2000, between   
             Brambles Australia Limited, ACN 094 802 141 Pty Limited and 
             NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc.                        
*10.15       NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. Annual Incentive       
             Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2002, is      
             incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxiii) to    
             NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
             fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
             1-9172                                                      
*10.16       NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. Senior Executive       
             Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, effective as of      
             January 1, 2000, is incorporated herein by reference to     
             Exhibit 10(lxiv) to NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report  
             on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000,   
             Commission File Number 1-9172                               

 II-14

S-4/A
Last Page of 198
TOC
1st
Previous
Next
↓Bottom
Just 198th
                                                                [Download Table]

  EXHIBIT                                                                 
  NUMBER      DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                                      
  -------     ----------------------                                      
                                                                          
 *10.17       NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. Long-Term Incentive    
              Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2000, is      
              incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(lxv) to NACCO       
              Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
              year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File Number 1-9172 
 *10.18       Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 8, 2001, to the NACCO     
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Senior Executive Long-Term   
              Incentive Compensation Plan (effective as of January 1,     
              2000) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit        
              10(lxvi) to NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form  
              10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission
              File Number 1-9172                                          
 *10.19       Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 8, 2001, to the NACCO     
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Long-Term Incentive          
              Compensation Plan (effective as of January 1, 2000) is      
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxvii) to    
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
 *10.20       Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 19, 2001, to the NACCO
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan (as    
              amended and restated effective September 1, 2000) is        
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxviii) to   
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
 *10.21       NACCO Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan  
              (as amended and restated effective as of September 1, 2000) 
              is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxxiii) to
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
 *10.22       Amendment No. 2, dated as of August 6, 2001, to the NACCO   
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan (as    
              amended and restated effective September 1, 2000) is        
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxxix) to    
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
 *10.23       Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 8, 2001, to the NACCO     
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan (as    
              amended and restated effective September 1, 2000) is        
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxxx) to     
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
 *10.24       Amendment No. 4, dated as of November 1, 2001, to the NACCO 
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan (as    
              amended and restated effective September 1, 2000) is        
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxxxi) to    
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
 *10.25       Amendment No. 5, dated as of December 21, 2001, to the NACCO
              Materials Handling Group, Inc. Unfunded Benefit Plan (as    
              amended and restated effective September 1, 2000) is        
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(lxxxii) to   
              NACCO Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
              fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, Commission File Number 
              1-9172                                                      
 *12.1        Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges                          
 *16.1        Letter of Arthur Andersen LLP to the Securities and Exchange
              Commission dated May 24, 2002                               
 *21.1        Subsidiaries of NMHG Holding Co.                            
**23.1        Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP                              
 *23.2        Consent of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue (included in Exhibit  
              5.1 and Exhibit 8.1)                                        
 *23.3        Consent of Perkins Coie LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)       
 *24.1        Powers of attorney                                          
 *25.1        Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of   
              1939 on Form T-1.                                           
 *99.1        Letter of Transmittal                                       
 *99.2        Notice of Guaranteed Delivery                               
 *99.3        Letter regarding exchange offer                             
 *99.4        Letter to participants                                      

---------------                                                                 
* Previously filed.                                                       

** Omitted in reliance upon Rule 437a of the Securities Act.                

 II-15

Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

				Referenced-On Page
This ‘S-4/A’ Filing		Date		First		Last			Other Filings
		5/15/09		14		83
		5/15/06		15		83
		5/15/05		15		84
		5/15/03		90					10-Q
		2/12/03		80
		1/3/03		80
		1/1/03		44		141
		12/31/02		67		174			10-K
		11/15/02		3		83
		9/30/02		39		71			10-Q,  8-K
		8/31/02		23
Filed on:		8/12/02		1		196
		7/15/02		23					S-4/A
		6/30/02		46					10-Q,  8-K
		6/15/02		23		141
		5/24/02		186		198
		5/9/02		3		197
		5/8/02		127		128
		4/30/02		60
		3/31/02		3		181
		3/14/02		127
		1/25/02		130
		1/1/02		44		197
		12/31/01		7		198
		12/21/01		186		198
		12/15/01		45		141
		12/5/01		144
		11/1/01		186		198
		9/30/01		38
		9/11/01		28		35
		8/6/01		186		198
		6/30/01		7		141
		6/8/01		185		198
		3/31/01		17		182
		2/19/01		185		198
		1/1/01		31		144
		12/31/00		17		198
		11/22/00		185		197
		11/10/00		185		197
		9/1/00		185		198
		5/1/00		185		197
		1/1/00		67		198
		12/31/99		17		186
		12/3/99		140
		12/1/99		185		197
		4/1/99		136
		1/1/99		46		144
		12/31/98		17		30
		10/21/98		185		197
		4/15/98		185		197
		1/1/98		21
		12/31/97		17		30
		11/27/97		184		197
		12/31/96		68		152
		6/28/96		185		197
		5/14/93		73
		1/1/92		68
									List all Filings